21K views

Uploaded by Abdurrahman Muhammad

- electron_charge_and_mass.pdf
- A Glossary of Nondestructive Testing Terminology
- STRUKTURA ATOMA
- Geas Module 35
- 02_10Nuclear physics_263-279_
- Physics Assgnment for Holiday Home Work PHYSICAL WORLD and MEASURMENT
- grephy
- 5181_7
- Physics Question Bank for Highschool
- Experimental Evidence for Scalar Fields Impulse Engine
- Newton's+Laws+study+material
- Baylor Physics Prelabs and Labs Sample
- 100 MCQ of Physics
- Chapetr 27 Charged Particles
- PHYS1131 Solutions Tut 6 11
- VCLWorkbook
- 10.1039@c8cp07307d
- 16
- Physics II Problems (12)
- Radioactivity

You are on page 1of 197

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVES B. II and III only

C. II, III and IV only

Answer all the questions. D. I, II, III and IV

E. I, III and IV only

1. Which of the units of the following physical

quantities are derived? 6. A ball of mass 0.5kg moving at 10ms-1

I. Area collides with another ball of equal mass at

II. Thrust rest. If the two balls move off together after

III. Pressure the impact, calculate their common velocity.

IV. Mass A. 0.2ms-1

A. I, II, III and IV B. 0.5ms-1

B. I, II and III only C. 5.0ms-1

C. I, II and IV only D. 10.0ms-1

D. I and III only E. 20.0ms-1

E. I and IV only

7. A body is projected into space with an initial

2. The slope of a straight line displacement velocity Vo at an angle θ to the horizontal.

time graph indicates the Which of the following statements is/are

A. distance traveled correct about its motion?

B. uniform velocity I. The total time of flight is VoCos θ

C. uniform acceleration g

D. acceleration at an instant

E. uniform speed

II. The maximum heights is VoSin2 θ

3. A man will exert the greatest pressure on a 2g

bench when he

A. lies flat on his back III. The range is Vo2Cos2 θ

B. lies flat on his belly g

C. stands on the both feet A. I and II only

D. stands on one foot only B. I and III only

E. stands on the toes of one foot C. II and III only

cm D. II only

6 7

E. III only

0 5

8. The diagram below shows a body resting on

an inclined plane. If the body slides down

4. The diagram above represents a portion of a the plane, what will be its acceleration? (g =

venire caliper. What is its reading? 10ms-2)

A. 7.10cm

A. 27.5ms-2 25N

B. 7.09cm

C. 6.90cm B. 14.8ms-2

300

D. 6.34cm C. 10.5ms-2

E. 6.29cm D. 6.2ms-2 15kg

E. 3.3ms-2

5. When three coplanar non-paralled forces

are in equilibrium 9. A catapult is used to project a stone. Which

I. they can be represented in magnitude and of the following energy conversions takes

direction by the three sides of a triangle place as the stone is released?

taken in order A. The Kinetic energy of the stone is converted

II. their lines or action meet at a point into gravitational potential energy

III. the magnitude of any one force equals the B. The gravitational potential energy of

magnitude of the resultant of the other two catapult is converted into the Kinetic energy

IV. any one force is the equilibrant of the other of the stone

two.

C. The gravitational potential energy is E. Change in colour with temperature

converted into elastic potential energy 15. The clinical thermometer is characteristics

D. The elastic potential energy of catapult is by having a

converted into gravitational potential A. wide range of temperature

energy of the stone B. wide bore

C. long stem

10. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the D. contrition

ground with an initial velocity of 50cms-1. E. narrow bore

What is the total time spent by the ball in

the air? (g = 10ms-2) 16. A given mass of gas has a pressure of

A. 2.5s 80Nm-2 at a temperature of 47˚C. If the

B. 5.0s temperature is reduced to 27˚C with the

C. 10.0s volume remaining constant, the new

D. 15.0s pressure is

E. 20.0s A. 46.0Nm-2

B. 75.Nm-2

11. Which of the following correctly gives the C. 80.0Nm-2

relationship between linear speed v and D. 85.3Nm-2

angular speed w of a body moving uniformly E. 139.4Nm-2

in a circle of radius?

A. v = wr 17. Which of the following is a reason why a

B. v = w 2r concrete floor feels colder to the bare feet

C. v = wr2 than a mat on the same floor during the

D. v2 = wr rainy season?

E. v = w/r A. Mat is a better conductor of heat than the

feet

12. The motion of a body is simple harmonic if B. Mat loses heat to the bare feet at a faster

the rate than concrete floor

A. acceleration is always directed towards a C. Mat loses heat to the bare feet while the

fixed point concrete floor extracts heat from them

B. path of motion is a straight line D. Concrete floor is a better conductor of heat

C. acceleration is directed towards a fixed than the mat

point and proportional to its distance from E. Mat is a better conductor of heat than the

the point floor

D. acceleration is proportional to the square of

the distance from a fixed point 18. In which of the following is the expansion of

E. acceleration is constant and directed solids a disadvantage?

towards a fixed point A. The fitting of wheels in rims

B. Fire alarms

13. Which of the following statements about the C. The thermostat

gaseous state of matter is not correct? D. The bimetallic thermometer

The molecules of a substance in gaseous E. The balance wheel of a watch

state

A. are in a constant state of motion 19. Which of the following best explains why a

B. have different speeds person suffers a more severe burn when his

C. have a temperature which is a measure of skin exposed to steam than when boiling

the average kinetic energy water is poured onto his skin?

D. have no intermolecular attractive force A. Steam is at a higher temperature than

E. have a pressure which is determined by the boiling water

number of molecules present B. Steam posse’s greater heat energy per unit

14. Which of the following cannot be used to mass than boiling water

measure the temperature of a substance? C. Steam spreads more easily over a wider

A. Variation of pressure with temperature area of the skin than boiling water

B. Expansivity of a liquid D. Steam penetrates more deeply into the skin

C. Change in resistance of a conductor than boiling water

D. Thermo-electric effect

E. The specific latent heat of vaporization is 25. Which of the following statements is/are not

released in changing from boiling water to correct about the image formed by a plane

steam mirror?

I. The magnification produced is I

20. Which of the following statements about II. The image distance is the same as the

radiant heat is/are not correct? object distance

I. Radiant heat cannot travel through a III. The image is real

vacuum IV. The image is laterally inverted

II. Rough surfaces emit radiant heat better A. I only

than polished surfaces B. II only

III. Dark surfaces absorb radiant heat better C. III only

than bright surfaces D. I and III only

A. I only E. II and IV only

B. II only

C. III only

D. I and II only

E. II and III only

21. 0.5kg of water at 10˚C is completely 26. What will be the characteristics of the image

converted to ice at 0˚C by extracting of the object OB shown above after

1880001 of heat from it. If the specific heat reflection from the mirror?

capacity of water is 4200 J Kg-10C-1, A. Diminished, real and erect

calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of B. Magnified, real and inverted

ice. C. Diminished, virtual and erect

A. 9.0kJkg-1 D. Magnified, virtual and erect

B. 84.0kJ kg-1 E. Magnified virtual and inverted

C. 168.0kJ kg-1

D. 334.0kJ kg-1 27. A transparent rectangular block 5.0cm thick

E. 336.0kJ kg-1 is placed on a black dot. The dot when

viewed from above, is seen 3.0cm from the

22. The temperature t which the water vapour top of the block. Calculate the refractive

present in the air is just sufficient to index of the material of the block

saturate it is called the A. 2/5

A. ice point B. 3/5

B. boiling point C. 3/2

C. steam point D. 5/3

D. dew point E. 5/2

E. saturation point

28. The velocities of light in air and glass are

23. Which of the following instruments may be 3.0 x 108ms-1 and 1.8 x 108ms-1 respectively.

used to measure relative humidity? Calculate the sine of the angle of incidence

A. Hydrometer that will produce an angle of refraction of

B. Barometer 30˚ for a ray of light incident on glass.

C. Manometer A. 1.2

D. Hypsometer B. 1.0

E. Hygrometer C. 0.8

D. 0.6

24. Which of the following will affect the E. 0.3

saturation vapour pressure of a liquid?

A. Temperature of the liquid 29. In an experiment to measure the focal

B. Humidity of air length f of a converging lens, object

C. Volume of vapour distance u and corresponding image

D. Volume of the liquid distances v were measured and 1/u plotted

E. Mass of the liquid against 1/v to obtain the type of graph

below:

III. It is formed by the superposition of two

progressive waves of different amplitudes

traveling in opposite directions.

A. I only

How would f be found from this graph? B. II only

A. f = the slope of the graph C. I and II only

B. f = the intercept on the 1/u – axis D. II and III only

C. f = the intercept on the 1/v – axis E. I, II and III

D. f = reciprocal of the slope

E. f = reciprocal of the intercept in either axis 35. A boy standing some distance from the foot

of a tall cliff claps his hands and hears an

30. An object is placed 36cm from a converging echo 0.5s later. If the speed of sound is

lens of focal length 24cm. If a real image 340ms-1, how far is he from the cliff?

which is 4cm high is formed, calculate the A. 17m

height of the object. B. 34m

A. 2.0cm C. 85m

B. 4.0cm D. 170m

C. 6.0cm E. 680m

D. 8.0cm

E. 10.0cm 36. A sounding tuning fork is brought near the

end of a pipe containing an air column and

31. The ability of the eye to focus objects at the loudness of the sound increases. This

different distances is called effect is due to

A. power A. diffraction

B. accommodation B. an echo

C. normal vision C. resonance

D. persistence on vision D. interference

E. long sight E. reverberation

32. The change of the direction of a wave front 37. If the leaves of a positively charged

because of a change in the velocity of the electroscope collapse completely as an

wave in another medium is called object are brought near the cap of the

A. refraction electroscope, the object possesses

B. reflection A. an equal amount of positive charge

C. diffraction B. less amount of negative charge

D. interference C. no charge

E. dispersion D. a positive charge

E. an equal amount of negative charge

33. A source of sound produces waves in air of

wavelength 1.65m. If the speed of sound in 38. A cell can supply currents of 0.80 A and

air is 330ms-1, the period of vibration in 0.40 A through a 2Ω and a 5Ω resistor

second is respectively. Calculate the internal

A. 2.00 resistance of the cell.

B. 2.0 A. 0.2Ω

C. 0.5 B. 0.4Ω

D. 0.02 C. 1.0Ω

E. 0.005 D. 3.0Ω

E. 9.0Ω

34. Which of the following statements is/are not

correct about a standing wave? 39. Which of the following diagrams represents

I. It is formed by the superposition of two the magnetic field of two isolated unlike

progressive waves traveling in the same poles?

direction

II. All points on the wave are vibrating with

maximum displacement

A.

B.

A. 11Ω

B. 36Ω

C. C. 60Ω

D. 120Ω

E. 225Ω

D.

45. Two parallel conductors carry equal currents

in the same direction. Which of the following

statements is not a correct observation?

E. A. Echo f the conductors will experience a

force

B. Each of the conductors can move

C. The forces on the conductors will be equal

40. A battery of e.m.f. 24 V and internal D. There are concentric lines of force around

resistance 4Ω is connected to a resistor of each conductor

32Ω. What is the internal p.d of the battery? E. The two conductors will repel each other

A. 24.0V

B. 21.3V 46. It takes 4 minutes to boil a quantity of water

C. 16.0V electrically. How long will it take to boil

D. 2.7V same quantity of water using the same

E. 2.0V heating coil but with the current doubled?

(Neglect any external heat losses)

41. Calculate the total heat energy developed in A. 64 minutes

5 minutes by the system above. B. 32 minutes

A. 120J C. 8 minutes

B. 144J D. 2 minutes

C. 240J E. 1 minute

D. 740J

E. 8640J 47. Which of the following statements is not

correct?

42. A transformer with 5500 turns in its primary A. magnetic field is a region in which a

is used between a 240V a.c supply and a magnetic force may be detected

120V kettle. Calculate the number of turns B. A line of force is a line along which a

in the secondary. magnetic N-pole would tend to move if it

A. 11000 were free

B. 2750 C. Magnetic fields are scalar quantities

C. 460 D. Neutral points are obtained where the

D. 232 earth’s magnetic field is exactly equal and

E. 10 opposite to that due to the magnet

E. The dip angle is the angle between the

43. Local action is normally prevented from horizontal and the earth’s total magnetic

taking place in a simple electric cell by field

A. introducing an oxidizing agent into the acid

B. not drawing continuously for long periods 48. A lamp is marked 220V 60W. Calculate the

C. amalgamating the surface of the zinc plate energy it would consume when connected

D. using a porous pot to isolate the zinc plate to a 220V source for 1 hour.

from the acid A. 216000J

E. using dilute sulphuric acid B. 132200J

44. Calculate the value of R when G shows no C. 3600J

deflection in the circuit illustrated below. D. 864J

E. 220J

49. What is the effect of using split-rings in a E. Water molecules are separated by large

simple d.c motor? spaces between them

A. The direction of rotation of the coil is

reversed 54. Which of the following explains the concave

B. The current in the coil flows in the same meniscus of water in a glass tube?

direction A. The adhesion between water and glass is

C. The current in the coil becomes alternating greater than the cohesion between water

D. The direction of the force on the coil is molecules

reversed B. The cohesion between water molecules is

E. The contact with the voltage source is cut greater than the adhesion between glass

off and water

C. The molecules of water near the glass are

50. Which of the following statements is not moving faster than the molecules in the

correct about a loaded spiral spring? other parts

A. The extension is proportional to the load D. The molecules of water at the water-air

applied, provided the elastic limit is not boundary are often attracted to the centre

exceeded of the tube

B. It the elastic limit is not exceeded, the E. The weight of the water pulls the central

contraction is proportional to the load part ofo the surface down

removed

C. Up to the yield limit, extension is no longer 55. The unit of inductance is the

proportional to the applied load A. farad

D. Beyond the elastic limit, extension is no B. henry

longer proportional to the applied load C. hertz

E. If the spring regains its shape or form after D. ampere

deformation, it is said to be elastic E. coulomb

51. Calculate the resistivity of a wire of length 56. Which of the following is/are not affected by

2m and cross-sectional area of 0.004cm2 if a magnetic field?

its resistance is 3.0ohm I. Neutrons

A. 0.0000267 ohm cm II. Cathode rays

B. 0.00006 ohm cm III. Alpha particles

C. 0.26700 ohm cm A. I only

D. 0.37500 ohm cm B. II only

E. 0.60000 ohm cm C. III only

D. II and III only

52. Which of the following particles or rays have E. I, II and III

the greatest penetrating power

A. Beta particles 57. Which of the following is not correct about

B. Alpha particles isotopes of an element? They are

C. Gamma particles A. the same neutron number

D. Electrons B. the same proton number

E. Neutrons C. the same number of electrons

D. the same chemical properties

53. When sugar at the bottom of a glass of E. different physical property

water gradually dissolves, the water level

does not change appreciably. Which of the 58. An electron of charge 1.6 x 10-19C is

following statements best explains this? accelerated in vacuum from rest at zero volt

A. Water is suitable solvent for sugar towards a plate of 40KV. Calculate the

B. The sugar and the water have become a kinetic energy of the electron.

single solution A. 4 x 10-25J

C. The volume of the sugar molecules does not B. 4 x 10-21J

change when the sugar dissolves C. 6.4 x 10-20 J

D. Sugar molecules are smaller than water D. 6.4 x 10-15 J

molecules E. 2.5 x 10-20 J

59. Which of the following is not an b State Boyle’s law. A thread of mercury of

electromagnetic radiation? length 15cm is used to trap some air in a

A. X-ray capillary tube with uniform cross-sectional

B. Radio waves area and closed at one end. With the tube

C. Sunlight vertical and the open end uppermost, the

D. Sound waves length of the trapped air column is 20cm.

E. Infra-red radiations Calculate the length of the air column when

the tube is held.

60. Two radioactive elements A and B have half- (i) Horizontally,

lives of 100 and 50 years respectively. (ii) Vertically with the open end underneath.

Samples of A and B initially contain equal (Atmosphere pressure = 76cm of mercury)

number of atoms. What is the ratio of the

number of the remaining atoms of A to that c. Explain why it is not advisible to sterilize a

of B after 200 years? clinical thermometer in boiling water at

A. 4:1 normal atmosphere pressure.

B. s:1

C. 1:1 3a. Explain with the aid of diagram how a

D. 1:2 converging lens could be used to

E. 1:4

(i) ignite a piece of carbon,

1988 (ii) produce an enlarged picture on a screen,

THEORY SECTION B PART 1 (iii) correct an eye defect.

1a. Explain with the aid of a diagram what is b. What is a mechanical wave? Describe with

meant by the moment of a force about a the aid of a diagram, an experiment to show

point. that sound needs a material medium for

transmission. State three characteristics of

b. State the condition of equilibrium for a sound and mention the factor on which each

number of coplanar parallel forces. A metre depends.

rule is found to balance at the 48cm mark.

When a body of mass 60g is suspended at 4a. Explain what is meant by:

the 6cm mark the balance point is found to (i) Electric field intensity

be at the 30cm mark. (ii) electric lines force

Calculate:

(i) The mass of the metre rule, b. Two similar but opposite point charges – q

(ii) The distance of the balance point from the and +q each of magnitude 5.0 x 10-8C are

zero end, if the body were moved to the separated by a distance of 8.0cm in vacuum

13cm mark. as shown in the diagram below.

and the velocity ratio V.R of a machine are

related by the equation. Calculate the magnitude and direction of

the resultant electric field intensity E at the

M.A x 100% point P. Draw the lines of force due to this

E = V.R system of charges.

The efficiency of a machine is 80%. (Take 1_ = 9 x 109 Nm2C-2)

Determine the work done by a person using 4π Σ

this machine to raise a load of 200kg

through a vertical distance of 3.0m. c. Calculate the following in the series circuit

(Take g = 10ms-2) shown beside:

(i) reactance of the capacitor

2a. Draw a labeled diagram of a vacuum flask. (ii) impedance of the circuit

Explain how its construction minimizes heat (iii) current through the circuit

exchange with the surroundings. (iv) voltage across the capacitor

(v) average power used in the circuit

board. Measure BO = y and AO. Evaluate

y/AD.

130 and 150g. In each case, determine the

corresponding values of y, OA and y/AO.

Tabulate your readings.

PAPER I PRACTICAL and horizontal axis and find the slope of the

graph. State two precautions you took to

You are required to record your ensure accurate results. Attach your answer

observations as soon as they are made. The script.

observations and any mathematical working

and answers to questions should be written b. (i) Given that M/2m = y/AO in the

in your answer book, scrap paper must not experiment above, deduce value of

be used. Attach your graphs to your answer the known mass m from your graph.

book. You are not expected to copy out your

work again neatly. The record may be kept (ii) State the condition necessary for the

in pencil provided it can be read clearly. If equilibrium of three non parallel

any place of the apparatus provided has a coplanar forces

label with a letter on it, this letter must be

recorded in your answer book in order that (iii)

the Examiner may identify which set of

apparatus you used.

Calculate the magnitude of force F in

Neither a detailed description of the the

apparatus nor a full account of the method diagram above, if all the three forces

of carrying out the experiments is required. acting at O, are in equilibrium.

You should however, note any special

precautions you have taken and it must be

clear (by diagrams or otherwise) exactly

what the readings mean and how they were

obtained.

Place the prism provided on a tracing

1a. paper and draw its outline ABC.

Remove the prism. Measure and

record the value of the angle A. Draw

a normal to the line AB and N. Also

draw another line TN to the normal

such that i = 45˚ Erect two pins at P1

and P2. Replace the prism and fix two

other points at P3 and P4 such that

In the diagram above, a thread AC, fixed at the pins appear to be in a straight

pulley A passes over a pulley at C on a force line with the images of the pins of P1

board and carries an unknown weight M. and P2 when viewed from the side AC

Retain this weight m throughout the and of the prism. Remove the prism.

experiment. Draw a line along the direction Join P3 and P4 producing it to meet

of AC on the paper held behind the thread. line TN at Z. Draw the normal XY.

Locate the midpoint B of AC and mark its Measure and record the angle of

position on this line. Draw BD at right angles emergency e and the angle of

to AC. By means of a loop of thread, deviation d. Evaluate (d – e).

suspend a mass M = 70g from AC and

adjust the position of the loop so that the Repeat the experiment with i = 50˚,

line of actions of the weight of M lies along 55˚ 60˚ and 65˚. In each case,

BD. Ensure that M and m hand off the force measure and record the

corresponding values of e, d and (d –

e). Tabulate your readings. Plot a b. (i) Given that E = V + IR in the

graph with (d – e) on the vertical axis experiment

and i on the horizontal axis starting above, use your graph to determine

both axis from the origin. Find the the value of R (ii) (a). What did the

slope of the graph and the intercepts voltmeter measure when the jockey

L1 and L2 on the vertical and made contact with potentiometer

horizontal axis respectively. Evaluate wire at J?

Lo = (11 + 12)/2

(ii) What would be wrong with the

State two precautions you took to connections if the ammeter deflected

ensure accurate results. Attach your in the opposite direction during the

traces to your answer script. experiment?

2. (i) What is the physical significance of (iii) State two advantages of using a

the potentiometer over a voltmeter for

intercept of the graph on the measuring potential difference.

horizontal axis, if d = I + e – A where

the symbols are as shown on the

diagram above. 1989

SSCE PHYSICS

(ii) If a ray of light is incident normally PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

on face AB of the prism, draw a ray

diagram to show the path of the ray 1. Which of the following is not a vector

as it passes through the prism. quantity?

(Take refractive index of glass – 1.5) A. Momentum

B. Force

C. Velocity

D. Temperature

(iii) Distinguish between deviation and E. Displacement

refraction.

2. Which of the following is not a consequence

3. (a) of a force field?

A. weight

B. surface tension

C. Gravitational pull

D. Magnetic force

E. Electric force

Connect up the circuit as shown above. PQ

is the potentiometer wire. Record the 3. A boy pulls a nail from the wall with a string

ammeter reading Io and the voltmeter tied to the nail. The string is inclined at an

reading VO when the jockey is not in angle of 60˚ to the wall. If the tension in the

contact with the potentiometer wire PQ. string is 4N what is the effective force used

Then place the jockey to make contact with in pulling the nail?

PQ at J such that PJ – 40cm. Read and record A. 2N

I and V. Repeat the experiment with PJ – 50, B. 2√3N

60, yo and 80cm. In each case, read and C. 4N

record the values of I and V. Tabulate your D. 4√3N

readings. E. 8N

V on the horizontal axis starting both axis

from the origin. Determining the slope of

the graph and the value of V when 1 = 0.

State two precautions you took to ensure 4. The diagram above represents the

accurate results. trajectory of a projectile with an initial

velocity U. If g is the acceleration of free D. weight only

fall, the time taken to reach the maximum E. upthrust only

height is

A. 2Ug 9. Which of the following statements is correct

sin θ about the equilibrium of the object

represented in the diagrams below?

B. U sin θ

2g

C. u con θ

g

A. X and Y are in stable equilibrium

D. U__ B. Y and Z are in neutral equilibrium

g sin θ C. X is in unstable equilibrium

D. Z is in stable equilibrium

E. U sin θ E. Y is in neutral equilibrium

g

10. A stone tied to a string is made to receive in

a horizontal circle of radius 4m with an

5. Using the diagram below, calculate the angular speed of 2 radians per second. With

moment of the force of 10 N about point P what tangential velocity will the stone move

off the circle if the string cuts?

A. 60 Nm A. 16.0ms-1

B. 60 3Nm B. 8.0ms-1

C. 6.0ms-1

C. 120Nm

D. 2.0ms-1

D. 120 3Nm E. 0.5ms-1

E. 240Nm

11. The motion of the prongs of a sounding

6. Which of the following is used to determine turning fork is

the relative density of the acid in a car A. random

battery? B. translational

A. Hypsometer C. rotational

B. Hygrometer D. vibratory

C. Manometer E. vibratory and rotational

D. Hydrometer

E. Spectrometer 12. Which of the following is a derived unit?

A. Metre

7. A block of material of volume 20cm3 and B. Coulomb

density 2.5gcm3 is suspended from a spring C. Kilogram

balance with half the volume of the block D. Second

immersed in water. What is the reading of E. Ampere

the spring balance? (Density of water =

1.0g cm-3) 13. An engine raises 100kg of water through a

A. 8g height of 60m in 20s. What is the power of

B. 25g the engine? {Take g = 10ms-2}

C. 30g A. 120.000W

D. 40g B. 3000W

E. 50g C. 333W

D. 300W

8. A piece of cork which is floating on water is E. 30W

acted upon by the forces of

A. weight and viscosity 14. A thermometer has its stem marked in

B. weight and upthrust millimeter instead of degree Celsius. The

C. upthrust and viscosity lower fixed point is 30mm and the upper

fixed point is 180mm. Calculate the C. 117200J

temperature in degree Celsius when the D. 113000J

thermometer reads 45mm. E. 4200J

A. 67.5˚C 20. A block of ice at its melting point is left on a

B. 30.0˚C table in the atmosphere and it is observed

C. 25.0˚C to melt gradually. Which of the following

D. 10. ˚C statements is true about the melting

E. 10.0˚C process?

A. The reaction force of the table on the ice

15. Which of the following surface will radiate breaks the ice water molecules

heat energy best? B. heat extracted from the ice block makes the

A. Red ice block cold

B. White C. The ice block absorbs heat from the

C. Black atmosphere and its temperature rises

D. Yellow D. The atmosphere and its temperature

E. Blue remained constant as it melts

16. Which of the following statements is not 21. All the heat generated by a current of 2 A

correct? passing through a 6Ω resistor for 25 s is

A. Evaporation takes place only at the surface used to evaporate 5g of a liquid at its

of a liquid? boiling point. What is the specific latent heat

B. Boiling takes place through out the volume of the liquid?

of a liquid A. 60 Jg-1

C. Evaporation takes place at all temperatures B. 120Jg-1

D. Boiling takes place at a particular C. 300Jg-1

temperature for a liquid at a given external D. 360Jg-1

pressure E. 1500Jg-1

E. The boiling point of a liquid is not affected

by impurities 22. A positively charged sphere is suspended

inside a hollow can placed on an insulating

17. Water in an open container boils at a lower base. If the can is momentarily earthed and

temperature when heated at the top of a the charged sphere is then withdrawn,

mountain than at sea-level because at the which of the following diagrams best

top of a mountain the represents the charge distribution on the

A. relative humidity is higher than that at sea- can after this process?

level

B. rays of the sun add more heat to the water

C. temperature is lower than that at sea-level

D. pressure is lower than that at sea-level

E. Pressure is more than that at sea-level A.

good conductor of electricity?

A. Human body

B. Glass B.

C. Aluminium

D. Earth

E. Copper

vaporize 50g of water initially at 80˚C if the

specific heat capacity of water is 4.2Jg-1K-1,

(Specific latent heat of vaporization of water

is 2260Jg-1)

A. 533000J D.

B. 230200J

What will be the characteristics of the image

E. of the object OB shown above after

refraction through the lens?

A. Magnified, virtual and inverted

23. Which of the following instruments can be B. Real, inverted and magnified

used to compare the relative magnitudes of C. Diminished, virtual and inverted

charge on two given bodies? D. Erect, real and diminished

A. The electrophorus E. Diminished, virtual and erect

B. Ebonite rod 29. A beam of light consisting of both green G

C. Proof planes and Violet V colours is incident on a prism.

D. Gold leaf electroscope Which of the following diagrams correctly

E. Capacitor illustrates the path of the beam?

of a petrol tanker trailing behind it to ensure A.

that the

A. petrol tanker is balanced on the road

B. heat generated by friction in the engine can

be conducted to the floor

C. charges generated by friction in the tanker B.

is conducted to the earth

D. tanker moves slowly as the chain touches

the road surface

E. chain produces sound for the resonance of C.

the tanker’s engine

an angle of 35˚. What is the angle made by

the reflected ray with the surface of the D.

mirror?

A. 125˚

B. 70˚

C. 65˚

D. 55˚

E. 35˚

E.

26. The image in a pin-hole camera is always

A. diminished

B. enlarged 30. The distance between a node and an

C. upright antinodes for a transverse wave is equal to

D. inverted A. the wavelength

E. blurred B. thrice the wavelength

C. One-half of the wavelengths

27. The refractive index for a given transparent D. one-quarter of the wave length

medium is 1.4. Which of the following is the

minimum angle for total internal reflection 31. Which of the following is a stringed

to take place in the medium? instrument?

A. 30 A. Flute

B. 36˚ B. Trumpet

C. 44˚ C. Piano

D. 46˚ D. Drum

E. 54˚ E. Saxophone

28.

32. A sound pulse sent vertically downwards 37. What is the gravitational potential due to a

into the earth is reflected from two different molecule of mass m at a distance from it?

layers of the earth such that echoes are (G – gravitational constant)

heard after 1.2s and 1.4s. Assuming the A. Gm2_

speed of the pulse is 2000ms-1, calculate r2

the distance between the layers.

A. 200m B. Gm

B. 400m r

C. 2400m

D. 2600m C. Gm2

E. 2800m r

particles from their equilibrium positions is r

called

A. frequency E. m2_

B. amplitude Gr2

C. period

D. wavelength 38. Calculate the escape velocity for a rocket

E. wave velocity fired from the earth’s surface at a point

where the acceleration due to gravity is

34. A string is stretched tightly between two 10ms-2 and the radius of the earth is 6 x

point 50cm apart. It is plucked at its centre 106m.

and the velocity of the wave produced is A. 7.8 x 103ms-1

300ms-1. Calculate the number of vibrations B. 1.1 x 104ms-1

made by the string in one second. C. 3.5 x 107ms-1

A. 3 D. 6.0 x 104ms-1

B. 6 E. 1.2 x 108ms-1

C. 150

D. 300 39. The electric force between two point charge

E. 600 each of magnitude q at a distance of r apart

in air of permittivity Eo is

35. Which of the following is not a property of A. q2__

longitudinal waves? 4 π Eor

A. Compression

B. Reflection B. rEo_

C. Refraction q2

D. Polarization

E. Diffraction C. 4π q

E0

36.

D. qr2_

E0

electric fields. In which of the diagram 4 π E0r2

would a positive test charge experience less

force as it moves from X to Y? 40. What is the total capacitance in the circuit

A. III only represented by the diagram above?

B. II only A. C1 = C + C1

C. I only B. 1 + 1 + 1

D. I and II only C1 C2 C3

E. I and III only

C. C1C2C3____

C1 + C2 + C3

D. C2__ 45. In a metre bridge experiment, there is a

C3 + C1 zero deflection of the galvanometer when I1

– 40cm as shown in the diagram below.

E. C 1C 2C 3 Calculate the value of the resistance R.

capacitor if the potential difference between B. 15Ω

the plates is 20V. C. 20Ω

1.0 x 10-9J D. 25Ω

A. 2.0 x 10-4J E. 24Ω

B. 2.0 x 10-4J

C. 2.0 x 10-3J 46. Which of the following is not true of a

D. 1.0 x 103J discharge tube?

E. 2.0 x 103J A. The pressure of gas must be very low

B. The glass tube must have two electrodes at

42. In the diagram below, the galvanometer the ends

indicates a null-deflection. What is the C. The gas in the tube must be carbon dioxide

potential difference between X and Y? D. Air is gradually pumped out of the tube

E. The coating on the walls of the tube at a

A. O volt certain stage glows

B. 1.5 volts

C. 2.0 volts 47. Which of the following diagrams gives the

D. 3.0 volts correct magnetic field pattern around a

E. 4.0 volts current-carrying straight conductor?

charging an accumulator from a.d.c. supply

of e.mf. E1 and internal resistance r1. If the

e.m.f. of the accumulator is E2 with an B.

internal resistance of r2, then the equation

for the charging current is

A. I = E1 + E2 C.

r1 + r2

B. I = E1 – E2 D.

r1 + r2

E.

C. E1 – E1

r1 + r2

48. Which of the following is/are correct about a

D. I = E1 – E2 plane rectangular current carrying coil

r1 – r2 placed in a uniform magnetic field?

I. The forces in the two parallel sides produce

E. I = E1 + E2 a resultant translational motion

r1 – r2 II. The torgue is maximum when the plane of

the coil is parallel to the direction of the

44. A portable generator is connected to six 100 field

W lamps and a 600 W amplifying system. III. The forces on the two parallel sides are

How much energy is consumed if the equal and opposite

generator runs for 6 hours? A. I only

A. 0.2k Wh B. II only

B. 1.2k Wh C. III only

C. 3.0k Wh D. I and III only

D. 4.2k Wh E. II and III only

E. 7.2k Wh

49. Which of the following materials should be II. When the electrons jump from one orbit to

used fro the core in order to produce the another, they emit discrete energy packets

strongest magnetic effect at J in the circuit or quanta

illustrated in the diagram below? III. The energy emitted by the electrons in their

orbits contain all possible wavelengths

A. Copper A. I only

B. Iron B. I and II only

C. Brass C. II and III only

D. Plastic D. I and III only

E. Steel E. I, II and III

50. When a metal is heated to a high 55. An elastic string of length / is stretched

temperature, electrons are emitted from its through a length e by a force F. The area of

surface. This process is known as cross-section of the string is A and its

A. photo electric emission Young’s modulus is E. Which of the following

B. artificial radioactivity expressions is correct?

C. field emission A. F = EAe2

D. secondary emission 1

E. thermionic emission

B. F = EAL

51. In an a.c. circuit the peak value of the c

potential difference is 180V. What is the

instantaneous p.d. when it has reached 1/8th C. F = EAe

of a cycle? L

A. 45V

B. 90V D. F = EAe

C. 90 2V 12

E. F = EA

D. 180V

el

E. 180 2V

surface tension of water?

A. Detergent

B. Methylated spirit

C. Soap solution

D. Grease 56. In the diagram above, V is viscosity and U is

E. Camphor up-thrust. Which of the following equations

holds when the falling body P has attained a

53. Which of the following gives rise to the line terminal velocity?

spectra observed in atoms? A. V + ng = U

A. kinetic energy of a moving atom B. V + U = mg = 0

B. Potential energy of an electron inside an C. V = mg_

atom U

C. Change of an electron from a higher to a D. V – U = mg

lower energy level in the atom E. V + mg + U = 0

D. Disturbed proton in the nucleus

E. Excitation of an electron in the atom 57. An electron jumps from one energy level to

another in an atom radiating 4.5 x 10-19

54. Which of the following is/are essential joules. If Planck’s constant is 6.6 x 10-34Js

properties of the Bohr’s model of the atom? What is the wavelength of the radiation?

I. The electrons in the orbits have discrete (Take velocity of light = 3 x 108ms-1)

values for their angular momentum A. 4.4 x 10-4m

B. 4.4 x 10-7m

C. 4.0 x 10-7m

D. 1.5 x 10-7m linear expansivity of steel is

E. 1.5 x 10-19m 1.0 x 10-5K-1 calculate the

safety gap that must be left

58. If a nucleus 3H decays, a nucleus 3 He is between successive bars if

found the highest temperature

1 2 expected is 41˚C

Accompanied with the emission of a

A. neutron (c) State three advantages and two

B. proton disadvantages of thermal expansion

C. beta particle of solids

D. gamma particle

E. alpha particle 2. (a) What is a wave motion?

correct consequence of the uncertainty (Vt – X) represents a wave train in

principle? which y is the vertical displacement

A. The uncertainty in our knowledge of energy of a particle at distance X from the

and the duration taken to measure it are origin in the medium through which

each less than Planck’s constant the wave is traveling. Explain, with

B. The complete knowledge of the position of a the aid of a diagram, what A and λ

particle implies the complete ignorance of represent.

its energy

C. It is possible to measure exactly both the (b) (i) Describe an experiment to

position and momentum of a particle at the determine the frequency of a

same time note emitted by a source of

D. Both momentum and energy of a particle sound.

can be known with absolute certainty (ii) A pipe closed at one end is

E. A particle’s kinetic energy cannot be 1m long. The air in the pipe is

measured accurately at anytime set into vibration and

fundamental note is

60. The phenomenon of radioactivity was first produced. If the velocity of

discovered by sound in air is 340ms-1,

A. Marie Curie calculate the frequency of the

B. Sir J. J. Thompson note.

C. Henri Beequerel

D. Niels Bohr (c) State two differences between a

E. Enrico Fermi sound wave and a radio wave.

induction.

1989

SECTION B THEORY (b) (i) Describe a simple experiment

to

1. (a) What is meant by the statement: show how an induced e.m.f.

“The can be produced.

linear expansivity of a solid is 1.0 x

10-5 (ii) State two factors on which

K-1? the

magnitude of the induced e.m.f. depends

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to

determine the linear (c) Explain what is meant by the r.m.s.

expansivity of a steel rod value of an alternating current.

(ii) Steel bars, each of length 3m

at (d) (i) If the alternating current is

29˚C are to be used for represented by 1, 10, w and

constructing a rail line. If the wt represent.

point on the rule where mass m is attached

(ii) Calculate the instantaneous to the rule. With length L = 90cm,

value determine the time for the loaded metre

of such a current, if in a rule to perform 20 vertical oscillations.

circuit it has r.m.s. value Repeat once and find average time for 20

15.0A when its phase angle is oscillations.

30˚

Repeat the experiment with length L =

4. (ai) Explain the terms: photoelectric 85cm, 75cm and 70cm. In each case,

emission determine the average time t taken by the

and threshold frequency metre rule to perform 20 vertical

oscillations. Calculate the period T of

(ii) Einstein’s photoelectric equation can oscillation in each case and tabulate your

be readings.

written as E = hf = hfo.

What does such each of the symbols Plot a graph with lot 100T along the vertical

used in the equation above axis and log L along the horizontal axis.

represent? Determine the slope of the graph.

(b) Calculate the frequency of the proton b. (i) Explain what is meant by a couple

whose energy is required to eject a and

surface electron with a kinetic define the moment of a couple.

energy of 1.97 x 10-16eV if the work

functions of the metal is 1.33 x 10- (ii) If R is the reaction at the bench. M

16

eV. (leV = 1.6 x 10-19J; h = 6.60 x the

10-34 JS). mass of the metre rule and m the

mass of the attached load, draw a

(c) In a photoelectric cell, no electrons diagram to indicate the forces acting

are emitted until the threshold on the rule when in equilibrium.

frequency of light is reached. Explain Write down a relationship between R,

what happens to the energy of the M and m.

light before emission of electrons

begins. State one factor that may (iii) Explain the term centre of gravity of

affect the numbers of emitted a body and state how it is related to

electrons. the stability of an object.

of matter, illustrating your answer

with observation phenomena.

standard resistor and join the combination

1989 in series with the accumulator, the

PAPER 1 PRACTICAL resistance box S and a key K as shown

above. Adjust the resistance box S to 15Ω

1(a) and record the reading of the voltmeter.

Repeat with values of S = 12Ω, 10Ω, 8V, 6

and 4Ω. In each case, record the

corresponding reading V of the voltmeter.

Find the values of I/v in each case. Tabulate

your readings.

Clamp the loaded metre rule firmly to the Plot a graph of 1/v along the vertical axis

edge of the bench as a horizontal cantilever and S along the horizontal axis. Determine

as shown above capable of performing the slope m of the graph. Also determine

vertical oscillations. L is the distance the intercept on the vertical axis. Evaluate

between the edge of the bench and the the ratio e/m. State two necessary

precautions taken when performing this thickness 1.6cm and of refractive

experiment. index 1.6 is viewed along the normal

to the opposite surface. By how

b. (i) State two conditions under which a much does the point object appear

piece to be displaced?

of wire in a closed electrical circuit (iii) Draw a diagram to illustrate what is

may not obey Ohm’s law. meant by a lateral displacement of a

ray of light which passes through a

(ii) Explain why the e.m.f of a cell is rectangular glass block.

usually greater than the p.d. at its

terminals when the cell is used to

supply current to an external circuit. 1990

SSCE PHYSICS

(iii) Four identical cells each e.m.f. E and PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

internal resistance r are connected in

series with a resistance R. Write 1. Which of the following instruments is

down the formula for the current in suitable for making the accurate

the circuit. measurement of the internal diameter of a

test tube?

A. A metre rule

B. A pair of calipers

C. A micrometer screw gauge

D. A tape rule

E. A set square

3. (a) Trace the outline EFGH of the given

rectangular glass block. Remove the 2. A particle of mass 2.5 x 10-6kg revolving

block and draw a normal KL cutting around the earth has a radial acceleration of

the faces at S and Q such that ES is 4 x 107ms-3. What is the centripetal force

about one-quarter of EF. Draw a line of the particle?

making an angle i = 30˚ and KS as A. 6.25 x 10-14N

shown. Draw four other lines for i = B. 1/6- x 10-13N

35˚, 45˚, 55˚, and 65˚. C. 5.00 x 10N

D. 1.00 x 102N

Replace the glass block carefully on its E. 2.00 x 103N

outline. Fix two pins at P1 and P2 on the

incident line making the angle i = 30˚ with 3. An oscillating pendulum has a velocity of

KS. By looking through the side HG, fix two 2ms-1 at the equilibrium position O and

other pins at P3 and P4 such that the pins at velocity at same point R. Using the diagram

P3 and P4 appear to be in line with the below, calculate the height h of P above O.

images of pins at P1 and P2. Mark the (Take g = 10ms2)

positions of P3 and P4. Remove the glass

block. Draw a line to pass through P3 and P4 A. 5.0m

and produce it to meet HG at T1 and KL at X1 B. 2.0m

respectively. Measure and record ST, and X1 C. 0.4m

T1. Repeat the experiment for I = 35˚, 45˚, D. 0.2m

55˚ and 65˚. In each case, measure and E. 0.1m

record ST and XT.

4. Which of the following are contact forces?

Plot a graph with XT on the vertical axis and I. Force of tension

ST on the horizontal axis. Calculate the II. Force of friction

slope of the graph. State two precautions III. Magnetic force

you took when performing the experiment. IV. Force of reaction

A. I, II and III only

b. (i) State Snell’s law of refraction. B. I, II and IV only

(ii) A point object placed in contact with C. I, III and IV only

one surface of a glass block of D. II, III and IV only

E. I and IV only

10. An object R leaves a platform XY with a

5. A plane inclined at an angle of 30˚ to the horizontal velocity of 7ms-1 and lands at O. If

horizontal has an efficiency of 50%. The it takes the same object 0.3s to fall freely

force parallel to the plan required to push a from Y to P, calculate the distance PQ. (Take

load of 120N uniformly up the plan is g = 10ms-2)

A. 40√3N A. 7.30m

B. 60N B. 2.55m

C. 120N C. 2.10m

D. 200N D. 1.65m

E. 240N E. 0.45m

6. The diagram above represents a portion of a 11. A simple pendulum makes 50oscillations in

micrometer screw guage. What is its one minute. What is the period of

reading? oscillation?

A. 3.7mm A. 0.02s

B. 3.67mm B. 0.20s

C. 3.50mm C. 0.83s

D. 3.33mm D. 1.20s

E. 3.17mm E. 50.00s

7. A girl whose mass is 55kg stands on a 12. The body P shown in the diagram above is

spring weighing machine inside a life. When in equilibrium. If the mass of the body is

the lift starts to ascent, its acceleration is 10kg, calculate the tension T in the string

2mm2. What will be the reading on the (Take g = 10ms-2)

machine? (Take g = 10ms-2) A. 20/√3N

A. 66kg 4N B. 20N

B. 55kg C. 50N

C. 44kg 6Am D. 200√3N

D. 22kg E. 200N

E. 11kg

13. An object weighs 10.0N in air and 7.0 in

water. What is its weight when immersed in

a liquid of relative density 1.5?

A. 4.50N

4N B. 4.67N

8. Two forces each of 4 N act on the opposite C. 5.50N

sides of a rectangular plate as shown in the D. 6.67N

diagram above. Calculate the magnitude of E. 8.50N

the couple acting on the plate.

A. 6.4Nm 14. The absolute zero temperature is defined as

B. 3.2Nm the temperature at which

C. 1.6Nm A. thermal motion ceases

D. 0.8Nm B. the temperature of a gas is 273˚C

E. 0.0Nm C. ice melts

D. the volume of a real gas is maximum

9. A force F is applied to a body P as shown in E. pressure of a real gas is maximum

the diagram below. If the body P moves

through a distance r, which of the following 15. A cube made of a metal of linear

represents the work done? expansivity α is warned through a

A. Fx temperature of t. If the initial volume of the

B. F cos θ cube is V, what is the increase in volume of

the cube?

x 1 α

A. /3 Vt

C. Fx tan θ B. ½ α Vt

D. Fx sin θ C. α Vt

E. Fx cos θ D. 2 α Vt

E. 3 α Vt

16. Dry hydrogen is trapped by a pellet of 21. Which of the following is not a suitable

mercury in a uniform capillary tube closed method for reducing loss of heat from a

at one end. If the length of the column of piece of hot iron?

hydrogen at 270˚C is 1.0m, at what A. Wrapping it in cotton wool

temperature will the length be 1.20m? B. painting it black

A. 22.5˚C C. placing it in a vacuum

B. 32.4˚C D. placing it on the rubber supports

C. 77.0˚C E. keeping it in a closed wooden box

D. 87.0˚C 22. When the direction of vibration of the

E. 360˚C particles of a medium is perpendicular to

the direction of travel of a wave, the wave

17. Two solids P and Q of equal mass are transmitted is known as

heated to the same temperature and A. sound wave

dropped simultaneously into two identical B. transverse wave

containers X and Y containing equal C. longitudinal wave

volumes of water at room temperature. The D. stationary wave

temperature of X will rise higher than that of E. mechanical wave

Y only if the

A. volume of P is greater than that of Q 23. A bat emits a sound wave at a speed of

B. specific heat capacity of P is higher than 1650 ms-1 and received the echoes 0.15s

that of Q later. Calculate the distance of the bat from

C. density of P is greater than that of Q the reflector.

D. density of P is lower than that of Q A. 8.75m

E. specific heat capacitor of P is lower than B. 16.50m

that of Q C. 87.75m

D. 123.75m

18. If the temperature of a small quantity of E. 330.00m

water in a closed container gradually

increased from 0˚ to 4˚C, then the density 24. A tuning fork sounds louder when its stem is

of the water within this range, pressed against a table top than when held

A. increases for a while and then decreases in air because

B. decreases for a while and then increases A. a larger mass of air is set vibrating by the

C. increases gradually table top

D. decreases gradually B. the whole table vibrates in resonance

E. remains the same C. the whole table has acquired a larger

frequency

19. How much heat is given out when a piece of D. the fork and table has acquired a larger

iron of mass 50g and specific heat capacitor frequency

460 Jkg-1 K-1 cools from 85˚C to 2˚C? E. the amplitude of the vibrating fork is

A. 1.38 x 106J increased

B. 2.53 x 104J

C. 7.66 x 103J 25. Which of the following is/are characteristics

D. 1.38 x 103J of sound?

E. 1.27 x 103J I. pitch

II. Loudness

20. Heat transfer by convection in a liquid is III. Quality

due to the IV. Noise

A. translatory motion of the molecules of the A. I only

liquid B. II only

B. increased vibration of the molecules of the C. I and II only

liquid about their mean positions D. I, II and III only

C. expansion of the liquid as it is heated E. I, II, III and IV

D. latent heat of vaporization of the liquid

E. ability of the liquid to evaporate at all 26. The diagram below represents part of a

temperatures wave motion in air. If the wave travels with

a speed of 300ms-1, calculate the frequency 31. A parallel beam of light is to be obtained

of the wave from the headlamp of a car. At hitch of the

following positions should the source of light

A. 360Hz be placed from the pole of its spherical

B. 300Hz mirror?

C. 250Hz A. At the focal point

D. 150Hz B. At the centre of curvature

E. 100Hz C. Beyond the centre of curvature

D. Between the focal point and the pole

27. Which of the following is/are necessary for E. Between the focal point and the centre of

the production of interference with two curvature

wave trains?

I. The sources must be close to each other 32. The diagram beside shows an incident ray

II. The waves must have the same frequency AO inclined at an angle of 50˚ to the

III. The waves must have the same amplitude interface CB. The refracted ray CB is found

IV. The waves must travel with the speed of to like along the surface. What is the

light refractive index of the medium X with

A. I, II, III and IV respect to air?

B. I, II and III only A. Sin 50˚

C. I and II only Sin 40˚

D. II, III and IV only

E. I, II and IV only B. Sin 40˚

Sin 50˚

28. A stone is dropped into the middle of a pool

of water. Which of the following statements C. Sin 90˚

is/are correct? Sin 50˚

I. Spherical waves are set up in the water

II. The water moves outwards to the sides of D. Sin 40˚

the pool Sin 90˚

III. Energy is transmitted outwards from the

centre of disturbance E. Sin 90˚

A. I only Sin 40˚

B. II only

C. III only 33. The eye defect illustrated by the diagram

D. I and III only below is

E. II and III only A. astigmatism

B. long sightedness

29. A concave mirror of radius of curvature C. loss of accommodation

20cm has a pin placed at 15cm from its D. short sightedness

pole. What will be the magnification of the E. colour blindness

image formed?

A. 4.00 34. A simple microscope forms an image twice

B. 2.00 the size of the object. If the focal length of

C. 1.33 the lens of the microscope is 20cm, how far

D. 1.50 is the object from the lens?

E. 0.25 A. 10m

B. 20m

30. Where will the image of the object OB C. 30m

shown in the diagram below be located after D. 40m

reflection from the mirror? E. 60m

A. At F

B. beyond C 35. Which of the following pairs of light rays

C. between O and P shows the widest separation in the

D. between P and F spectrum of white light?

E. between F and C A. Yellow and red

B. Orange and green

C. Violet and blue D. 20Ω

D. Blue and green E. 10Ω

E. Red and indigo

41. Which of the following field patterns

36. Given that the gravitational constant is 7 x between two unlike charges is correct?

10-41 Nm2 kg2, what is the force of

attraction between 10˚kg mass of lead A.

hanging one metre away from a 103kg

mass of iron?

A. 7 x 10-20N B.

B. 7 x 10-8N

C. 7 x 10-2N

D. 7 x 103N C.

E. 7 x 108N

D.

37. Calculate the current in the 3Ω resistor

shown in the diagram below.

A. 3.0A

B. 4.0A E.

C. 4.3A

D. 12.0A 42. A charge of 1.0 x 10-5 coulombs experiences

E. 39.0A a force of 40N at a certain point in space.

What is the electric field intensity?

38. What is the electric potential energy A. 8.00 x 106NC-1

between two protons each of charge q and B. 4.00 x10-46NC-1

at a distance of r apart? (Permittivity of C. 4.00 x 10-4NC-1

free space = Σ0) D. 2.00 x 10-4NC-1

A. 4 π Σ0q2r E. 2.50 x 10-7NC-1

4 π Σ0 is 500/ π Hz, what would be the reactance in

the circuit?

C. q_ A. 0.0009Ω

4 π Σ01 π

B. 400Ω

D. q 2_ C. 1030Ω

4 π Σ0r D. 1400Ω

E. 2500Ω

E. q 2_

4 π Σ0r2 44. Calculate the resistance of the filament of a

lamp rated 240V, 40W

39. A work of 30 joules is done in transferring 5 A. 240Ω

millicuoulombs of charge from a point B to a B. 360Ω

point A in an electric field. The potential C. 720Ω

difference between B and A is D. 1440Ω

A. 1.7 x 10-4V E. 2880Ω

B. 3.4 x 10-4V

C. 1.5 x 10-1V 45. Birds can perch safely on overhead electric

D. 6.0 x 103V power cables without being electrocuted

E. 1.2 x 104V because

A. birds can withstand high p.d. of the electric

40. What is the value of R when G shows no power cables

deflection in the circuit illustrated beside? B. any accumulated charge on the birds is

A. 80Ω quickly dissipated

B. 75Ω C. the feet of the birds are well insulated

C. 45Ω

D. the current is a.c. and has no particular B. Molecules

direction C. Electrons

E. there is no p.d. between the birds and the D. Neutrons

cables E. Ions

46. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V and internal resistance 51. When the pressure of the gas in a discharge

of tube in gradually lowered

2.5Ω is connected in series with an ammeter I. There is a violet glow in the tube

of resistance 0.5Ω and a resistor of II. The glow in the tube splits into bands which

resistance 7.0Ω. Calculate the current in the get further apart

circuit. III. The glow and the bands eventually

A. 0.15A disappear and there is a green fluorescence

B. 0.20A in the tube

C. 0.60A IV. The tube breaks into pieces

D. 3.00A Which of the following are correct?

E. 6.67A A. I and II only

47. A rectangular coil of wire can rotate in a B. I and III only

magnetic field. The ends of the coil are C. I and IV only

soldered to the two halves of a split ring. D. I, II and III only

Two carbon brushes are made to press E. I, II, III and IV only

lightly against the split ring and when these

are connected in circuit with a battery and 52. Which of the following statements about the

rheostat, the coil rotates. This is a atom is/are correct?

description of I. Energy is needed to remove electrons from

A. a suspended-coil galvanometer an atom

B. a moving-cell ammeter II. Particles in the nucleus of an atom are

C. a.d.c generator bound together by strong forces

D. an electric motor III. A large amount of energy is required to

E. an induction coil separate the particles in the nucleus of an

atom

48. How long will it take to heat 3kg of water IV. When the nucleus of a uranium atom is

from 28˚C to 88˚C in an electric taking a split, the energy released accounts for the

current of 6A from e.m.f. source of 220V? difference in the masses of the products

[Take the specific heat capacity of water = and the parent nucleus.

4180J-1K-1] A. I only

A. 96s B. I and II only

B. 1.20s C. I and III only

C. 570s D. II and IV only

D. 600s E. I, II, III and IV

E. 1200s

53. The nucleon number and the proton number

49. Which of the following reduce(s) the effect of a neutral atom of an element are 238 and

of the back e.m.f generated in the primary 92 respectively. What is the number of

coil of an induction coil? neutrons in the atom?

I. The capacitor in the circuit A. 330

II. The make and break contact in the circuit B. 165

III. The ratio of turns in the secondary C. 146

A. I only D. 119

B. II only E. 73

C. I and II only 54. Water does not drip through an open

D. II and III only umbrella of silk material unless the inside of

E. I, II and III the umbrella is touched. Which of the

following phenomenon is responsible for

50. Which of the following particles conduct this?

electricity through salty water? A. Surface tension

A. Atom B. Hydrostatic up thrust

C. Viscosity

D. Diffusion

E. Osmosis 1990

SECTION B THEORY

55. A radioactive substance has a half-life of 20

hours. What fraction of the original 1. (a) Using a suitable diagram, explain

radioactive nuclei will remain after 80 how the

hours? Following can be obtained from a

A. 1/32 velocity-time graph.

B. 1/16

C. `/8 (i) Acceleration; (ii) retardation

D. ¼ (iii) Total distance covered

E. ½

(b) Show that the displacements of a

56. A metal is illuminated with a radiation of body moving with uniform

energy 6.88cV. If the kinetic energy of the acceleration is given by s = ut + ½

emitted electrons is 1.50cV, calculate the ar2 where u is the velocity of the

work function of the metal. body at time t = 0.

A. 0.22cV

B. 4.59cV (c) A particle moving in a straight line

C. 3.38cV with uniform deceleration has a

D. 8.38cV velocity of 40ms-1 at a point P,

E. 10.32cV 20ms-1 at a point Q and comes to

rest at a point R where QR = 50m.

57. Which of the following is not a crystal? Calculate the:

A. Sodium chloride (i) distance PQ;

B. Lead (ii) time taken to cover PQ

C. Copper (II) tetraoxosulphate (VI) (iii) time taken to cover PR

D. Glass

E. Germanium 2. (a) Define the boiling point of a liquid

(b) Describe an experiment to determine

58. Viscosity in a liquid does not depend on the the boiling point of small quantity of

A. Nature of the liquid a liquid

B. relative velocity between the liquid layers (c) A piece of copper of mass 300g at a

C. area of the surface in contact temperature of 950˚C is quickly

D. temperature of the liquid transferred to a vessel of neglible

E. normal reaction between the liquid layers thermal capacity containing 250g of

water at 25˚C. If the final steady

59. What is the difference between a crystalline temperature of the mixture is 100˚C,

and an amorphous solid? A crystalline solid calculate the mass of the water that

A. has cubic structure while amorphous solid will boil away.

has hexagonal structure

B. has regularly-repeating pattern while an Specific heat capacity of copper =

amorphous solid has not 4.0x102Jkg-1K-1

C. is white while amorphous solid is yellow Specific heat capacity of water =

D. is always hard while amorphous solid is 4.2x103Jkg-1K-1

always soft Specific latent of vaporization of stream =

E. melts on heating while an amorphous solid 2.26x106Jk-1

sublimates on heating

60. Which of the following is not an evidence of (d) State four other effects of heat on a

the particle nature of matter? substance other than expansion.

A. Diffusion

B. Bronwnian motion 3. (a) Define the capacitance of a capacitor

C. Diffraction (b) State three factors on which the

D. Crystal structure capacitance of a parallel-plate

E. Photoelectricity depends.

(c) Derive a formula for the energy W experiment for h = 40, 60, 80 and 100cm.

stored in a charged capacitor C In each case record the corresponding

carrying a charge Q on either plate. values of t, T and tabulate your results.

(d) Two capacitors of capacitance 4μF

and Plot a graph of h against T2,. Determine the

6μF are connected in series to a slope S of the graph and the intercept I on

100V d.c. supply. Draw the circuit the vertical axis. State two precautions you

diagram and calculate the: took to ensure accurate results.

(i)charge in either plate of each capacitor;

(ii) p.d. across each capacitor. b. (i) In the experiment above, h, T and L

are

(iii) energy of the combined capacitors related by the equation h = L – g T2

4. (a) Explain the terms nuclear fission and 4

nuclear fusion π2

(b) State two advantages of fusion over Using this equation and the value of

fission and explain briefly why, in your slope s, determine the value of

spite of these advantages, fusion is g.

not normally used for the generation

of power. (ii) Why is a spherical bob preferred to

(c) 238

U is a long half-life alpha emitter bob of other shapes for use in this

and experiment?

92

decays to thorium Th which, in

turn, decays by beta emission with a (iii) State two examples of simple

small decay constant to an isotope of harmonic motion other than the

protactinium Pa. The protactinium simple pendulum.

isotope usually decays by beta

emission to an element Y. Explain 2. (a) You are provided with two

the italicized terms and write down illuminated

wires at a fixed distance apart for

the decay scheme of 238U as stated use as object. Measure and record

above. 92

their separation. Do not alter the

(d) State three uses of radioisotopes. distance between the wires

throughout the experiment. Place

the illuminated object at a distance x

1990 – 20cm from the lens to produce a

PAPER I PRACTICALS focused image on the screen.

Measure and record the distance y of

1. the image from the lens. Also,

measure the size of the image which

is the distance between the images

of the wires. Evaluate m a/a0.

30, 35, and 40cm. In each case,

You are provided with a pendulum bob, a determine the corresponding values

string retort stand and clamp. Suspend the of a, y and m. Calculate your

bob from the retort stand such that the bob readings.

just touches the floor. The point of

suspension to the floor L = 1.5m should be Plot a graph of m against y.

kept constant throughout the experiment. Determine the slope S of the graph

Reduce the length of the pendulum with h = and the value of y for which m = 0.

20cm as shown in the diagram above. In State two precautions you took to

this position displace the bob and record the ensure accurate results.

time t for 20 oscillations. Hence, determine

the period T of oscillation. Record your b. (i) If the relation between m and y in

values of h, t, T and T2. Repeat the the

experiment above is given by m = c Greater than the p.d across its

+ y/k, where c and k are constant, terminals when the cell is used to

use your graph to determine the supply current to an external circuit

value of k.

of

the image formed by the lens above 1991

if the object is situated at a distance SSCE PHYSICS

less than the focal length of the lens? PAPER 2 OBJECTIVES

(iii) An object, place 50cm away from the 1. Which of the following is a fundamental

focus of an emerging lens of focal quantity?

length 15cm, produces a focused A. Speed

image on a screen. Calculate the B. Density

distance between the object and the C. Length

screen. D. Impulse

E. Energy

has acceleration. This is possible if it

A. moves in a straight line

Connect the circuit as shown above. B. moves in a circle

Close the key K and record the C. is oscillating

ammeter reading 1o. Remove the D. is in equilibrium

plug of the key. Connect the E. has a varying acceleration

voltmeter across the resistor R = 1Ω

and the rheostat in series with the 3. A ball is projected horizontally from the top

resistor. Connect the voltmeter of a hill with a velocity of 20ms-1, if it

across the resistor reaches the ground 4 seconds later, what is

the height of the hill?

With the key closed adjust the A. 20m

rheostat to make the ammeter B. 40m

reading I = 0.3A. Record the C. 80m

corresponding voltmeter reading V. D. 160m

E. 200m

Repeat the experiment for I = 0.6,

0.9, 1.2, 1.5 and 1.8A. In each case 4. Two forces, whose resultant is 100N are

determine the corresponding value perpendicular to each other. If one of them

of V. Tabulate your readings. makes an angle of 60˚ with the resultant,

Plot a graph of 1 against V. calculate its magnitude (Sin 60˚ = 0.8660,

Determine the slope s of the graph. Cos 60˚ = 0.5000)

Evaluate 1/s. State two precautions A. 200.0N

you took to ensure accurate results B. 172.2N

C. 115.5N

b. (i) Draw the final circuit diagram of the D. 86.6N

experiment above. E. 50.0N

(ii) Use your graph to determine the 5. A body moving with uniform acceleration

value of has two points (5, 15 and 20, 60) on the

V when I – 0.8A. also, state what 1/s velocity-time graph of its motion Calculate

represents. a.

A. 0.25ms-2

(iii) Explain why the e.m.f of a cell is B. 3.00ms-2

usually C. 4.00ms-2

D. 9.00ms-2

E. 16.00ms-2 D. North-east

E. South-west

6. The diagram below shows the position of a

simple pendulum set in motion. At which of 12.

the motion. At which of the position does

the pendulum have maximum kinetic

energy.

maximum thermometer. If the temperature

7. An orange fruit drops to the ground from the of the surrounding falls, which of the

top of a tree 4.5m tall. How long does it take following correctly states how the steel

to reach the ground? (g = 10ms-2) indices in the thermometer would respond

A. 3.0s to the change in temperature?

B. 4.5s A. S1 would move upwards but S2, would not

C. 6.0s move

D. 7.5s B. S1 would not move upwards but S2 would

E. 9.0s move

C. Both S1 and S2 would move upward

8. Power is defined as the D. S1 would move upwards and S2 would move

A. capacity to exert a force downward

B. product of force and time E. S1 would move downwards but S2 would

C. product of force and distance move upwards

D. ability to do work

E. energy expended per unit time 13. A wire, 20m long, is heated from a

temperature of 5˚C to 55˚C. If the change in

9. The product PV where P is pressure and V is length is 0.02m, calculate the linear

volume has the same unit as expansibility of the wire

A. power A. 1.0 x 10-3K-1

B. work B. 2.0 x 10-4K-1

C. acceleration C. 2.0 x 10-3K-1

D. impulse D. 1.0 x 10-3K-1

E. force E. 1.0 x 10-6K-1

10. The diagram beside represents a block-and- 14. A waterfall is 420m high. Calculate the

tackle pulley system on which an effort of difference in temperature of the water

50N is just able to lift a load of weight W. If between the top and bottom of the

the efficiency of the machine is 40% find the waterfall. Neglect heat losses. (g = 10.0ms-

value of W. 2

, specific heat capacity of water = 4.20 x

103 JKg-1K-1)

A. 300N A. 0.1˚C

B. 200N B. 1.0˚C

C. 140N C. 4.2˚C

D. 120N D. 42.0˚C

E. 20N E. 100.0˚C

flowing river to a point directly opposite its

position at the other bank. If the river is

flowing eastwards, in what direction he row

his boat?

A. West 15. The set-up illustrated above shows a

B. East capillary tube of uniform cross-section area

C. North-west in two different arrangements. Using the

data in the diagrams calculate the pressure D. ice absorbs latent/heat during melting

of the atmosphere. E. ice makes better thermal contact than

A. 76cm of Hg water

B. 75cm of Hg

C. 74cm of Hg 21. The saturation vapour pressure of a liquid

D. 60cm of Hg depends on its

E. 45cm of Hg A. volume

B. temperature

16. A fixed mass of gas of volume 600cm3 at a C. mass

temperature of 27˚C is cooled at constant D. density

pressure to a temperature of 0˚C. What is E. pressure

the change in volume?

A. 54cm3

B. 273cm3

C. 300cm3

D. 546cm3

E. 600cm3 22. The graph below shows the expansion of

water as the temperature increases from

17. The boiling point of a liquid depends on the 0˚C. Which of the following deductions from

following except the the graph are true?

A. nature of the liquid

B. external pressure

C. volume of the liquid

D. impurities present in the liquid

E. degree of its molecular cohesive force

Temperature 0C

18. A steam trap is a component of the

apparatus used in determining the specific

latent heat of vaporation of steam. In the I. Water has its maximum density at Q

steady state, the steam trap II. The volume of water is greater at 0˚C than

A. stores the steam for future use 4˚C

B. prevents the steam from escaping III. The volume of water decreases uniformly

C. ensures that only dry steam gets into the when cooled from 100˚C to 0˚C

calorimeter IV. When water solidifies, its volume increases

D. allows condensed steam to go into the A. I and II only

calorimeter B. I and III only

E. determines the quantity of steam used C. II and III only

D. I, II and III only

19. A tap supplies water at 26˚C while another E. I, II and IV only

supplies water at 82˚C. If a man wishes to

bathe with water at 40˚C, the ratio of the 23. Two mirrors are inclined as shown in the

mass of hot water to that of cold water diagram below, a ray of light RO strikes the

required is arrangement at O and emerges along PQ.

A. 1:3 The emergent ray has been deviated

B. 3:1 through

C. 3:7

D. 7:3

E. 15 : 8

A. 230˚

20. Melting ice cools an orange drink far better B. 180˚

than the same mass of ice-cold water C. 120˚

because D. 60˚

A. melting ice is at a lower temperature than E. 30˚

ice-cold water

B. water has a higher specific heat than ice 24. An image which can be formed on a screen

C. floats and cools the air above the drink is said to be

A. virtual C. Lens

B. blurred D. Diaphragm

C. inverted E. Focusing ring

D. erect

E. real 30. In the arrangement illustrated below, Y and

B are yellow and blue transparent light

25. Calculate the refractive index of a the filters respectively. The colour of a white

material of the glass block shown in the opaque object when viewed through the

diagram below if YZ = 4cm. filters is

A. 0.40 A. blue

B. 0.60 B. yellow

C. 1.50 C. black

D. 1.67 D. red

E. 2.50 E. green

26. A ray of light is incident at an angle of 30˚ 31. Which of the following is not a mechanical

on a glass prism of refractive index 1.5. wave

Calculate the angle through which the ray is A. Wave propagated in stretched string

minimally deviated in the prism. (the B. Waves in closed pipes

medium surrounding the prism is air) C. Radio waves

A. 10.5˚ D. Water waves

B. 19.5˚ E. Sound waves

C. 21.1˚

D. 38.9˚ 32. Which of the following remain(s) unchanged

E. 40.5˚ as light travels from one medium to the

other?

27. Which of the following are true of plane- I. Speed

polarised light? II. Wavelength

I. Plane polarization of light is the formation of III. Frequency

hydrogen bubbles on the particles of light A. I only

II. Plane polarization of light is the splitting of B. II only

light into its spectra components C. III only

III. A plane-polarized light vibrates in one plane D. I and II only

IV. Polarization of light is characteristics of E. II and III only

transverse vibration

A. I and II only 33. Which of the following statements above

B. I and IV only wave is/are correct?

C. II and III only I. A wavefront is a line which contains all

D. III and IV only particles whose vibrations are in phase

E. I and III only II. The direction of propagation of a wave is

the line drawn parallel to the wavefront

28. At which of the following distances from the III. A wavefront is a circle which is common to

lens should a slide be placed in a slide all particles that are to be in the same state

projector if f is the focal length of the of disturbance

projection lens? A. I only

A. Less than f B. II only

B. Greater than 2f C. III only

C. Greater than f but less than 2f D. I and II only

D. Equal to f E. II and III only

E. Equal to 2f

34. What type of motion does the skin of a

29. What part of the camera corresponds to the talking drum perform when it is being struck

iris of the eye? with the drum stick

A. Shutter A. Random

B. Film B. Rotational

C. Vibratory

D. Translational

E. Circular B.

gradually faints away while the jar is being C.

evacuated. Which of the following explains

this observation?

A. The pressure is reduced D.

B. The sound waves are pumped out

C. The waves are absorbed in the inner walls

D. There is no more material medium E.

E. The air is disturbed

40. A particle of charge q and mass m moving

36. Which of the following statements is true of with a velocity v enters a uniform magnetic

the diagram shown below? field B in the direction of the field. The force

on the particle is

A. qvB

B. mqvB

C. qvB/m

A. The two points A and B are in phase D. mvB/q

B. Distance AB is half the wavelength of the E. O

wave

C. AC and BD are the amplitudes of the wave 41.

D. The two points A and B represents the wave If the frequency of the e.m.f source in the

crests a.c circuit illustrated above is 500/x Hz,

E. The wave has four crests what is the reactance of the inductor?

A. /450

37. A man standing 300m away from a wall B. 0.9

sounds a whistle. The echo from the wall C. 450/

reaches him 1.8s later. Calculate the D. 450

velocity of sound in air. E. 900

A. 540.0ms-1

B. 333.3ms-1 42. Two objects of masses 80kg are separated

C. 270.0ms-1 by a distance of 0.2m. If the gravitational

D. 166.7ms-1 constant is 6.6 x 10-11Nm-2kg-2, calculate the

E. 83.3ms-1 gravitational attraction between them.

A. 4.9 x 10-9N

38. In which of the following is a stationary B. 1.3 x 10-8N

wave produced? C. 6.6 x 10-8N

I. A vibrating tuning fork held near the end of D. 6.6 x 10-6N

a resonate tube close at the end E. 2.6 x 10-5N

II. A string tightly stretched between two

points and plucked at its middle 43. The capacitors C1 and C2 are connected as

III. The prongs of a tuning fork vibrating in air shown in the diagram below. The

A. I only capacitance of C2 is twice C1. When the key

B. II only is opened, the energy stored up in C1 is W. If

C. I and II only the key is later closed and the system is

D. II and III only allowed to attain electrical equilibrium, the

E. I, II and III only total energy stored in the system will be

A. ½W

39. Which of the following modes of vibration of B. 2

/3 W

a stretched string is the first overtone? C. W

D. 2W

A. E. 3W

44. In which of the points labeled A, B, C, D and transformer is used. If the number of turns

E on the conductor shown below would in the primary coil of the transformer is 900,

electric charge tend to concentrate most? calculate the number of turns in the

secondary coil of the transformer.

A. A. 30

B. B. 240

C. C. 248

D. D. 450

E. E. 1248

45. Which of the following is stored by a dry 50. The diagram below shows a current-carrying

Leclanche cell? wire between the poles of a magnet. In

A. Chemical energy which direction would the wire tend to

B. Nuclear energy move?

C. Solar energy

D. Heat energy

E. Electrical energy

46. Using the data in the circuit illustrated A. Into the paper

below, calculate the value of R B. Out of the paper

C. Towards the north pole of the paper

D. Towards the south pole of the magnet

E. Towards the top of the page

A. 0.02Ω

B. 0.05Ω 51. A induction coil is generally used to

C. 5.00Ω A. rectify an alternating current

D. 20.0Ω B. produce a larges input voltage

E. 50.0Ω C. smoothen a pushing direct

D. modulate an incoming radio signal

47. A 90W immersion heater is used to supply E. produce a large output voltage

energy for 5 minutes. The energy supplied

is used to completely melt 160g of a solid at 52. The unit of stress is

its melting point. Calculate the specific A. Nm

latent heat of fusion of the solid. B. N

A. 2.81 Jg-1 C. Nm-2

B. 6.25Jg-1 D. Nm2

C. 8.89Jg-1 E. Nm-1

D. 168.751Jg-1

E. 533.33Jg-1 53. Which of the following statements about

viscocity are correct?

48. In the circuit shown below, R is the resistor A. viscocity opposes the gravitational force on

whose resistance increases with increase in that ball

temperature. L1 and L2 are identical lamps. B. viscocity opposes the upthrust on the ball

If the temperature of R increases C. viscocity is in the same direction as the

upthrust on the ball

D. viscocity is in the same direction as the

upthrust on the ball

A. L1 becomes brighter and L2 becomes E. the ball falls faster the more viscuous the

dimmer liquid is

B. L1 becomes brighter and L2 does not change

C. L2 becomes dimmer and L1 does not change

D. L1 becomes dimmer and L2 does not change 54. Which of the following statements is not

E. L1 and L2 becomes brighter correct. Isotapes of an element have

A. the same number of electric charges on the

49. A house is supplied with a 240V a.c mains. nucleus

To operate door bell rated at 8V, a B. the same chemical properties

C. different nucleon numbers B. 2.21eV

D. different proton numbers C. 4.42eV

E. different atomic masses D. 5.76eV

E. 11.51eV

55. Which of the following representation is

correct for an atom X with 28 electrons and 60. Which of the following has the highest

30 neutrons? surface tension?

A. 30X A. Cold water

28 B. Soapy water

C. Warm water

B. 28X D. Oily water

30 E. Salt water

C. 58X

30

1991

D. 58X PART B THEORY

28

1. (a) Explain the terms uniform

E. 30X acceleration

2 and average speed.

56. When a metal surface is irradiated, (b) A body at rest is given an initial

photoelectrons may be ejected from the uniform acceleration of 8.0ms-2 after

metal. The kinetic energy of the ejected which the acceleration is reduced to

electrons depends on the e 5.0ms-2 for the next 20s. The body

A. source of the radiation maintains the speed attained for 60s

B. intensity of the radiation after which it is brought to rest in

C. detection device for the electrons 20s. Draw the velocity-time graph of

D. amplitude of the radiation the motion using the information

E. frequency of the radiation given above.

57. An electron of charge 1.6 x 10-19c is (c) Using the graph, calculate the:

accelerated in vacuum from rest at zero volt (i) maximum speed attained

towards a plate of 40K.v. Calculate the during the motion

kinetic energy of the electron. (ii) average retardation as the

A. 4.0 x 10-25J body is being brought to rest

B. 4.0 x 10-21J (iii) total distance traveled during

C. 6.4 x 10-20J the first 50s

D. 6.4 x 10-15J (iv) average speed during the

E. 2.5 x 1020J same interval as in II

second. Calculate the decay constants. and

A. 0.035s-1 heat. State the units in which they

B. 0.151s-1 are measured.

C. 0.347s-1 (b) (i) Describe with the aid of

D. 0.576s-1 labeled

E. 1.386s-1 diagram, how the upper fixed

point is determined for a

59. The work function of a metal is 4.65eV and mercury-in-glass

the metal illuminated with a radiation of thermometer, State one

6.86eV. What is the kinetic energy of the precaution to ensure accurate

electrons ejected from the surface of the results.

metal? (ii) State one advantage which a

A. 1.48eV constant-volume gas

thermometer has over other heated of 100˚C is transferred into

thermometers and one the calorimeter and the final

reason why it is seldom used temperature of the mixture T1 is

as an everyday laboratory recorded. The colorimeter is then

instrument emptied. The experiment is repeated

with water at the initial temperature.

(c) Using the kinetic theory of matter, T0 and of masses, m = 60, 70, 80, 90

explain why evaporation causes and 100g to obtain the final

cooling. temperatures. T1 = T2, T3, T4, T5 and

T6 of the mixtures respectively. The

3. (a) Explain the terms reactance and room temperature and the six final

impedance in and a.c circuit. temperatures have been drawn to

scale in fig.1. Measure the

(b) A source of e.m.f 240V and temperature T0 and T1 on the

frequency 50Hz is connected to a diagram. Calculate (100 – T) and (T1,

resistor, an inductor and a capacitor - T0) and Z = 100 – T1 Tabulate your

in series. When the current in the T1 – T0

capacitor is 10A, the potential readings.

difference across the resistor is 140A

and that across the inductor is 50V. Plot a graph of Z against m, starting

Draw the vector diagram of the both axes from the origin (O, O).

potential differences across the Determine from your graph the

inductor, capacitor and the resistor. (i) slope of the graph

Calculate the: (ii) value of the final temperature

(i) potential difference across eof the mixture if water of

the capacitor mass 30g was used in the

(ii) capacitance of the capacitor experiment. State two

(iii) inductance of the indicator precautions you would take if

you were to perform this

4. (a) (i) By means of a labeled- experiment in the laboratory

diagram,

describe the mode of b. (i) 200g of water at 100˚C is

operation of a modern X-ray poured into 50g of water at

tube. 30˚C. Assuming that the heat

(ii) State the energy information absorbed by the container is

which take place during the negligible, calculate the final

operation. temperature of the mixture

(Neglect heat losses to the

(b) Explain the terms hardness and surrounding).

intensity as applied to X-rays tube.

(ii) Explain how heat loss by

(c) (i) State three uses of X-rays conduction is minimized in a

(ii) State one hazard of over- vacuum flask

exposure to X-rays in a

radiological laboratory, (iii) State two differences

indicating two safety between boiling and

precautions. evaporation of liquid.

1991 illuminated object is placed on the

PAPER I PRACTICAL axis of a thin converging lens and its

image is produced on a screen. The

1. (a) A copper calorimeter contains water procedure is repeated by adjusting

of the object positions to obtain

mass, m = 50g at room corresponding image positions. Fig. 2

temperature, T0. A block of copper shows the object position 01, 02, 03,

04, 05, and the corresponding image repeated four times to obtain values

position, 11,12,13,14, and 15 of R, I1 and I2. Fig. 3 shows the

resistance R(i) – (v) in the resistance

box, and the corresponding values of

the currents I1 (I – v) through

ammeters A1 and 12, (I – v) through

ammeters A2 are respectively shown

by fig. 4 and fig.5. Read and record

Measure and record the object the values of R, I1 and I2. Calculate Z

distances u and the image distances = I2+(I1 – I2) and R-1 for each case.

v. Evaluate (u + v) and uv for each Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph

case. Tabulate your readings. R-1 against Z. Determine the slope s

of the graph, evaluate I/s. State two

Plot a graph of (u = v) against uv. precautions you would take if you

Determine slope s of the graph. were to perform this experiment in

Evaluate I/s. State two precautions the laboratory.

you would take if you were to

perform this experiment in the b. (i) What is meant by the

laboratory. electromotive force of a cell

(ii) State four factors on which

b. (i) Draw a ray diagram the resistance of a given wire

illustrating how a plane mirror depends.

can be used to determine the (iii) With the aid of a diagram

focal length of a converging below, explain how you would

lens. convert a millimeter into a

voltmeter.

(ii) explain how a converging lens

could be used to ignite a

piece of carbon paper

on the axis of a converging

lens and a magnified image is

obtained on the screen. If the

distance of the image from

the lens is 45cm and the

magnification is 2, calculate

the focal length of the lens.

3. (a)

R is a resistance box. X is an

unknown resistance. E is a battery. K

is a key and A1 and A2 are ammeters.

The top of the resistance box is also

shown above, where shaded circles

indicated that plugs are inserted and

unshaded circles indicated that plugs

have been removed. With the circuit

connected up and key closed, the

resistance box is set at a new value

to obtain new corresponding values

of I1 and I2. The experiment is

1992 the distance covered by the body during the

SSCE PHYSICS acceleration.

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE A. 12m

B. 24m

1. Which of the following is scalar quantity? C. 48m

A. Momentum D. 72m

B. Acceleration E. 96m

C. Displacement

D. Distance 6. Which of the following has the same unit as

E. Force the moment of a force?

A. Force

2. The diagram below represents the trajectory B. Power

of a projectile with an initial velocity U. C. Work

Calculate the time taken to reach the D. Momentum

maximum height. (Take gas acceleration E. Impulse

due to gravity)

7. Solid weighs 0.040 N in air and 0.024 N

A. U2sin2θ when fully immersed in a liquid of density

g 800kg m-3. What is the volume of the solid?

(g = 10 ms-2)

B. 2Usinθ A. 2.0 x 106m3

g B. 2.5 x 10-6m3

C. 3.0 x 10-6m3

C. U cos θ D. 2.0 x 10-5m3

g E. 3.0 x 10-5m3

g frequency of oscillation of a simple

pendulum?

E. U sinθ A. increasing the mass of the bob

g B. decreasing the mass of the bob

C. increasing the length of the string

3. What change in velocity would be produced D. decreasing the length of the string

on a body of mass 4kg if a constant force of E. increasing the amplitude of oscillation

16N acts on it for 2s?

A. 0.5ms-1 9. A force of 20N applied parallel to the

B. 2.0ms-1 surface of a horizontal table, is just

C. 8.0ms-1 sufficient to make a block of mass 4kg move

D. 32.0ms-1 on the table. Calculate the coefficient of

E. 128.0ms-1 friction between the block and the Table (g

= 10ms2)

4. Which of the following statements about A. 0.05

solid friction is/are correct. B. 0.20

I. Friction depends on the nature of the C. 0.50

surface in contact D. 0.80

II. Friction depends on the area of the contact E. 2.00

III. Friction always acts in the direction of

motion 10. A barometer can be used in determining the

A. I only I. height of a mountain

B. II only II. depth of a mine

C. III only III. dew point

D. I and II only Which of the following is correct?

E. I, II and III A. I, II and III

B. II and III only

5. A body accelerates uniformity from rest at C. I and III only

the rate of 3ms-2 for 8 seconds. Calculate D. I and II only

E. III only E. Blue

11. A body of mass 5kg falls from a height of 16. A gas which obeys Charles’ law exactly has

10m above the ground. What is the kinetic a volume of 283cm3 at 10˚C. what is its

energy of the body just before it strikes the volume at 30˚C?

ground? (Neglect energy losses and take g A. 142cm3

as 10ms2) B. 293cm3

A. 5J C. 303cm3

B. 25 J D. 566cm3

C. 250 J E. 849cm3

D. 500 J

E. 625 J 17. Which of the following best explains why a

person suffers a more severe burn when his

12. Steel bars, each of length 3.0m at 28˚C are skin is exposed to steam than when boiling

to be used for constructing a rail line. If the water pours on his skin?

linear expansivity of steel is 1.0 x 105˚C-1, A. Steam is at a higher temperature than

what is the safety gap that must be left boiling water

between successive bars if the highest B. Steam possesses greater heat energy per

temperature expected is 40˚C? unit mass than boiling water

A. 1.2 x 10-1cm C. Steam spreads more easily over a wider

B. 8.4 x 10-2 area of the skin that boiling water

C. 7.2 x 10-2cm D. Steam penetrates more deeply into the skin

D. 3.6 x 10-2cm than boiling water

E. 1.8 x 10-2cm E. The specific latent heat of vaporization is

released in changing from boiling water to

13. Which of the following statements is/are steam

correct?

I. Pure water freezes at 0˚C under normal 18. A small circular membrane is 10cm below

pressure the surface of a pool of mercury when the

II. Water has its highest density at 4˚C marometric height is 76cm of mercury. If

III. The volume of a given amount of water at the density of mercury is 13,600kg m-3,

0˚C is less that its volume at 4˚C what is the pressure of the membrane in

A. I only Nm-3? (g = 10ms2)

B. II only A. 1.17 x 107 Nm-2

C. I and II only B. 6.80 x 105 N m-2

D. I and III only C. 1.17 x 105 N m-2

E. II and III only D. 1.03 x 103 N m-2

E. 1.36 x 104 N m-2

14. A given mass of gas at a temperature of

30˚C is trapped in a tube of volume V. 19. Which of the following instruments is used

Calculate the temperature of the gas when to measure relative humidity?

the volume is reduced to two-third of its A. Hydrometer

marginal value by applying a pressure twice B. Barometer

the original value? C. Manometer

A. -71˚C D. Hypsometer

B. 40˚C E. Hygrometer

C. 131˚C

D. 313˚C 20. A metal of mass 1.5kg was heated from

E. 404˚C 27˚C to 47˚C in 4 minutes by a boiler ring of

75 W rating. Calculate the specific heat

15. Which of the following colours of surfaces capacity of the metal. (Neglect heat losses

will radiate heat energy best? to the surrounding)

A. Red A. 2.5 x 10-3 J kg-1˚C-1

B. White B. 6.0 x 102 J kg-1˚C-1

C. Black C. 2.5 x 102 J kg-1˚C-1

D. Yellow D. 1.4 x 10-2 J kg-1˚C-1

E. 1.0 x 10J kg-1˚C-1

21. Which of the following diagrams shows the 25. In the experiment to measure the focal

correct images of the letters JP as seen length f of a converging lens, object

through a plane mirror? distances u and corresponding image

distances v were measured and 1__ plotted

A. 1_

U V

obtain the graph illustrated above.

B. How would F be determined from this

graph?

A. f = the slope of the graph

B. f = the intercept on the 1/u axis

C. C. f = the intercept on the 1/v axis

D. f = reciprocal of the slope

E. f = reciprocal of the intercept on either axis

D.

26. The image of a pin formed by a diverging

lens of focal length 20cm is 5 cm from the

E. lens. Calculate the distance of the pin from

the lens.

A. -3.3cm

B. 3.3cm

22. A ray of light strikes a plane mirror at an C. 10.0cm

angle of incidence i. Determine in terms of I, D. 15.0cm

the angle of deviation of the ray after E. 20.0cm

reflection from the mirror.

A. i 27. As an object is moved close to the focus of a

B. 2i converging lens from infinity, its image

C. 90˚-i I. moves closer to the lens

D. 90˚+i II. moves away from the lens

E. 180˚ - 2i III. remains the same size

IV. becomes smaller.

23. Images formed by a convex mirror are Which of the statements above is/are

always correct?

A. inverted, real and diminished A. III and IV only

B. inverted, virtual and diminished B. I and III only

C. erect, virtual and diminished C. IV only

D. erect, real and magnified D. III only

E. erect, virtual and magnified E. II only

24. Which of the following statements is not 28. A real image of an object formed by a

correct for a light ray passing through a converging lens of focal length 15cm is

rectangular glass block which is surrounded three times the size of the object. What is

by air? It the distance of the object from the lens?

A. suffers a displacement at the point of A. 30cm

emergence B. 25cm

B. emerges parallel to the incident ray C. 20cm

C. is partly reflected at the point of incidence D. 15cm

D. is deviated at the point of emergence E. 10cm

E. is refracted in the block

29. The eye defect illustrated in the diagram

below can be corrected by a

A. convex mirror A. Radio waves

B. concave mirror B. Light waves

C. diverging lens C. X-rays

D. converging lens D. Infra-red rays

E. plano-converging lens E. Ultraviolet rays

30. When an astronomical telescope is in 36. How far from a cliff should a boy stand in

normal adjustment, the focal length of the order to hear the echo of his clap 0.9s later?

objective is 50 cm and that of the eyepiece (Speed of sound in air – 330ms-s1)

is 2.5cm. What is the distance between the A. 36.67m

lenses? B. 74.25m

A. 20.0cm C. 148.50m

B. 47.5cm D. 297.00m

C. 50.0cm E. 366.67m

D. 52.5cm

E. 125.0cm 37. Which of the following waves are

longitudinal waves?

31. Which of the following is used for controlling I. Ripples on the surface of water

the amount of light entering the eye? II. Waves produced by a tuning fork vibrating

A. Cornea in air

B. Pupil III. Light waves

C. Iris IV. Waves produced by a flute

D. Optic Nerve A. I and II only

E. Ciliary muscle B. I and III only

C. II and III only

32. The angle of deviation of light of various D. II and IV only

colours passing through a glass prism E. III and IV only

decreases in the order of

A. blue, orange and red 38. Which of the following statements is not

B. red, blue and orange true?

C. blue, red and orange A. Musical notes consist of the combinations of

D. red, orange and blue sound of regular frequency

E. orange, blue and red B. The combinations of overtones produced by

an instrument determines the quality of the

33. The change of the direction of a wavefront sound

as a result of a change in the velocity of the C. The loudness of sound is determined by its

wave in another medium is called frequency

A. refraction D. The pitch of a note depends on the

B. reflection frequency of vibration of the source

C. diffraction E. Noise can be produced by a combination of

D. interference sound of irregular frequency

E. polarization

39. A pipe closed at one end is 1.0m long. The

34. The diagram below shows a wavefrom in air in the pipe is set into vibration and a

which energy is transferred from A to B in a fundamental note of frequency 85 Hz is

time of 2.5 x 10-3s. Calculate the frequency produced. Calculate the velocity of sound in

of the wave. the air. (Neglect end correction)

A. 340.0ms-1

A. 2.0 x 103Hz B. 330.0ms-1

B. 1.0 x 103Hz C. 170.0ms-1

C. 4.0 x 10-3Hz D. 85.0ms-1

D. 1.0 x 10-3Hz E. 42.5ms-1

E. 5.0 x 10-4Hz

40. The diagram below shows the magnetic

35. Which of the following radiations have the field around a bar magnet which has its N-

highest frequency?

pole pointing north. The neutral points in 46. Calculate the time in which 4.8kg J of

the field are likely to occur at energy would be expended when an electric

heater of resistance 1.8 x 103Ω is used on a

A. 1 and 2 240V mains supply. (Neglect heat losses to

B. 3 and 4 the surroundings).

C. 5 and 6 A. 150.0s

D. 7 and 8 B. 90.0s

E. 9 and 10 C. 36.0s

D. 20.0s

41. A negatively charged rod is brought near E. 2.7s

the cap of a gold-leaf electroscope. The cap

is earthed momentarily while the rod is near 47. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction

to it. The rod is then removed. Which of the states that

following is correct? A. electromotive force is induced whenever

A. The cap will be positively charged and there is a change in the magnetic flux linked

negatively charged leaves will diverge with the circuit

B. The cap will be negatively charged and B. the induced current in a conductor is in such

positively charges leaves will diverge a direction as to oppose the change

C. The cap and the leaves will be positively producing it

charge. C. the induced e.m.f in a circuit is proportional

D. The cap and the leaves will be negatively to the rate of change of the number of lines

charged of force linking the circuit

E. The leaves will not diverge because the cap D. a force is exerted on a current carrying

has been earthed conductor in a magnetic field

E. the induced e.m.f is proportional to the

42. Calculate the rate at which energy is used current producing the magnetic flux

up in the circuit illustrated by the diagram

below. 48. Which of the following statements is not

correct?

A. 0W A. a magnetic field is a region where a

B. 2W magnetic force can be detected

C. 4W B. magnetic fields are scalar quantities

D. 8W C. the magnitude of the magnetic force

E. 16 W experienced by a moving charge depends

on the speed on the charge

43. Which of the following is not a consequence D. the angle between the direction of the

of hydrogen bubbles covering the copper earth’s magnetic field and horizontal is

plate of a primary cell? called then angle of dip

A. Polarization E. iron fillings can be used to trace out the

B. Local action magnetic around a bar magnet

C. Formation of hydrogen electrode

D. Increase in the resistance of the cell 49. Calculate the energy stored in a 20μF

E. Generation of less current by the cell capacitor if the potential difference between

the plates is 40V.

44. Calculate the length of a constant wire of A. 3.2 x 10-3 J

cross-section area 4 π x 10- π m2 and B. 1.6 x 10-3 J

resistivity 1.1 x 10-6Ωm required to C. 8.0 x 10-4 J

construct a standard deviation resistor of D. 4.0 x 10-4 J

resistance 21Ω. (Take π as 22/7). E. 2.0 x 10-4 J

A. 0.42

B. 2.40m 50. The diagram below show lines in electric

C. 6.25m fields. In which of the diagrams would a

D. 183.75m positive test charge experience the least

E. 590.00m force as it moves from X to Y?

A. I only

B. II only

C. III only

D. I and II only

E. II and III only

51. What is the electric potential at point A. Accelerated and they continue in a straight

distance r from proton of charge q placed in line

a medium of permittivity ∈ 0? B. directionally reversed at the end of the

` plates

A. q2__ C. deflected towards plate Y

4 π ∈ ,r2 D. attracted by both plates

E. deflected towards plate X

B. q__

4 π ∈ ,r 56. An element whose half-life is 3 years has N

atoms. How many atoms would have

C. q2__ decayed after 9 years?

4 π ∈ 0r A. 1 N atoms

8

D. qr__

4π ∈, B. 1 N atoms

3

E. 4π ∈ ,q2r

C. 2 N atoms

52. If the frequency of the a.c circuit illustrated 3

above is 500 Hz. What would be the

reactance in the D. 5 N atoms

π circuit? 6

A. 0.01Ω

B. 190.91Ω E. 7 N atoms

C. 200.00Ω 8

D. 795.46Ω

E. 1000.00Ω 57. When the nucleus of a uranium atom is split

into two fragments of nearly equal mass,

53. Which of the following statements is correct the sum of the masses of the fragments is

about cathode rays?. They are fast moving less than the mass of the original nucleus.

A. atoms This difference is a measure of the

B. ions A. experimental error in calculating the

C. neutrons separate masses

D. protons B. change of a momentum of each fragment

E. electrons C. potential energy lost

D. nuclear energy released

54. Which of the following gives rise to the line E. kinetic energy lost

spectra obtained from atoms?

A. Kinetic energy of a moving atom 58. A sheet of paper is placed in the path of a

B. Potential energy of an electron inside an beam of radiations from a radioactive

atom source. Which of the following radiations will

C. Change of an electron from a higher to a pass through the paper?

lower energy level in the atom I. Alpha rays

D. Disturbed proton in the nuclues II. Beta Rays

E. Excitation of an electron in the atom III. Gamma rays

A. I only

55. A stream of alpha particles is projected into B. II only

an electric field between two plates X and Y C. III only

as shown in the diagram below. Which of D. II and III only

the following is correct? The particles are E. I, II and III

Alpha

particles

59. The process by which a metal, heated to a

high temperature, gives off electrons from (b) Explain with aid of diagrams, how a

its surface is known as concave mirror could be used to:

A. photoelectric emission (i) ignite a piece of carbon

B. thermionic emission paper;

C. radiative emission (ii) produce an exact copy of a

D. field emission picture on a screen

E. secondary emission

3. (a) Draw a simple labeled diagram

60. An elastic string of length I is elastically illustrating

stretched through a length e by a force F. the principle of step-down

The area of cross section of the string is A transformer and explain how it works

and its Young’s modulus is E. Which of the

following expressions is correct? (b) State three ways by which energy is

A. F = EAe2 lost in a transformer and how they

I can be minimized.

e lamp rated at 60W, 220V from a

4400V a.c supply, calculate the

C. F = EAe (i) ratio of the number of turns of

I the primary coil to the

secondary coil in the

D. F = EAe transformer.

F (ii) current taken from the mains

circuit if the efficiency of the

E. F = EA transformer is 95%.

eI

4. (a) Explain what is meant by

1992 photoelectric

PART B THEORY emission.

1. (a) Explain what is meant by the (b) Draw a labeled diagram showing the

following structure of a simple type of a

statements: The specific latent heat photocell and explain its mode of

of fusion of ice is 3.4 x 102Jkg-1 operation.

the specific latent heat of fusion of photoelectric emission.

ice. State two precautions necessary

to obtain an accurate result. (d) In a photocell, no electrons are

emitted until the threshold frequency

(c) Using the kinetic theory of matter. of light is reached. Explain what

Explain why ice can change to water happens to the energy of the light

of 0oC without any change in before emission of electrons begins.

temperature. State one factor that may affect the

number of emitted electrons.

2. (a) (i) What is meant by resonance?

(ii) Outline the necessary steps

taken in a simple experiment 1992

to illustrate resonance. PAPER I PRACTICAL

(iii) Explain why a vibrating

turning fork sounds louder 1.

when its stem is pressed

against a table top than when

held in air.

(a) Suspend a metre rule horizontally on the diagram above. Tabulate your

the knife-edge supplied. Adjust the readings.

metre rule carefully until it settles Plot a graph of d against i. Draw a

horizontally. Read and record the smooth curve through your points.

point of balance G of the metre rule. Determine the value of d when I is

Keep the knife-edge at the point G 90˚. State two precautions you took

throughout the experiment. Suspend to obtain accurate results [Attach

the object labeled Q at the 20cm your traces to your answer booklet].

mark of the metre rule. On the other

side of G, suspend the mass m= 20g (b) (i) State Snell’s law of refraction

and adjust its position until the and explain why refraction

metre rule settles horizontally. Read occurs at the boundary

off the position R of the mass m on between two media.

the metre rule. Record the distance y (ii) Sketch a diagram to show the

between G and R. Also, record the path of the ray through the

value of m. Repeat the procedure glass block when the angle of

keeping edge at G and the object Q incidence I = 90˚ in the

at the 20cm mark but using the experiment above.

masses m = 30, 40, 50 and 60g on (iii) A coin lies at the bottom of a

other side of G. In each case, record tank containing water to a

the distance y and the corresponding depth of 130cm. If the

value of m. Determine the values of refractive index of water is

I

/y, and tabulate your readings. Plot a 1.3 calculate the apparent

graph of m against I/y. Determine displacement of the coin

the slope s of the graph. Evaluate when viewed vertically from

s/x. State two precautions you took above.

to obtain accurate results. 3. (a)

centre of gravity of a body.

State how this is related to

the stability of the body.

Connect the metre bridge as shown

(ii) A body of mass 58g is in the diagram above. Ab is bare

suspended at the 20cm mark constantan wire. For a length L =

of uniform metre rule. The 20cm of the wire, connect the circuit

metre rule is adjusted on a and locate a balance point S on the

pivot until it settles wire PQ. Record the value of y and

horizontally at the 40cm evaluate y-1. Repeat the experiment

mark. Determine the mass of with L = 40, 60, 80, and 100cm. In

the metre rule. each case, determine and record the

corresponding value of y and y-1.

(iii) State the condition of Tabulate your readings. Starting both

equilibrium for a body acted axes from the origin, plot a graph of

upon by a number of co- L against y-1. Determine the slope s

planar parallel forces. of the graph and the intercept I on

2. (a) the vertical axis. State two

precautions you took to obtain

accurate results.

(b) (i) Given that L = 200y-1 – 2 in

Trace the paths of five rays through the

the given glass block for angles θ = r r

65˚, 55˚, 35˚, and 25˚. For each ray, experiment above, use your

measure and record the angle of graph to determine the value

incidence I and the corresponding of r.

lateral displacement d as shown in

(ii) State two advantages of M1 + M2

using a potentiometer over a

voltmeter for measuring B. M2U___

potential difference. M1 + M2

the resistance of a wire M1U

depends.

00

1993 D. M1 + M2

SSCE PHYSICS M1U

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

E. M1U__

1. Which of the following is not an example of M1 – M2

a force?

A. Tension 6. A body of mass, m = 0.5kg is suspended by

B. Weight a string and pulled by a horizontal force of

C. Friction 12n as shown in the diagram below.

D. Mass Calculate the tension T in the string if the

E. Thrust body is in equilibrium. (Take g as 10ms-1)

A. 7.0N

2. A body moves along circular path with B. 10.9

uniform angular speed of 0.6 and s-1 and at C. 12.5

a constant speed of 3.0 m s-1. Calculate the D. 13.0

acceleration of the body towards the centre E. 17.0N

of the circle.

A. 25.0ms-2 7. A particles states from rest and moves with

B. 5.4ms-2 a constant acceleration of 0.5ms-2.

C. 5.0ms-2 Calculate the time taken by particle to vocer

D. 1.8ms-2 a distance of 25m.

E. 0.2ms-2 A. 2.5s

B. 7.1s

3. Which of the following is a derived unit? C. 10.0s

A. Ampere D. 50.0s

B. Kilogramme E. 100.0s

C. Second

D. Ohm 8. A block of material of volume 2 x 103kg m-3

E. Kelvin and density 2.5 x 103 kg m-3 is suspended

from a spring balance with half the volume

4. A boy timed 20 oscillations of a certain of the block immersed in water. What is the

pendulum three times and obtained 44.3s, reading of the spring balance? (Density of

45.5s and 45.7s respectively. Calculate the water 1.0 x 103 kg

mean period of oscillation of the pendulum. m-1, g = 10ms-2)

A. 0.13s A. 0.10N

B. 2.22s B. 0.25N

C. 2.26s C. 0.30N

D. 44.30s D. 0.40N

E. 45.17s E. 0.50N

5. A boy mass M1 moving with a velocity U 9. An object is projected with velocity of 100

collides with a stationary body of mass M2 ms-1 from the ground level at an angle 0 to

and both move with a common velocity V. If the vertical. If the total time of flight of the

linear momentum is conserved, which of the projectile is 10s, calculate 0. [g = 10ms-2]

following expressions correctly represents A. 00

V? B. 300

A. M1U__ C. 450

D. 600 IV. Polarization is characteristics of transverse

E. 900 waves

A. I and II only

10. How far will a body move in 4 seconds if B. I and IV only

uniformly accelerated from rest at the rate C. II and III only

of 2m s-3? D. III and IV only

A. 32m E. None of the above

B. 24m

C. 16m 16. An image which cannot be formed on a

D. 12m screen is said to be

E. 8m A. Inverted

B. real

11. If the temperature of water is gradually C. virtual

increased from 0o to 4oC, the density of the D. erect

water within this range. E. blurred

A. increases for a while and then decreases

B. decreases for a while and then increases 17. Longitudinal waves cannot be

C. increases gradually A. diffracted

D. decreases gradually B. refracted

E. remains the same C. polarized

D. reflected

12. The expansion of solid can be considered a E. superposed

disadvantage in the

A. fire alarm system 18. The images formed by a diverging lens

B. thermostat always

C. riveting of steel plates A. diminished, virtual and inverted

D. balance wheel of a watch B. diminished, virtual and real

E. fitting of wheels on rims C. diminished, virtual and erect

D. magnified, virtual and erect

13. A solid metal cube of side 10cm is heated E. magnified, real and inverted

from 10˚C to 60˚C. If the linear expansivity

of the metal is 1.2 x 10-5K-1, calculate the 19. In the normal use of simple microscope, a

increase in its volume. person sees an

A. 0.6cm3 A. inverted, virtual and magnified image

B. 1.2cm3 B. erect, virtual and magnified image

C. 1.8cm3 C. erect, real and magnified

D. 3.6cm3 D. magnified, virtual and erect

E. 6.0cm3 E. inverted and real image the same size as

the object

14. A gas has a volume of 546cm3 at 0˚C. What

is the volume of the gas at –100˚C if its 20. A lens of focal lengths 15.0 cm forms an

pressure remains constant? upright image four times the size of an

A. 346cm3 object. Calculate the distance of the image

B. 446cm3 from the lens.

C. 546cm3 A. 11.3cm

D. 646cm3 B. 18.8cm

E. 746cm3 C. 37.5cm

D. 45.0cm

15. Which of the following are correct of plane- E. 75.0cm

polarized light?

I. Plane polarization of light is the formation of 21. An object is placed between two mirrors

hydrogen bubbles on the particles of light which are inclined at an angle of 12o˚ and

II. Plane-polarization of light is the splitting of facing each other. Determine the number of

light into its spectral components images observed in the two mirrors.

III. Plane-polarized light vibrates in one plane A. 1

only B. 2

C. 3 C. Belt

D. 4 D. Piano

E. 5 E. Sonometer

22. In a ripple tank experiment, a vibrating

plate is used to generate ripples in the 28. A short chain is usually attached to the back

water. If the distance between two of a petrol tanker and trailing behind it so

successive throughs is 3.5cm and the wave that the

travels a distance of 31.5cm in 1.5s, A. petrol tanker is balanced on the road

calculate the frequency of the vibrator. B. heat generated by friction in the engine can

A. 3.0HZ be conducted to the earth

B. 6.0Hz C. charges generated by friction in the tanker

C. 12.0Hz are conducted to the earth

D. 97.0Hz D. tanker can move slowly as the chain

E. 73.5Hz touches the road surface

E. chain can produce sound in resonance with

23. Which of the following have the longest the noise from the tanker’s engine

wave lengths

A. Infra-red rays 29. Which of the following indicates the correct

B. Gamma rays sequence of steps taken in charging a gold-

C. X-rays leaf electroscope by indication?

D. Ultra-violet rays I. Removing the ebonite rod

E. Radio waves II. Bringing a negatively-charged ebonite rod

close to the cap

24. A man stands in front of a tall wall and III. Earthing the cap

produces a sound. If he receives the echo of IV. Disconnecting the earthing

the sound two seconds later, calculate the A. III, II and IV

distance from the wall. (the speed of sound B. II, I, III and IV

in air is 300ms-1). C. III, IV,II and I

A. 600m D. II, III, IV and I

B. 400m E. III, IV, I and II

C. 330m

D. 328m 30. Which of the following instruments can be

E. 165m used to compare the relative magnitude of

similar charges on two given bodies?

25. Which of the following is correct about light A. Electrophorus

and sound waves? B. Ebonite rod

A. Both of them are associated with energy C. Proof plane

transfer D. Gold-leaf electroscope

B. Both of them need material media for E. Capacitor

propagation

C. They are both longitudinal waves 31. The unit of inductance is

D. Their velocities in air are equal A. Farad

E. Both of their can be polarized B. Henry

C. Hertz

26. The quality of a note produced by a D. Weber

vibrating string is determined by the E. Tesia

A. pitched of the note

B. tension of the string 32. A household refrigerator consumes

C. material of the strings electrical energy at the rate of 200W. If

D. presence of overtones electricity cost 5k per k Wh. calculate the

E. thickness of the string cost of operating the appliance for 30 days.

A. N7.20

27. Which of the following is a percussion B. N12.00

instrument? C. N30.00

A. Flute D. N33.33

B. organ E. N72.00

B. 21oVo sinwt

33. Calculate the escape velocity of a satellite

launched from the earth’s surface. (Take g C. IoVo

as 10ms-3 and the radius of the earth as 6.4 2

x 106m). D. IoVo sin2wt

A. 8.00 x 104ms-1 E. Io2Vo2

B. 1.13 x 104ms-1

C. 3.58 x 102ms-1 38. A point charge of 1.0 x 10-7C experiences a

D. 5.59 x 10-2ms-1 force of 0.01 N in a uniform electric field.

E. 3.95 x 10-2ms-1 Calculate the magnitude of the strength of

the field.

34. What is the gravitational potential due to A. 106 Vm-1

point mass m at a distance r from it? (G = B. 105 Vm-1

gravitational constant) gravitational) C. 10-4 Vm-1

A. -Gm2 D. 10-6 Vm-1

r2 E. 10-9 Vm-1

r A and B situated at a distance d apart is V.

Which of the following expresses the

C. -m2 magnitude of the electric field intensity

Gr2 between the two points assuming the field

is uniform?

D. -Gm A. Vd

r B. dV-1

C. Vd-1

E. G2m2 D. V 2d

r E. d 2V

35. In a series R – C circuit, the resistance of the 40. Which of the following have the greatest

resistor is 4Ω and the capacitive reactance penetrating power?

is 3Ω. Calculate the impedance of the A. Beta rays

circuit. B. Alpha rays

A. 1Ω C. Gamma ray

B. 4Ω D. Electrons

C. 5Ω E. Neutrons

D. 7Ω

E. 12Ω 41. A particle of charge 5 C moves

perpendicularly to a magnetic field of

36. The vector diagrams shown below magnitude -.01T. If the velocity of the

represents the resistance, R, the capacitive charge is 1.5ms-1, calculate the magnitude

reactance, Xc, the inductive reactance, XL of the force exerted on the particle.

and the impedance, Z, in an R – L – C circuit. A. 0.050N

The current in the circuit will be maximum B. 0.075N

when C. 0.300N

A. XL < Xc D. 3.300N

B. XL = Xc E. 0.000N

C. Xc <XL

D. R = XL 42. The function of the manganese (IV) oxide in

E. R = Xc a teclanche cell is to

A. decrease the e.m.f of the cell

37. In a purely resistive a.c circuit, the current, I B. prevent local action in the cell

= Io sinwt and the voltage, V = Vo sinwt. C. prevent polarization in the cell

Calculate the instantaneous power D. increase the density of the electrolyte

dissipated in the circuit in time t. E. increase the resistance of the cell

A. IoVo

D. IR2t

E. V2Rt

A. electrical energy into chemical energy

B. electrical energy into heat energy

C. kinetic energy into potential energy

A. D. Electrical energy into mechanical energy

B. E. Mechanical energy into light energy

C.

D. 50. What amount of current would pass through

E. a 10Ω coil if it takes 21s for the coil to just

melt a lump of ice of mass 10g at 0O if

44. Electrical resistance is the property of an there are no heat losses?

electrical conductor that causes electrical A. 16.00A

energy to be converted into B. 4.00A

A. mechanical energy C. 0.50A

B. solar energy D. 0.25A

C. heat energy E. 0.06A

D. magnetic energy

E. chemical energy 52. 24

Na → 24

Mg+ + X + Energy

11 12

45. Calculate the current, 1 in the diagram

shown below. (Neglect the internal The equation above represents a nuclear

resistance of the cell) decay of sodium isotope. What is X

A. 4.0A A. Alpha particle

B. 2.0A B. Beta particle

C. 1.0A C. Gamma ray

D. 0.5A D. X-ray

E. 0.1A E. Neutron

46. Which of the following is not a conductor of 53. If Einstein’s photoelectric equation is

electricity? represented by hf = W = O where h is

A. Human Plank’s constant f, the frequency of incident

B. Glass radiation and W the work function of the

C. Silver material, what does the symbol O stand for?

D. Earth A. Energy of the photons

E. Copper B. Maximum kinetic energy of the ejected

electrons

47. In the diagram below, the galvanometer C. Threshold frequency of the photons

indicates a null-deflection. What is the D. Stopping potential of the electrons

potential difference between P and Q? E. Velocity of the electrons

A. o.0V

B. 1.5V 54. The phenomenon of radioactivity was first

C. 2.0V discovered by

D. 3.0V A. Marie Curie

E. 4.0V B. Sir J. J. Thompson

C. Henri Becquerel

48. When a potential difference, V is applied D. Niels Bohr

across the ends of a resistor of resistance, E. Enrico Fermi

R, a current, I passes through the resistor.

The heat generated in the resistor in time, T 55. A radioactive substance has a half-life of 20

is given by the expression hours. What fraction of the original

A. V2It radioactive nuclide will remain after 80

B. I2t hours

C. I2Rt A. 1_

32

B. Alpha particles

B. 1_ C. Beta particles

16 D. Protons

E. Neutrons

C. 1_

8

D. 1_ 1993

4 PART B THEORY

2 machine.

(ii) Define the terms: mechanical

56. Which of the following is used in a nuclear advantage, velocity ratio and

reactor to slow down fast moving neutrons? efficiency as applied to a

A. Carbondioxide gas machine. Derive equation

B. Liquid sodium metal connecting the three terms.

C. Concrete shield

D. Graphite rods (b) Explain why the efficiency of a

E. Boron rods machine is usually less than 100%

57. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the (c) A screw jack whose pitch is 4.4 mm

collision of the molecules of a gas with the is used to raise a body of mass

walls of the container is mainly responsible 8000kg through a height of 20cm.

for the The length of the tommy bar of the

I. temperature of the gas jack is 70cm. If the efficiency of the

II. viscosity of the gas jack is 80%, calculate the:

III. pressure of the gas (i) velocity ratio of the jack;

Which of the statement above is/are (ii) mechanical advantage of the

correct? jack;

A. I only (iii) effort required in raising the

B. II only body;

C. III only (iv) work done by the effort in

D. II and III only raising the body.

E. I, II and III only (G. = 10ms-1, 2 π = 22/7)

58. Eight α - particles and size β - particles are 2. (a) With the aid of labeled diagram,

emitted from an atom of 238 describe

A. 206 an experiment to illustrate the

B. 234 relationship between the volume and

C. 238 the temperature of a given mass of

D. 240 air at constant pressure.

E. 252

(b) A uniform capillary tube of negligible

59. When an atom is in the ground state, it is expansivity, sealed at one end,

said to be contains air trapped by a pellet of

A. grounded mercury. The trapped air column is

B. excited 13.7cm long at 0oC and 18.7cm long

C. stable at 100oC, calculate the cubical

D. ionized expansivity of the air at constant

E. rediating pressure.

60. Which of the following are emitted from a

radioactive substance without a latering (c) Using the kinetic theory of gases,

either the nucleon number or the proton explain why the volume of a fixed

number of the substance? mass of gas at constant pressure

A. Gamma rays

increases with increase in vertical oscillation and determine 1

temperature. for 20 oscillations.

induction Evaluate T2. Repeat the experiment

(b) Draw a labeled diagram of a simple for values of M = 100, 150, 200 and

d.c generator and explain how it 250g. Determine the corresponding

works. values of t, T1 and T2 in each case.

(c) State three methods by which high Tabulate your readings.

e.m.f could be obtained from the

generator. Plot a graph of T2 against M starting

both axes from the origin (0, 0).

Determine the slope s and the

4. (a) Explain the following, illustrating intercept I of the graph. State two

your precautions you took to obtain

answer with one example in each accurate results.

case:

(i) nuclear fusion (ii) nuclear (b) (i) Define the moment of a force

fission about a point

(iii) radiation hazards. (ii) If R is the reaction from the

bench, m is the mass of the

(b) State two advantages of fusion over meter rule and M the mass of

and explain briefly why, in spite of the attached load, draw a

these advantages, fusion is not force diagram of the

normally used for the generation of arrangement when the rule is

power. in equilibrium and write down

and equation relating R, m

(c) The current, I in an a.c circuit is and M together (Take g as

given by the equation: I = 30 sin 100 the acceleration due to

π where t is the time in seconds. gravity).

Deduce the following from this (iii) Explain what is meant by

equation: stating that a body is in table

(i) frequency of the current; equilibrium.

(ii) peak value of the current;

(iii) r.m.s value of the current. 2. (a) Use the measuring cylinder provided

to

measure 100ml of water and pour it

1993 into the tin labeled A supplied. Heat

PAPER I PRACTICAL the water in the tin on a cork or

wooden stand. Insert the

thermometer into the tin and record

1. (a) the temperature of the water every

0 minute until the temperature falls to

60oC. Repeat the experiment with tin

labeled B using exactly the same

volume of water and recording the

temperature every minute until the

Clamp the uniform meter rule temperature falls to 60oC. Tabulate

supplied to the edge of the bench your readings.

such that 90cm of the rule projects

from the edge and the rule is On the same piece of graph paper

capable of performing vertical and using axis and scales, plot two

oscillation as shown above. With M = graphs of temperature against time

50g fixed to the free end of the rule, from the readings obtained using tins

deflect the rule so that it performs A and B. Label your graphs

appropriately as A and B to

correspond with the tin used. From (b) (i) Give that R, L, S and K are

each graph, read off the time taken related by the equation where

to cool from 80oC to 65oC. State two K and S are constants

precautions you took to obtain I = I + I

accurate results. R KL S deduce from

graph

(b) (i) Explain how heat losses by the values of k and S,.

radiation and convection are

minimized in a vacuum flask. (ii) In the circuit diagram shown

in

(ii) State the factors on which the 3(a) above, b represents the

quantity of heat in a body point of contact of the jockey

depends. Write down an with the bridge wire. What is

equation relating the quantity the potential difference

of the heat to the factors. between point a and point b

at the balance point? Explain

(iii) State four factors on which your answer briefly.

the

rate of evaporation of a liquid (iv) Deduce from your graph the

in an open container effective resistance R if a

depends. length of Im of the constant

3. (a) wire is connected across the

resistance S.

1994

Connect the 2Ω resistor and the SSCE PHYSICS

object labeled s across the gaps AB PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

and CD respectively in the meter

bridge circuit as shown in the 1. Which of the following is scalar quantity?

diagram above. Also connect one A. Tension

end of the constant wire labeled W to B. Weight

point C in the circuit. By means of a C. Impulse

crocodile clip, connect a length L = D. Upthrust

20cm of the wire across s. Complete E. Distance

the circuit and close the key K.

Determine the balance length X 2. The diagram below represents the velocity

measured along the meter bridge time graph of a body-in motion. the total

wire. distance traveled by the body is 195m.

Calculate the acceleration of the body in

Evaluate R where R = (200 – 2) section OP of the graph

x A. 1.0ms-2

B. 2.5ms-2

Determine the values of R-1 and L-1. C. 7.8ms-2

Repeat the experiment for L = 30, 40 D. 9.3ms-2

50 and 60cm. In each case, E. 19.5ms-2

determine the corresponding values

of X, R, R-1 and R-1. Tabulate your 3. The density of water is 1gcm-3 while that of

readings. Plot a graph of R-1 against ice is 0.9-3. Calculate the change in volume

L-1 starting both axes from the origin when 90g of ice is completely melted.

(0, 0). Determine the slope of the A. 0cm3

graph and its intercept along the B. 9cm3

vertical axes. State two precautions C. 10cm3

you took to obtain accurate results. D. 90cm3

E. 100cm3

B. 35.0˚C

4. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at C. 37.3˚C

2ms-2. Calculate its velocity after traveling D. 52.7˚C

9m. E. 62.7˚C

A. 36.00ms-1

B. 18.00ms-1 10. A metal rod of length 40.00cm at 20˚C is

C. 6.00ms-1 heated to a temperature of 45˚C. If the new

D. 4.5ms-1 length of the rod is 40.05cm, calculate its

E. 4.24ms-1 linear expensivity.

A. 1.2 x 10-3 K-1

5. In which of the following simple machines is B. 2.5 x 10-5 K-1

the effort applied between the load and the C. 3.5 x 10-5 K-1

fulcrum? D. 4.5 x 10-5 K-1

A. Scissors E. 5.0 x 10-4 K-1

B. Pliers

C. Wheel barrow 11. A gas occupies a certain volume at 27˚C. At

D. Sugar tongs what temperature will its volume be three

E. Nutcrackers times the original volume assuming that its

pressure remains constant?

6. A ball is dropped from a height of 45m A. 81˚C

above the ground. Calculate the velocity of B. 162˚C

the ball just before it strikes the ground C. 354˚C

(Neglect air resistance and take g as 10ms- D. 627˚C

2

) E. 900˚C

A. 21.2ms-1

B. 30.0ms-1 12. 500cm3 of a gas is collected at 0˚C and at a

C. 300.0ms-1 pressure of 72.0cm of mercury. What is the

D. 450.0ms-1 volume of the gas at the same temperature

E. 900.0ms-1 and a pressure of 76.0cm of mercury?

point P in the diagram shown beside? 72

A. Fy cos θ

B. Fy B. 72 x 500 cm3

C. Fy tan θ 76

D. Fy sin θ

E. Fy coses θ C. 72 x 76 cm3

76 x 500

8. The density of a body is 5 x 103kg m-3 and it

weighs 1.0 N in air. Calculate the apparent D. 76c__ cm3

weight of the body when totally immersed in 72 x 500

water. (Density of water = 103gm-3, g =

I0ms-2) E. 72__ cm3

A. 0.02N 76 x 500

B. 0.08N

C. 0.20N 13. The pressure of air in a tyre is 22.5Nm-2 at

D. 0.80N 27˚C. If the air in the tyre heats up to 47˚C,

E. 1.00N calculate the new pressure of the air,

assuming that no air leaks out and that the

9. The ice and steam points on a mercury in change in volume of the air can be

glass, thermometer are found to be 90.0mm neglected.

apart. What temperature is recorded in A. 21.I0N m-2

degree. Celsius when the length of the B. 24.00N m-2

mercury thread is 33.6mm above the ice C. 39.07N m-2

point mark? D. 45.00N m-2

A. 33.6˚C E. 97.25N m-2

minutes. Calculate the heat supplied per

14. When two objects P and Q are supplied with minute. (Specific heat capacity of water =

the same quantity of heat, the temperature 4200J kg-1 K-1)

change in P is observed to be twice that in A. 9000J

Q. If the masses of P and Q are the same. B. 12600J

Calculate the ratio of the specific heat C. 21000J

capacities of P to Q. D. 25200J

A. 1:1 E. 88200J

B. 1:3

C. 1:4 20. A hygrometer is an instrument used to

D. 1:2 measure

E. 4:1 A. dew point

B. temperature

15. The instrument used for measuring C. relative density

atmospheric pressure is D. relative humidity

A. hydrometer E. vapour pressure

B. ratemeter

C. barometer 21. An electric kettle rated at 1500W boils away

D. photometer 0.3kg of a liquid at its boiling point in 300s.

E. manometer Calculate the specific latent heat of

vaporization of the liquid.

16. Calculate the heat required to convert 20g A. 1.5 x 106J kg-1

of ice at 0˚C to water at 16˚C (Specific B. 1.35 x 106 J kg-1

latent heat of fusion of ice = 336J g-1) C. 1.50 x 105 J kg-1

(Specific heat capacity of water = 4,2Jg-1k) D. 4.50 x 102 J kg-1

A. 1.34 x 103J E. 3.00 x 102 J kg-1

B. 5.38 x 103J

C. 6.70 x 103J 22. 80% of the heat supplied to a 30g block of

D. 7.06 x 193J ice at 0˚C completely melts it to water at

E. 8.06 x 103J 0˚C. Calculate the total heat energy

supplied. (Specific latent heat of ice = 336 J

17. A tap supplies water at 30˚C while another g-1)

supplies water at 86˚C. If a man wishes to A. 26880J

bath with water at 44˚C, calculate the ratio B. 12600J

of the mass of hot water to that of cold C. 10080J

water required. D. 8064J

A. 1:3 E. 4200J

B. 3:1

C. 3:7 23. Calculate the angle of reflection of the ray

D. 7:3 of light at mirror m, in diagram shown

E. 15 : 8 below.

A. 120˚

18. A steam trap is a component of the B. 90˚

apparatus used in determining the specific C. 60˚

latent heat of vaporization of steam. In the D. 45˚

steady state, the steam trap E. 30˚

A. stores the steam for future use

B. prevents the steam from escaping 24. The image of an object placed at the centre

C. ensures that only dry steam gets into the of curvature of a concave mirror is

calorimeter A. inverted and magnified

D. allows condensed steam to go into the B. at the principal focus

calorimeter C. real and diminished

E. determines the quantity of steam used D. erect and virtual

E. at the centre of curvature

19. 500g of water is heated so that its

temperature rises from 30˚C to 72˚C in 7

25. The diagram below shows a ray of light IK

incident on a plane mirror at K. Calculate

the angle of deviation of the ray after

reflection. D. E.

A. 35˚

B. 55˚

C. 70˚ 30. The inability of the eye to focus near objects

D. 105˚ is known as

E. 145˚ A. long sight

B. astimatism

26. In the diagram below F and C respectively C. presbyopia

represent the focal point and the optical D. glaucoma

centre of the lens, what will be the E. short sight

characteristics of the image formed when

rays from the object OA are re-fracted 31. A light wave travels from air into a medium

through the lens? of refractive index 1.54. If the wavelength of

the light in air is 5.9 x 10-7m, calculate its

wavelength in the medium.

A. 2.5 x 10-7m

B. 3.8 x 10-7m

C. 4.6 x 10-7m

D. 5.2 x 10-7m

E. 6.1 x 10-7m

A. magnified, virtual and inverted

B. real, inverted and magnified

C. diminished, virtual and inverted 32. Which of the following are transverse

D. erect, real and diminished waves?

E. diminished, virtual and erect I. Ripples on water

II. Sound waves in air

27. If the critical angle of a glass-air boundary is III. Light waves from the sun

c and the refractive index of the glass is n, A. II only

which of the following relationships is B. I and II only

correct? C. II and III only

A. n = 90/sin c D. I and III only

B. n = sin c/90 E. I, II and III

C. sin 90 sin c = n

D. sin c = I/n 33. A note of frequency 2000Hz has a velocity

E. n = sin c_ of 400ms-1. What is the wavelength of the

sin 45 note?

28. A simple magnifying glass is used to view A. 800.0m

an object. At what distance from the lens B. 200.0m

must the object be placed so that an image C. 5.0m

5 times the size of the object is produced D. 2.0m

20cm from the lens? E. 0.2m

A. 2cm

B. 4cm 34. Which of the following has the shortest

C. 15cm wavelength?

D. 25cm A. infrared ray

E. 100cm B. Gamma ray

C. Ultraviolet ray

29. Which of the following diagrams correctly D. Radio wave

illustrates refraction and partial reflection of E. Visible light

light traveling from glass to air?

35. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V and internal resistance

A. B. C. 2.5Ω is connected in series with an ammeter

of resistance 0.5Ω and a resistor of

resistance 7.0Ω. Calculate the current in the A. Niels Bohr

circuit. B. Ernest Rutherfold

A. 0.15A C. Werner Heinsenberg

B. 0.20A D. Louis de Broglie

C. 2.10A E. Erwin Schroedinger

D. 3.00A

E. 6.60A 41. A battery of e.m.f. 10V and internal

resistance 2Ω is connected to a resistance

36. The electrical energy supplied by a of 6Ω. Calculate the p.d across the

Leclanche cell is obtained from terminals.

A. nuclear energy A. 8.75 V

B. magnetic energy B. 7.50 V

C. solar energy C. 5.00 V

D. chemical energy D. 2.50 V

E. mechanical energy E. 1.25 V

37. A battery of e.m.f E and negligible internal 42. A rectangular coil of wire can rotate in a

resistance supplies a current 1 to the magnetic field. The two ends of the coil are

combination of two resistances R1 and R2 soldered respectively to the two halves of a

as shown in the diagram below. Calculate commutator. Two carbon brushes are made

the current through R2 to press lightly against the commutator and

when these are connected in circuit with a

A. R11_ battery and rheostat, the coil rotates. This is

R1 a description of

A. a moving-coil ammeter

B. R21_ B. a.d.c. generator

R1 C. ad.c electric motor

D. an induction coil

C. R21__ E. an a.c. generator

R1+R2

43. A car fuse is marked 15A and operates

D. R11__ normally on a 12V battery. Calculate the

R1 + R2 resistance of the fuse wire.

A. 180.0Ω

E. R1R21_ B. 27.0Ω

R1 – R2 C. 3.0Ω

D. 1.3Ω

38. Which of the following is not part of an a.c E. 0.8Ω

generator?

A. Carbon brushes 44. A particle of charge q and mass m moving

B. slip rings with a velocity v enters a uniform magnetic

C. Commutator field of strength B in the direction of the

D. Field magnet field. The force on the particle is

E. Armature A. qvB

B. mqvB

39. Calculate the effective resistance between C. qvb/m

points X and Y in the diagram beside. D. mvB/q

A. 0.5Ω E. 0

B. 2.0Ω

C. 3.0Ω 45. A lamp marked 100W, 250V is lit for 10

D. 8.0Ω hours. If it operates normally and I kWh of

E. 13.8Ω electrical energy cost 2k. What is the cost of

lighting the lamp?

40. Which of the following scientists postulated A. 1k

that moving particles exhibit wave B. 2k

properties? C. 5k

D. 10k

E. 20k 51. A transformer with 5500 turns in its primary

winding is used between a 240V a.c supply

46. What is the total capacitance in the circuit and 120V kettle. Calculate the number of

represented by the diagram beside? turns in the secondary winding.

A. C1 + C2 + C3 A. 11999

B. 2750

B. 1+1+1 C. 460

C1 C2 C3 D. 550

E. 232

C. C1 C2 C3__

C1 + C2 + C3 52. The electric force between two point

charges each of magnitude q and at a

D. C2_____ distance r apart in air of permitivityo is

C1 + C3

A. q2__

E. C1 C2 C3 4 π ∈ or2

water from 50˚C to 100˚C in an electric 4 π ∈ or

kettle taking 5A from a 210 V supply.

(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200kg- C. 4 π q__

1 -1

k ∈0

A. 2.5 minutes

B. 5.7 minutes D. qr2__

C. 6.7 minutes ∈o

D. 7.5 minutes

E. 9.5 minutes E. q2__

4 π ∈ 0r

48. Which of the following diagrams represents

the magnetic fields pattern between two 53. Beta-particles are

isolated unlike poles? A. electrons

B. protons

A. B. C. C. neutrons

D. helium nuclei

E. tritium nuceli

D. E. 54. Calculate the peak voltage of a mains

supply of r.m.s. value of 220V

A. 112V

B. 150V

49. Calculate the current I in the diagram below. C. 222V

(Neglect the internal resistance of the cell) D. 240V

A. I.0A E. 311V

B. 2.0A

C. 2.5A 55. Which of the following substances is not an

D. 4.0A insulator?

E. 5.0A A. Aluminium

B. Glass

50. Which of the following is a stringed C. Plastic

instrument? D. Clay

A. Flute E. Cork

B. Trumpet

C. Piano 56. In an a.c. circuit the peak value of the

D. Drum potential difference is 180V. What is the

E. Organ

instantaneous potential difference when the (b) (i) Describe an experiment to

phase angle is 40o? determine the specific heat

A. 45 V capacity of copper using a

B. 90 V copper ball.

C. 90 2 V

(ii) State two precautions

D. 180 V

necessary to obtain accurate

E. 180 2 V results.

57. When atom 0 losses or gains a charge, it (iii) A piece of copper ball of mass

becomes 20g at 200oC is placed in a

A. an Ions copper calorimeter of mass

B. an electron 60g containing 50g of water

C. a neutron at 30oC. Ignoring heat losses,

D. a proton calculate the final steady

E. a deuteron temperature of the mixture.

in mass from 64g to 2g. What is the half-life 4.2Jg-1K-1)

of the radioactive material? (Specific heat capacity of copper –

A. 0.75 days 0.4Jg-1K-1)

B. 2.58 days

C. 4.00 days 2. (a) Describe an experiment to show how

D. 4.80 days the

E. 6.00 days frequency of the note emitted by a

vibrating string depends on the

59. The nucleon number and the proton number tension in the string.

of a neutral atom of an element are 238 and

92 respectively. What is the number of (b) Draw diagrams showing a vibrating

neutrons in the atom? string

A. 330 fixed at both ends emitting.

B. 238 (i) fundamental frequency

C. 146 (ii) second overtone. Indicate the

D. 119 nodes and antinodes on the

E. 73 diagrams.

60. The work function of a metal 8.6 x 10-19J. (c) With the aid of a ray diagram, show

Calculate the wavelength of its threshold how a virtual image of an object is

frequency. (Speed of light in vacuum = 3 x formed by a:

108ms-1. Plank’s constant = 6.6 x 10-34Js) (i) concave mirror

A. 0.8 x 10-7m (ii) converging lens.

B. 1.0 x 10-7m

C. 2.3 x 10-7m 3. (a) Explain what is meant by a magnetic

D. 3.8 x 10-7m field.

E. 12.4 x 10-7m

(b) Describe an experiment to show that

magnetic field exists around a

straight wire carrying current.

SECTION B THEORY pattern and directions of the

magnetic field produced around the

1. (a) What is meant by the statement: The wire. (Neglect the earth’s magnetic

specific heat capacity of copper is field)

400 J kg-1 K-1?

(c) Sketch the magnetic field due to two results. Determine the slope s of the

straight parallel wire carrying current graph. Evaluate m=50s. State two

in the same direction. Indicate the precautions taken to ensure accurate

neutral point in the field. results.

(d) Explain, with the aid labeled (b) (i) A uniform meter rule AB is

diagram, how a delicate magnetic balanced on a knife edge

material could be protected from the which is 55cm from B. If a

earth’s magnetic field. mass of 10g is hung at p,

which is 10cm from A.

4. (a) State the laws of electromagnetic Calculate the mass of the

induction metre rule.

(b) Explain how one of the laws (ii) Explain what is meant by the

illustrates the principle of moment of a force about a

conservation of energy. point.

simple d.c. electric motor and only, distinguish between two

explain how it works. classes of levers and give one

example of each.

(ii) State two reasons why the

efficiency of an electric motor 2. (a)

is less than 100%.

1994

PAPER I PRACTICAL

Trace the outline ABC of the

1. (a) equilateral

triangular glass prism as shown in

the diagram above. Draw a line RN

such that it makes an angle I = 5o

You are provided with a uniform with the normal. Erect two pins at P1

meter rule, a knife edge and a mass and P2 on the line RN. Replace the

of 50g. Balance the meter rule on prism. Looking through the face BC

the knife edge and record the scale of the prism, fix one pin at P2 and

mark C. Corresponding to the another pin at P4 such that they

distance of its centre of gravity from appear to be in a straight line with

the end of the rule. Suspend the the images at P1 and P2. Remove the

given mass from the meter rule such prism and the pins. Draw a line to

that y = 2cm as shown on the join P4 and P3. Produce the line P4 P3

diagram above. Balance the meter and that of RN to meet at D. Measure

rule with the hanging mass on the and record angles e and a.

knife edge. Read and record the

position of the pivot. Determine the Repeat the experiment for I = 10o,

values of d and x. Repeat the 15o, 20o and 25o respectively using a

experiment with Y = 4, 6, 8, 10 and different outline in each case.

12cm respectively. In each case Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph

record the position of the pivot and with a on the vertical axis and (I + e)

determine the corresponding values on the horizontal axis, starting both

of d and x. Tabulate your readings. axes from the origin (0,0). Determine

Plot a graph of d against x. the slope of the graph and the

Determine the slope s of the graph. intercept on the vertical axis. State

Evaluate m = 50s. State two two precautions taken to ensure

precautions taken to ensure accurate accurate results.

(Attach your traces to your answer 1995

booklet) SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

(b) (i) What is meant by the critical

angle of a medium? 1. Which of the following is a fundamental

(ii) Show by a ray diagram how a quantity?

right-angle glass prism A. Heat capacity

(iii) Distinguish between B. Electric current

dispersion and refraction of a C. Torque

beam of white light as it D. Reactance

passes through a triangular E. Density

glass prism.

2. A boy cycles continuously through a

3. (a) distance of 1.0km in 5 minutes. Calculate

his average speed.

A. 0.3ms-1

B. 3.3ms-1

C. 16.6ms-1

Connect the circuit as shown in the D. 20.0ms-1

diagram above. Close the key, Read E. 200.0ms-1

and record the ammeter reading, Io,

when the crocodile clip is not in 3. A student found out from a simple

contact with the constantan wire. pendulum experiment that 20 oscillations

Open the key. With the clip making were completed in 38 seconds. What is the

contact with the constantan wire L = period of oscillation of the pendulum?

80cm, close the key. Read and A. 8.0s

record the ammeter reading L. B. 3.8s

C. 2.0s

Repeat the procedure when L = 70, D. 1.9s

60, 50 and 40cm respectively. In E. 0.5s

each case read and record the

ammeter reading I, Evaluate L-1. 4. A body of mass 7.5kg is to be pulled up

Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph along a plane which is inclined at 30o to the

with I on the vertical axis and L-1. horizontal. If the efficiency of the plane is

Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph 75% what is the minimum force required to

with I on the vertical axis and L-1I on pull the body up the plane?

the horizontal axis. Starting both A. 5.0N

axes from the origin (0, 0). Calculate B. 20.0N

the scope s of the graph and the C. 50.0N

intercept K on the vertical axis. D. 75.0N

Evaluate p = k/s. State two E. 200.0N

precautions taken to ensure accurate

results. 5. The angular speed of an object describing a

circle of radius 4m with a linear constant

(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the speed of

e.m.f of a cell. 10ms-1 is

(ii) State two effects of electric A. 40.00rads-1

current and one application of B. 14.00rads-1

each. C. 2.50rads-1

(ii) The resistivity of a given wire D. 1.58rads-1

of cross sectional area E. 40rads-1

0.7mm2 is 4.9 x 10-4Ωmm.

Calculate the resistance of a 6. At what angle to the horizontal must the

2m length of the wire. nozzle of a machine gun be kept when firing

to obtain a maximum horizontal range for

the bullets?

A. 0.0o 12. A brass rod is 2m long at a certain

B. 22.5o temperature. Calculate the linear expansion

C. 30.0o of the rod for a temperature change of

D. 45.0o 100K. (Take the linear expansitivity of brass

E. 90.0o at 1.8 x 10-5 K-1

A. 0.3600m

7. Which of the following will reduce the B. 0.1800m

frequency of oscillation of a simple C. 0.360m

pendulum? D. 0.0036m

A. Increasing the mass of the bob E. 0.0018m

B. Decreasing the mass of the bob

C. Increasing the length of the string 13. A body of specific heat capacity 450J kg-1 K-1

D. Decreasing the length of the string falls to the ground from rest through a

E. Decreasing the amplitude of the oscillation vertical height of 20m. Assuming

conservation of energy, calculate the

8. A car traveling at a uniform speed of 120km change in temperature of the body striking

h-1 passes two stations in 4 minutes. the ground level. (g = 10ms-1)

Calculate the distance between the two A. 0oC

stations. B. 2/9oC

A. 8km C. 4/9˚C

B. 15km D. 9/4˚C

C. 22km E. 9/2˚C

D. 30km

E. 60km 14. Hot water at temperature of t is added to

ice that amount of water at a temperature

9. A machine has an efficiency of 60%. If the of 30˚C. If the resulting temperature of the

machine is required to overcome a load of mixture is 50˚C, calculate t.

30N with a force of 20N, calculate its A. 90˚C

mechanical advantage? B. 80˚C

A. 0.7 C. 50˚C

B. 0.9 D. 40˚C

C. 1.5 E. 30˚C

D. 2.5

E. 10.0 15. An air bubble of volume 2cm3 is formed 20m

under water. What will be its volume when it

10. A body weighing 10N in air is partially rises to just below the surface of the water if

immersed in water. It displaces water of the atmospheric pressure is equivalent to a

mass 0.3kg. What is the puthrust on the height of 10m of water?

body? (g = 10ms-2) A. 6cm3

A. 13.0N B. 4cm3

B. 7.0N C. 3cm3

C. 3.3N D. 2cm3

D. 3.0N E. 1cm3

E. 0.3N

16. The pressure of a given mass of gas

11. A mercury-in-glass thermometer reads n – changes from 200Nm-2 to 100Nm-2, while its

20o at the ice point and 100o at the steam temperature drops from 127˚C to -73˚C.

point. Calculate the Celsius temperature Calculate the ratio of the final volume of the

corresponding to 70o on the thermometer gas to its initial volume

A. 41.0oC A. 2.4:1

B. 50.0oC B. 2.0:1

C. 62.5oC C. 1.2:1

D. 70.0oC D. 1.0:1

E. 75.0oC E. 1.0:2

17. The temperature of glass vessel containing E. 30˚

100cm3 of mercury is raised from 10˚C to

100˚C. Calculate the apparent cubic

expansion of the mercury. (Real cubic 22. A ray of light is incident on a body x as

expansivity of mercury = 1.82 x 10-4K-1) shown in the diagram below. What is the

A. 0.52cm3 refractive index of the body?

B. 1.42cm3 A. 1.63

C. 1.87cm3 B. 1.50

D. 1.87cm3 C. 1.49

E. 5.22cm3 D. 1.33

E. 1.02

18. An iron rod of mass 2kg and at a

temperature of 280˚C is dropped into some 23. Light travels in straight lines. In which of the

quantity of water initially at a temperature following is this principle manifested?

of 30˚C. If the temperature of the mixture is I. Pinhole camera

70˚C, calculate the mass of the water. II. Formation of shadows

(Neglect heat looses to the surroundings) III. Diffraction of light

(Specific heat capacity of iron = 460 J kg-1 K- IV. Occurrence of eclipse

1

) (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200J A. I and III only

kg-1 K-1) B. II and III only

A. 0.58kg C. I, II and III only

B. 0.77kg D. I, II and IV only

C. 1.15kg E. I, II, III and IV only

D. 1.50kg

E. 2.04kg 24. the image of any real object formed by a

diverging lens is always

19. How much heat is required to convert 20g A. inverted

of ice at 0˚C to water at the same B. magnified

temperature? [Specific latent heat of ice = C. erect

336 J g-1] D. real

A. 1.35 x 103J E. the same size as the object

B. 5.38 x 103J

C. 6.72 x 103J 25. Which of the following is not self-luminous?

D. 7.06 x 103J A. Incandescent electric bulb

E. 8.06 x 103J B. Incandescent fluorescent tube

C. Lighted candle

20. When two objects P and Q are supplied with D. The moon

the same quantity of heat, the temperature E. The sun

change in P is observed to be twice that in

Q. If the masses of P and Q are the same, 26. An object is placed on the principal axis and

calculate the ratio of the specific heat at the centre of curvature of a concave

capacities of Q to P. mirror. The image of the object formed by

A. 4:1 the mirror is

B. 2:1 A. real, inverted and magnified

C. 1:1 B. at the principal focus

D. 1:2 C. real and diminished

E. 1:4 D. erect and virtual

E. at the centre of curvature

21. A ray of light is incident on mirror m 1 and

after reflection is incident on mirror m2 as 27. A wire is stretched between two points, 1m

shown in the diagram below. Calculate the apart, if the speed of the wave generated

angle of reflection of the ray at mirror m2. on plucking the wire is 200ms-1, what is the

A. 120˚ minimum frequency which will resonate

B. 90˚ with the wire.

C. 60˚ A. 50 Hz

D. 45˚ B. 75Hz

C. 100Hz A. 0.02s

D. 150Hz B. 0.05s

E. 200Hz C. 0.20s

D. 0.50s

28. Sixty complete waves pass a particular E. 50.00s

point in 4s. If the distance between three

successive trouhghs of the waves is 15m, 34. A listener can detect the instrument from

calculate the speed of the waves. which a noise is being sounded because

A. 300ms-1 different instruments produce the same

B. 225.0ms-1 note with different

C. 112.5ms-1 A. Frequencies

D. 75.0ms-1 B. pitches

E. 16.0ms-1 C. loudness

D. intensities

29. Which of the following media allow(s) the E. overtones

transmission of sound wave through them?

I. Air 35. What is the escape velocity of a body on the

II. Liquid surface of the earth of radius R if the

III. Solid gravitational constant is G and the mass of

A. I only the earth is M? (Neglect energy losses to

B. II only the surroundings)

C. III only ___

D. I and II only A. √2GR

E. I, II and III only

___

30. Which of the wave characteristics can be B. √2G

used to distinguish a transverse wave from R

a longitudinal wave? ____

A. Reflection C. √2GR2

B. Refraction

C. Diffraction ___

D. Poliarisation D. √2GM

E. Interference R

____

31. A sound note of frequency 250Hz and E. √2GM

wavelength 1.3m is produced at a point

near a hill. If the echo of the sound is 36. A charge of 1.6 x 10-10C is placed in a

received 1 second later at the point, how far uniform electric field of intensity 2.0 x 102

away is the hill from the point? NC-1. What is the magnitude of the electric

A. 131.3m force exerted on the charge?

B. 162.5m A. 3.2 x 105M

C. 248.7m B. 1.8 x 105N

D. 251.3m C. 3.2 x 10-5N

E. 325.0m D. 1.8 x 10-1N

E. 4.0 x 10-6N

32. The period of a wave is 0.02 second.

Calculate its wavelength if its speed is 37. A balloon containing 546cm3 of air is heated

330ms-1 from 0oC to 10oC. If the pressure is kept

A. 6.6m constant, what will be its volume at 10oC.

B. 5.0m A. 526cm3

C. 4.m B. 546cm3

D. 3.n C. 556cm3

E. 2.m D. 566cm3

E. 819cm3

33. An alternating voltage with a frequency of

50Hz has a period of

38. Calculate the inductance L of the coil in the 43. A capacitor of capacitance 25μF is

circuit shown beside. connected to an a.c power source of

A. 14.4H frequency 200Hz. Calculate

B. 3.8H π

C. 0.6H the reactance of the capacitor.

D. 0.4H A. 0.01Ω

E. 0.2H B. 0.02Ω

C. 50.00Ω

39. A series R-L-C circuit is shown in the D. 100.00Ω

diagram below. Which of the following E. 200.00Ω

vector diagrams correctly represents the 44. The energy stored in a capacitor of

phase relationship among I, V, VR, VC and VL capacitance 5μF is 40J. Calculate the

if VC is greater than VL and the symbols have voltage applied across its terminal?

their usual meaning? A. 4000V

B. 200V

C. 16V

D. 6V

E. 4V

A. B. C. and Y in the diagram beside is 1.0μF. What

is the value of the capacitance C, measured

in micro-farad?

A. 5.0μ

B. 4.0μ

D. E. C. 3.0μ

D. 1.0μ

E. 0.5μ

40. Calculate the electric potential at a distance

of 20.0cm from a point charge of 0.015C 46. Calculate the quantity of charge flowing

placed in air of permittivity [Take 1_ as 9.0 through a conductor if a current of 10A

x 10oNm2C-2] passes through the conductor for 10s.

4π ∈0 A. 100C

A. 3.40 x 10oV B. 20C

B. 6.75 x 10RV C. 15C

6.75 x 10 λ V

D. 10C

C.

E. 1C

D. 3.45 x 105V

E. 8.30 x 10-12V

47. An alternating current, having the waveform

41. Calculate the inductive reactance of the

shown in the diagram beside, is represented

circuit shown beside.

by the equation X = Xo, sinwt. Which of the

A. 50.00Ω

following represent Xo?

B. 5.00Ω

A. OS

C. 0.50Ω

B. OR

D. 0.05Ω

C. PQ

E. 0.02Ω

D. RT

E. OT

42. If the current in the resistor R is question 41

is 0.05A, calculate the p.d across the

48. What is the potential difference between X

inductor.

and Y in the diagram beside if the battery is

A. 2.5V

of negligible internal resistance?

B. 25.0V

A. 12.5V

C. 49.0V

B. 5.8V

D. 50.0V

C. 5.0V

E. 250.0V

D. 3.0V

E. 2.0V C. 8 days

D. 24 days

49. Calculate the current in the 3 resistor in E. 42 days

question 48.

A. 0.3A 55. A moving-coil meter with an internal

B. 0.4A resistance of 100Ω has a full-scale

C. 1.0A deflection when a current of 10m A flows

D. 1.5A through it. What value of resistance would

E. 2.5A convert it to read 10V at full-scale

deflection?

50. A given wire of resistance 10Ω has a length A. 20Ω

of 5m and a cross-sectional area of 4.0 x 10- B. 100Ω

3

m2. Calculate the conductivity of the wire. C. 600Ω

A. 0.80 x 107 Ω-1m-1 D. 900Ω

B. 1.25 x 107 Ω-1m-1 E. 1000Ω

C. 2.02 x 107 Ω-1m-1

D. 2.50 x 107 Ω-1m-1 56. Which of the following are emitted from a

E. 5.00 x 107 Ω-1m-1 radioactive substance without altering

either the nucleon number or the proton

51. Which of the following is a wind instrument. number of the substance?

A. Guitar A. Protons

B. Organ B. Neutrons

C. Violin C. Gamma rays

D. Piano D. Beta particles

E. Harp E. Alpha particles

52. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V and internal resistance 57. Which of the following is not a product of

2.5Ω and a load of resistance 7.0Ω. nuclear fission?

Calculate the current in the circuit. A. Alpha particle

A. 0.15A B. Beta particle

B. 0.20A C. Gamma ray

C. 2.10A D. X-ray

D. 3.00A E. Neutron

E. 6.67A

58. Calculate the energy carried by an Ex-ray of

53. Which of the following statements are not wavelength 6.0 x 10-40m. [Plank constant =

true of a moving-coil millimeter? 6.6 x 10-34 Js, velocity of light = 3.0 x 108ms-

I. It can be used to measure alternating 1

]

current A. 3.3 x 10-12J

II. It has a linear scale B. 3.3 x 10-16J

III. It can be adapted to read higher values of C. 1.1 x 10-16J

currents D. 3.3 x 10-24J

IV. A resistor connected in parallel with the E. 3.3 x 10-32J

millimeter would convert it to a volt meter

A. I and IV only 59. Which of the following cannot be explained

B. II and III only by the molecular theory of matter?

C. III and IV only A. Conduction

D. I, II and III only B. Radiation

E. I, III and IV only C. Convection

D. Evaporation

54. A radioactive nuclide of mass 6.0g has a E. Expansion

half-life of 8 days. Calculate the time during

which 5.25g of the nuclide would have 60. Which of the following is used for shielding

decayed radioactive fall-outs?

A. 1 day A. Plastic

B. 2 days B. Wood

C. Textile (e) State two methods by which the

D. Aluminium surface tension of a liquid may be

E. Lead reduced.

1995 (b) Describe with the aid of a labeled

SECTION B THEORY diagram, an experiment to

determine the boiling point of a small

1. (a) Explain what is meant by quantity of a liquid.

acceleration of (c) State two factors that may affect the

free fall due to gravity, g. boiling point of a liquid.

(d) using the kinetic theory of matter,

(b) State two reasons why g varies on explain why pure water changes to

the surface of the earth. steam at S.T.P. without any change

in temperature, although heat is

(c) A stone is projected upwards at an being supplied to the water.

angle of 30o to the horizontal from

the top of a tower of height 100m 1995

and it hits the ground at a point Q. If PAPER I PRACTICAL

the initial velocity of projection is

100ms-1, calculate the 1. (a)

(i) maximum height of the stone

above the ground;

(ii) time it takes to reach this Suspend the given spiral spring

height; vertically as shown in the diagram

(iii) time of flight; above. Attach a scale pan and note

(iv) horizontal distance from the the pointer on the metre rule. Add a

foot of the tower to the point mass m = 70g to the scale pan and

Q (neglect air resistance and note the new position of the pointer.

take g as 10 ms-2) Determine the extension produced.

electromagnetic 110, 130 and 150g respectively. In

inductions. each case determine the extension e

(b) Draw a labeled diagram of an produced. Ignore the mass of the

induction coil and explain how it scale pan and tabulate your

works. readings. If a hanger is used, both

(c) How is the effect of eddy currents the mass of the hanger and the

minimized in the coil? added slotted masses should be

(d) State two reasons why a capacitor equal to 70, 90, 110, 130 and 150g.

should be included in the primary

circuit of the coil. Plot a graph with e on the vertical

(e) State three uses of an induction coil. axis and m on the horizontal axis,

starting both axes from the origin

3. (a) What is surface tension? Explain the (0,0). Determine the slope of the

phenomenon in terms of graph and the intercept on the axis.

intermolecular forces. Also determine the difference in the

(b) Describe a simple experiment to extension x when the mass

demonstrate the surface tension of a increased from 100g to 150g. State

liquid. two precautions taken to ensure

(c) State three examples to illustrate the accurate results. With the load of

effects of surface tension. 150g on the scale pan/hanger, set

(d) Why does water wet a clean glass the spring into small vertical

surface whereas mercury does not? oscillation and determine the time

for 10 complete oscillations.

Calculate the period T1 of oscillation.

taken to ensure accurate results.

Repeat the experiment for a load of [Attach your traces to your answer

100g and determine the script].

corresponding period T2 of

oscillation. Evaluate the expression K (i) Using your graph, deduce the

= 39.5x value of L when I = 0o

T12 – T22 (ii) State Snell’s law of refraction

and explain why refraction

(b) (i) State Hooke’s law. occurs at the boundary

(ii) Deduce the force constant of between two media.

the (iii) A microscope is focused on a

spiral spring from the graph. mark on a table. When the

(Take g as 10m-2) mark is covered by a plate of

(iii) A spiral spring is compressed glass 3.00cm thick, the

by 0.03m. Calculate the microscope has to be raised

energy stored in the spring if 1.18cm for the mark to be

its force constant is 300Nm-1. once more in focus. Calculate

2. (a) the refractive index of the

glass.

3. (a)

of the glass block provided. Trace

the outline ABCD of the glass on the Connect the circuit as shown above.

sheet of paper as shown above. Open the key K and record the

Remove the block and draw a normal voltmeter reading E. Set the

at N. Draw an incident ray such that resistance R in the resistance box

the angle of incidence i = 25o, Fix equal to 1Ω. Close the key, read and

two pins at points P and Q on the record the potential difference V on

incident ray. Replace the glass block the voltmeter. Evaluate R-1 and V-1.

and fix two other pins at points R and Repeat the experiment for R = 2, 3,

Y such that the pins appear to be in a 4, 5 and 6Ω respectively. In each

straight line with the images of the case, read and record the voltmeter

pins at P and Q when viewed through reading V. Also evaluate R-1 and V-1.

the side DC of the glass block. Tabulate your readings. Plot graph

Remove the block and join the points with V-1 on the vertical axis and R-1

at R and Y, producing the line to on the horizontal axis, starting both

meet DC at X. Join NX and measure axes from the origin (0,0). Determine

its length L. Evaluate L-3 and sin2i. the slopes of the graph and the

intercept I on the vertical axis.

Evaluate the expression: K = s/1.

Repeat the experiment for i = 35o, State two precautions taken to

45o, 55o and 65o. In each case, ensure accurate results.

determine the corresponding values

of L, L-2 and sin2i. Tabulate your (b) (i) State ohm’s law.

readings (ii) If the p.d across the

resistance box in the circuit is

Plot a graph of L-2 on the vertical measured, it would be

axis and sin2i on the horizontal axis, observed that its value is less

starting both axes from the origin (0, than the e.m.f. of the cell.

0). Determine the slopes of the Explain the reason for this

graph and the intercept I on the difference.

vertical axis. Evaluate the expression (iii) Explain what is meant by the

K = (i/s)1/2. State two precautions potential difference between

two points in an electric B. 1.13 x 104Ms-1

circuit. C. 8.00 x 103Ms-1

D. 4.23 x 103Ms-1

E. 6.41 x 102Ms-1

1996

SSCE PHYSICS 6. The velocity ratio and efficiency of a system

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE of pulleys are 6 and 80% respectively. How

much effort is required to lift a load of mass

1. The diagram below represents a portion of a 120Kg with this system.

micrometer screw guage in which the A. 25N

horizontal scale is in millimeter. What is the B. 90N

reading on the instrument. C. 96N

A. 3.72mm D. 250N

B. 3.50mm E. 960N

C. 3.30mm

D. 3.28mm 7. Two spanners X and Y of lengths 15cm and

E. 3.22mm 20cm respectively are used in turn to give a

screw ff pitch 2mm one complete rotation. If

Rx and Ry are the respective velocity

2. A loaded test-tube which floats upright in rations of the spanners then the ration Rx

water is carefully and slightly depressed and Ry is

then released. Which of the following best A. 1 : 50

describes the subsequent motion of the test B. 3 : 20

tube? C. 3:4

A. Circular D. 4:3

B. Rotational E. 20 : 3

C. Random

D. Oscillatory 8. The magnitude of the force required to

E. Translational make an object of mass M move with speed

V in a circular path of radius R is given by

3. The diagram above illustrates the velocity- the expression

time graph of the motion of a body. A. mr

Calculate the total distance covered by the v

body.

A. 50m B. (mr)2

B. 65m v

C. 175m

D. 225m C. mv2

E. 300m r

wall normally with a speed of 2ms-1 and r2

rebounds with the same speed. Determine

the impulse experienced by the ball. E. mv

A. 20.0kg ms-1 r

B. 10.0kg ms-1

C. 5.0kg ms-1 9. A body of mass 4.2kg moving with velocity

D. 1.3kg ms-1 10ms-1 due east, hits a stationary body of

E. 0.0kg ms-1 mass 2.8kg. If they stick together after

collision and move with velocity V due east,

5. A rocket is launched from the surface of the calculate the value of V.

earth. If the radius of the earth is 4.6 x 106m A. 3ms-1

and the acceleration of free fall due to B. 6ms-1

gravity is 10ms-1, calculate the escape C. 7ms-1

velocity of the rocket. D. 15ms-1

A. 2.53 x 104Ms-1 E. 17ms-1

15. The pressure of a fixed mass of gas is 2.0 x

10. A body of mass 2kg is suspended from the 105Nm-2 at a known temperature,

ceiling of a lift with a light intensible string. assuming that the temperature remains

If the lift moves upwards with acceleration constant, what will be the pressure of the

of 2ms-2, calculate the magnitude of the gas if its volume is halved?

tension in the string. (g = 10ms-2) A. 1.0 x 105Nm-2

A. 24N B. 2.0 x 105Nm-2

B. 20N C. 3.0 x 105Nm-2

C. 16N D. 4.0 x 105Nm-2

D. 4N E. 5.0 x 105Nm-2

E. 0N

16. Which of the following statements is not

11. A stationary object of mass 4kg is set in correct?

motion by a net force of 50N. If the object A. Heat energy can be transformed into

attains a speed of 5ms-1 in time. Calculate mechanical energy

the value of it. B. That total heat content of a body is the sum

A. 0.20s of the kinetic energies of its molecules

B. 0.40s C. If a body is heat, its molecules move faster

C. 0.63s D. The total heat content of a body is the

D. 0.80s product of its specific heat capacity and its

E. 1.30s mass

E. If a body is cooled, molecular movement

12. Two simple pendula and y make 400 and remains constant

500 oscillations respectively in equal time. If

the period of oscillations of x is 1.5 seconds, 17. A 400W immersion heater is used to heat a

what is the period of oscillation of y? liquid of mass 0.5kg. if the temperature of

A. 0.53s the liquid increases by 2.5oC in one second,

B. 0.83s calculate the specific heat capacity of the

C. 1.20s liquid. (Neglect heat loses to the

D. 1.50s surroundings)

E. 1.88s A. 80 J kg-1K-1

B. 320 J kg-1K-1

13. A platinum - resistance thermometer has a C. 500 J kg-1K-1

resistance of 5Ω at 0o and 9Ω at 100oC. D. 1200 J kg-1K-1

Assuming that resistance changes uniformly E. 2000 J kg-1K-1

with temperature, calculate the resistance

of the thermometer when the temperature 18. What is the difference in the amount of heat

is 45oC. given out by 4kg of steam and 4kg of water

A. 13.9Ω when both are cooled from 100oC to 80oC

B. 8.9Ω A. 336,000J

C. 6.8Ω B. 672,000J

D. 3.2Ω C. 8,704,000J

E. 1.8Ω D. 9,040,000J

E. 9,376,000J

14. The linear expansivity of a metal P is twice

that of another metal Q. When these 19. The heating element in an electric kettle is

material are heated through the same usually located near the bottom of the

temperature change, their increase in kettle because

length is the same. Calculate the ratio of the A. water is a good conductor of heat

original length of P to that of Q. B. heat can be more quickly radiated to all

A. 1:4 parts of the water

B. 1:2 C. no heat can be lost to the surroundings

C. 2:1 D. the convectional currents which are set up

D. 4:1 can carry heat to all parts of the water

E. 6:1 E. the molecules of the heating element can

carry heat to all parts of the water

26. A ray of light strikes a plane mirror at a

20. The inside of a vacuum flask is usually glancing angle of 50o. Calculate the angle

coated with silver to reduce heat lost by between the incident and reflected rays.

A. convection A. 20o

B. conduction B. 40o

C. radiation C. 50o

D. absorption D. 80o

E. evaporation E. 100o

21. The saturated vapour pressure of a liquid speed of 3msp1m in a direction normal to

increases as the the surface of the mirror.

A. volume of the liquid increases A. 9.0ms-1

B. volume of the liquid decreases B. 6.0ms-1

C. temperature of the liquid increases C. 4.5ms-1

D. temperature of the liquid decreases D. 1.5ms-1

E. mass of the liquid decreases E. 0.0ms-1

22. Cloud formation is the direct result of 28. The graph above shows the relationship

A. precipitation between sin i and sin r for a ray of light in

B. vaporisation air incident on a liquid surface. If i and r rare

C. Fusion respectively angles of incidence and

D. sublimation refraction deduce the refractive index of the

E. condensation liquid from the graph.

A. 1.63

23. Water boils at a lower temperature when B. 1.50

heated at the top of a mountain than at sea- C. 1.33

level because at the top of the mountain the D. 1.25

A. saturation vapour pressure of water is E. 0.80

higher than at sea-level

B. sun adds more heat to the water 29. When a ray of light is incident normally on

C. temperature is lower than at sea-level an air-glass interface, its angle of refraction

D. relative humidity of the atmosphere is lower is

E. pressure of the atmosphere is lower A. 0o

B. 42o

24. The main reason why rice cooks faster in a C. 45o

pressure cooker than in cooking pot is that D. 60o

A. less heat escapes from the cooker E. 90o

B. the vapour pressure in the cooker is

constant 30. A ray of light is incident on a glass block as

C. the rice is not affected by the draught over shown in the diagram beside. If the

the cooker reflected and the refractive rays are

D. the vapour pressure in the cooker decreases perpendicular to each other, what is the

E. the boiling point of water in the cooker is refractive index of the glass relative to air?

raised A. 1.65

B. 1.58

25. In which of the following media would sound C. 1.52

waves travel fastest? D. 1.50

A. Kerosine E. 1.48

B. Alcohol

C. Water 31. The refractive index of a medium relative to

D. Iron air of 1.8. Calculate the critical angle for the

E. Air medium to the nearest degree.

A. 18o

B. 34o

C. 45o

D. 68o B. 1.0ms-1

E. 90o C. 2.0ms-1

D. 3.0ms-1

32. A converging lens of focal length 5cm forms E. 4.0ms-1

a virtual image which is 10cm from the lens.

How far from the lens is the object? 38. A sound wave of velocity 350ms-1 is

A. 2.0cm directed towards the surface of water. if the

B. 3.3cm ratio of the wavelength of sound in water to

C. 5.0cm that air is 425:100, calculate the velocity of

D. 10.0cm the wave in water.

E. 15.0cm A. 82.4ms-1

B. 148.8ms-1

33. Which of the following instruments produces C. 350.0ms-1

sound by the vibration of air column? D. 1487.5ms-1

A. piano E. 3500.5ms-1

B. guitar

C. flute 39. The speed of sound in air is 330ms -1, how

D. handbell far from the centre of a storm is an observer

E. talking drum who hears a thunder clap 2s after the

lightning flash? (Neglect the time taken by

34. The walls and ceilings of many standard light to travel to the observer)

auditoria are covered with perforated pads A. 1320m

to B. 660m

A. increase the intensity of sound waves C. 600m

B. increase the loudness of sound waves D. 330m

C. reduce the effect of reverberations of sound E. 165m

waves

D. increase the interference effect of sound 40. The diagram below illustrates a variation of

waves the displacement y of a wave particle with

E. decrease the frequency of sound waves time t. If the velocity of the wave is 250ms-1,

calculate the distance between two

35. A string of length 1.0m vibrates in 10 loops. successive particles which are in phase.

if the total mass of the string is 1.0 x 10-3kg A. 2.0m

and the tension in it is 10N, calculate the B. 2.5m

frequency of the vibration C. 3.0m

A. 50Hz D. 5.0m

B. 100Hz E. 50.0m

C. 250Hz

D. 400Hz 41. The diagram above represents a stationary

E. 500Hz wave set up in a string which is fixed at

both ends. If the frequency of the wave is

36. A siren has a disc of 64 holes and makes 20 256Hz and the distance N1 N2 equals 1.5m,

revolutions per second. Calculate the calculate the speed of the wave.

frequency of the sound from the siren. A. 128ms-1

A. 3.2Hz B. 192ms-1

B. 16.0Hz C. 384ms-1

C. 20.0Hz D. 768ms-1

D. 640.0Hz E. 1536ms-1

E. 1280.0Hz

42. Calculate the power delivered by a 3-hase

37. The distance between two successive cest line of its voltage and current are 132KV

of a water is 1m. If a particle on the surface and 60A respectively.

of the water makes to complete vertical A. 2.38 x 107W

oscillations in 1 second. Calculate the speed B. 7.92 x 106W

of the wave. C. 3.96 x 106W

A. 0.5ms-1 D. 2.64 x 106W

E. 7.92 x 104W 48. A cell of e.m.f 1.5V is connected in series

with a resistor of resistance 3Ω. A high-

43. The main function of the mouth piece of a resistance voltmeter connected across the

telephone is to convert sound energy into cell registers only 0.9V. Calculate the

A. heat energy internal resistance of the cell.

B. light energy A. 1.8Ω

C. chemical energy B. 2.0Ω

D. electrical energy C. 2.4Ω

E. mechanical energy D. 4.5Ω

E. 5.0Ω

44. Which of the following is not a component of

a.d.c electric motor? 49. Soft iron is used in making the armature of

A. commutator an electric bell because it

B. field magnet A. retains its magnetism for a long time

C. slip rings B. losses its magnetism

D. Armature C. produces permanent magnets

E. carbon brushes D. is not easily magnetized

E. decreased the magnetic effect of a direct

45. The diagram below illustrates the current

conversion of a galvanometer of resistance

2Ω to an ammeter, the galvanometer gives 50. The diagram beside illustrates an isolated

a fill-scale deflection for a current of 10mA. metal sphere carrying charge W in a

Calculate the value of R. medium whose permittivity is so. The

A. 2.0 x 103Ω magnitude of the electric field intensity P

B. 2.0 x 102Ω can be expressed as

C. 2.0 x 10-1Ω

D. 2.0 x 10-2Ω A. Q2___

E. 2.0 x 10-3Ω 4 π ∈ or2

area 2.0 x 103cm2 has a resistance of 4 π ∈ or2

0.10Ω. Calculate its electrical conductivity.

A. 5.0 x 107Ω-1cm-1 C. Q__

B. 5.0 x 106Ω-1cm-1 4 π ∈ or

C. 2.0 x 106Ω-1cm-1

D. 5.0 x 105Ω-1cm-1 D. Q2___

E. 5.0 x 10-6Ω-1cm-1 4 π ∈ or

states that (4 π ∈ or)2

A. e.m.f is induced in a circuit whenever there

is a change in the magnetic flux linked with 51. The electric potential of a point P in the

the circuit diagram on Question 50 can be expressed

B. the induced current in a conductor is in such as

a direction as to oppose the change

producing it A. Q2___

C. the magnitude of the induced e.m.f in a 4 π ∈ or

circuit is proportional to the rate of change

of the number of lines of force linking the B. Q__

circuit 4 π ∈ or2

D. a force is exerted on a current carrying

conductor in a magnetic field C. Q2__

E. the induced charge is constant for a fixed 4 π ∈ or2

change of flux

D. Q___

4π ∈ or

E. Ex-ray

E. Q___

4 π ∈ 2or 58. Which of the following is used in a nuclear

reactor to slow sown fast-moving neutrons?

52. Calculate the amount of heat generated in A. Carbon dioxide gas

an external load of resistance 8Ω, if an B. liquid sodium metal

alternating current of peak value 5A is C. concrete shield

passed through it for 100s. D. Graphite rods

A. 20,000J E. Boron rods

B. 10,000J

C. 5,000J 59. Which of the following particles/rays do not

D. 4,000J originate from the nucleus of the atom?

E. 200J A. Alpha particle

B. Beta particles

53. In the diagram below the resistor has a C. Neutrons

resistance of 8Ω while the reactance of the D. Gamma rays

inductor and the capacitor are 10Ω and 16Ω E. X-ray

respectively. Calculate the current in the

circuit. 60. The count rate of an alpha-particle source is

A. 3.6A 400 per minute. If the half-life of the source

B. 3.8A is 5 days, what would be the count rate per

C. 9.2A minute after 15 days?

D. 10.0A A. 20

E. 13.0A B. 25

C. 50

54. The resistance in a series R-C circuit is 5Ω. If D. 200

the impendence of the circuit of 13Ω, E. 400

calculate the reactance of the capacitor.

A. 65Ω 1996

B. 18Ω SECTION B THEORY

C. 16Ω

D. 14Ω 1. (a) Define the apparent cubic

E. 12Ω expansibility of

a liquid

55. What is the decay constant of a radioactive

element whose half-life is 3 seconds. (b) (i) Describe with the aid of a

A. 0.132s-1 labeled

B. 0.23s-1 diagram, an experiment to

C. 0.347s-1 determine the apparent cubic

D. 0.693s-1 expansibility of a liquid.

E. 0.924s-1 (ii) State two precautions that

should be taken to ensure

56. Which of the following substance is most accurate result

viscous at room temperature?

A. Water (c) A density glass bottle contains

B. Alcohol 44.25g of a liquid at 0oC and 42.02g

C. Petrol at 50oC. Calculate the real cubic

D. Palm Oil expansibility of the liquid.

E. Kerosine (Linear expansivity of glass = 1.0 x

10-5K-1)

57. Which of the following is not part of the

electromagnetic spectrum? 2. (a) What is meant by dispersion of white

A. Radio wave light?

B. Gamma ray (b) State the colours in the spectrum of

C. Infra-red ray white light in ascending order of their

D. Alpha particle wave lengths.

(c) Which colour is deviated

(i) least (ii) most?

(d) Explain why white light is dispersed

when it passes through a glass

prism.

(e) Describe with the aid of a labeled Use the knife-edged provided to

diagram, how a pure spectrum of determine and record the centre of

white light can be produced on a gravity G of the metre rule. Push the

screen. steel needle firmly into the cork,

then clamp the cork on the retort

3. (a) Explain what is meant by the stand so that the needle is

statement horizontal. Measure and record the

“The capacitance of a parallel-plate distance d between G and the small

capacitor is 2μF” hole at the 5cm mark on the metre

(b) State: rule. Through this hole, suspend the

(i) three factors on which its metre rule freely on the needle as

capacitance depends shown in the diagram above slightly

(ii) three uses of capacitors displace the free end of the metre

(c) Derive a formula for the energy W rule sideways and release to set it

stored in a changed capacitor of into oscillations in the vertical plane.

capacitance C carrying a charge Q Determine the time t for 20 complete

either plate oscillations of the rule. Calculate the

(d) Two parallel-plate capacitors of period T of oscillation. Evaluate d2

capacitance 2μF and 3μF are and T2 d.

connected in parallel and the

combinations is connected to a 50V Repeat the experiment for the holes

d.c source at the 10, 15, 20 and 25cm marks on

Draw the circuit diagram of the the metre rule respectively. In each

arrangement and determine the case, determine the values of t, t,d2

(i) charge on either plate of each and T2d. Tabulate your readings.

capacitor

(ii) potential difference across Plot a graph of T2d on the vertical

each capacitor axis against d2 on the horizontal axis,

(iii) energy of the combined starting both axes from the origin (0,

capacitors 0). Evaluate (i) C = 4 π 2 (ii) K =√1

4. (a) Explain the following terms: s s

(i) viscosity State two precautions taken to

(ii) terminal velocity ensure accurate result.

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to

determine the terminal

velocity of a steel ball falling (b) (i) What is meant by the

through a jar of glycerine. statement the focal length of

(ii) State two precautions that a concave mirror is 20cm?

should be taken to ensure (ii) Draw a array diagram

accurate result. showing how a concave

(c) State two mirror is used as a shaving

(i) effects of viscosity mirror.

(ii) applications of viscosity (iii) If the illuminated object in the

experiment is placed at a

1996 distance 20cm from the pole

PAPER I PRACTICAL of the mirror, state two

characteristics of its image

1. (a) formed on the screen.

3. (a)

2. An object falls freely from a height of 25m

unto the roof of a building 5m high.

Set up the circuit as shown in the Calculate the velocity with which the object

diagram above. Close the key K, use strikes the object. [g = 10ms-1]

the jockey to make contact with the A. 17.3ms-1

potentiometer wire PC such that PB B. 20.0ms-1

= L = 10cm. Record the ammeter C. 24.5ms-1

reading I. Evaluate I-1, repeat the D. 125.0ms-1

experiment for L = 0, 30, 40, 50 and E. 200.0ms-1

60cm respectively. In each case,

3. A body of mass 20kg is set in motion by two

forces 3N and 4N, acting at right angles to

each other. Determine the magnitude of its

acceleration.

A. 400ms-2

B. 2.89ms-2

determine and record the C. 0.35ms-2

corresponding values of I and I-1. D. 0.25ms-2

Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph E. 0.05ms-2

of L on the vertical axis against I-1 on

the horizontal axis starting both axes 4. A ball of man 0.1kg approaching a tennis

from the origin (0, 0). Determine the player with a velocity of 10ms-1, is hit back

slope of the graph and the intercept in the direction opposite with a velocity of

on the vertical axis. Read and record 15ms-1, if the time of impact between the

the value of I-1 when L = 0. State two racked and the ball is 0.01s, calculate the

precautions taken to ensure accurate magnitude of the force with which the ball is

result. hit.

A. 5000N

(b) (i) Deduce from your graph, the B. 500N

value of the current I in the C. 250N

circuit when the jockey makes D. 50N

contact with the E. 25N

potentiometer wire at C.

(ii) State two reasons why the 5. Two blocks of the same dimension, one

key in the circuit should be steel and the other wooden are dropped

opened when readings are simultaneously from the same height. If

not taken. they fall freely, neglecting air resistance,

(iii) State two sources of e.m.f the

other than the chemical cell. A. two blocks hit the ground simultaneously

because they have the same acceleration

B. two blocks reach the ground at the same

1997 time because their dimensions are the same

SSCE PHYSICS C. wooden block, being lighter than the steel

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE block, reaches the ground first

D. Steel block reaches the ground first because

1. An object of mass 0.40kg attached to the it is denser than the wooden block

end of a string is whirled round in a E. steel block takes half as much time as the

horizontal circle of radius 2.0m with a wooden block to reach the ground because

constant speed of 8ms-1. Calculate the it is more massive than the wooden block

angular velocity of the object.

A. 0.8rads-1 6. Two forces 3 N and 4 N act on a body in

B. 2.0rads-1 directions due north and due east

C. 4.0rads-1 respectively. Calculate their equilibrant.

D. 8.0rads-1 A. 5 N,53o east of north

E. 16.0rads-1 B. 5 N,53o west of south

C. 5 N,37o north of east D. 4.5K

D. 7 N,37o west of north E. 5.0K

E. 7 N,37o south of west

12. Steel bars, each of length 3m at 28oC, are to

7. A missile weighing 400 N on the earth’s be used for constructing a rail line. if the

surface is shot into the atmosphere to an linear expansivity of steel is 1.0 x 10-3K-1,

altitude of 6.40 x 106m. Taking the earth as what is the safety gap that must be left

a sphere of radius 6.40 x 606m and between successive bars if the highest

assuming the inverse-square law of temperature expected is 40oC?

universal gravitation, what would be the A. 1.2 x 10-1cm

weight of the missile at the altitude? B. 7.2 x 10-2cm

A. 100 N C. 6.0 x 10-2cm

B. 200 N D. 3.6 x 10-2cm

C. 400 N E. 1.8 x 10-2cm

D. 800 N

E. 1600 N 13. Which of the following diagrams correctly

represents the variation of the volume V of

8. In the diagram below XY represents a plank a fixed mass of water with temperature T?

used to lift a load from a point X on the

ground onto a horizontal platform YP. What

is the velocity ratio of the plank? A. B. C.

A. XY/ZY

B. XY/XZ

C. ZY/XZ

D. XZ/XY

E. ZY/XY

D. E.

9. A uniform bar 15m long, is balanced on a

pivot placed at its mid-point. A boy of mass

55kg sits on one arm of the bar at a point 14. In which of the following diagram is the

5m away from the pivot. What mass can be pressure of the entrapped air equal to the

placed 2m away from the end of the bar to atmospheric pressure?

keep the bar horizontal?

A. 5.0kg A.

B. 6.9kg B.

C. 50.0kg C.

D. 55.0kg D.

E. 70.0kg E.

10. A solid plastic cube of side 0.2m is 15. A solid material of volume 100cm3 is heated

submerged in a liquid of density 0.8kgm-3. through a temperature difference of 40oC.

Calculate the upthrust of the liquid on the Calculate the increase in the volume of the

cube. [g = 10ms-2] material if its linear expansivity is 2.0 x 10-

A. 0.064N 6 -1

K .

B. 0.025N A. 2.4 x 10-2cm3

C. 0.016N B. 1.6 x 10-2cm3

D. 0.008N C. 8.0 x 10-3cm3

E. 0.003N D. 5.0 x 10-6cm-3

E. 4.0 x 10-6cm3

11. A piece of copper of mass 30g loses 60J of

heat energy. If the specific heat capacity of 16. Which of the following explains why a thick

copper is 400 J kg-1 K-1. Calculate the glass cup cracks when boiling water is

change in temperature of the copper. poured into it?

A. 0.2K A. Large increase in the heat capacity of the

B. 0.8K cup

C. 2.0K B. High density of water

C. Unequal expansion of the interior and 21. Two rays from a very distant object in the

exterior walls of the cup diagram below P, F and C represents

D. Anomalous expansion fo water respectively the pole, focus and centre of

E. Greater specific heat capacity of water curvature of a concave mirror. If two rays

compared with that of glass from a very distant object strike the mirror

as shown, where will the image of the object

17. Calculate the quantity of heat released be located?

when 100g of steam at 100oC condenses to

water. [Take the specific latent heat of A. Between P and F

vaporization of water as 2.3 x 106 J kg-1] B. Between F and C

A. 2.3 x 101 J C. Beyond C

B. 2.3 x 102J D. At F

C. 2.3 x 104J E. At C

D. 2.3 x 105J

E. 3.3 x 107J 22. A conveying lens of focal length 15cm is

used to obtain a real image magnified 1½

18. A fixed mass of gas occupies a volume of times. Calculate the distance of the image

20cm3 at a pressure of 700mm Hg. from the lens

Assuming that the temperature remains A. 37.5cm

constant, what will be the volume of the gas B. 22.5cm

at 750mm Hg? C. 15.0cm

A. 2.5cm3 D. 7.5cm

B. 15.5cm3 E. 3.3cm

C. 18.7cm3

D. 2.14cm3 23. At what distance from a simple microscope

E. 72.5cm3 must an object be placed so that an image 5

times the size of the object is produced

19. A cup containing 100g of pure water at 20oC 20cm from the lens?

is placed in a refrigerator. If the refrigerator A. 2.0cm

extracts heat at the rate of 840 J per minute B. 3.3cm

calculate the time taken for the water to C. 4.0cm

freeze. D. 5.0cm

[Neglect the heat capacity of the materials E. 15.0cm

of the cup]

[Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2J g-1K-1] 24. What is the frequency of a radio wave of

[Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 336Jg- wavelength 150m if the velocity of radio

1

] waves in free space is 3 x 108ms-1?

A. 15 minutes A. 4.5 x 1010Hz

B. 20 minutes B. 5.0 x 109Hz

C. 42 minutes C. 4.5 x 108Hz

D. 50 minutes D. 2.0 x 107Hz

E. 84 minutes E. 2.0 x 106Hz

20. When white light is incident on a glass prism 25. Whenever light waves are restricted to a

the spectrum produced on a screen placed specific plane, they are said to be

beyond the prism is due to A. diffracted

A. diffraction B. refracted

B. reflection C. diffused

C. refraction D. regularly reflected

D. polarization E. plane-polarized

E. interference

26. The magnification produced with a

converging lens is 5. If the object is a square

wire gauze of side 2cm, calculate the area

of the image.

A. 100cm2

B. 40cm2 C. 1.0 x 103Hz

C. 20cm2 D. 6.7 x 102Hz

D. 01cm2 E. 3.3 x 102Hz

E. 4cm2 32. Two identical waves traveling in the same

direction are superimposed, what should be

27. Which of the following is not true of the the phase difference between the waves for

similarities between a camera and the maximum destructive interference to occur?

human eye? A. 20o

A. Both the camera and the eye have light- B. 45o

proof interiors C. 180o

B. Both the camera and the eye, have light D. 225o

sensitive screens E. 270o

C. Inverted images are formed on the screen in

both 33. A pipe, open at both ends, produces a

D. The distance between the lens and the fundamental note. If the velocity of sound in

screen is fixed in both air is V and L the length of the pipe, which

E. The amount of light entering both the eye of the following expresses the frequency of

and camera can be adjusted the note? [Neglect end-correction]

A. 2V

/L

28. The diagram below shows waves passing B. V

/2L

through a slit S. Which wave phenomenon is C. V

/3L

illustrated by the diagram? D. V

/4L

A. Reflection E. V

/5L

B. Refraction

C. Polarization 34. Which of the following statements is not

D. Diffraction correct?

E. Dispersion A. The pitch of a note depends on the

frequency of the vibrating source

29. A sound note is produced by a ringing bell B. The loudness of a note depends on its

and the echo of the note from a nearby wall intensity

is received 0.5s later. If the frequency of the C. The velocity of sound in air does not depend

note is 400Hz and its wavelength 1m, on the intensity of the note producing it

calculate the distance between the bell and D. The overtones present in a note determine

the wall. its quality

A. 400m E. Wind speed has no effect on the speed of

B. 200m sound in air

C. 125m

D. 100m 35. A progressive wave has a wavelength of

E. 50m 50cm. Calculate the phase difference

between the points at a distance of 20cm

30. The diagram below represents the profile of apart.

10 π

transverse wave. Which of the following A. /3

points are in phase? B. 5

/2 π

4 π

C. /3

A. O and P D. 2

/3 π

B. O and Q E. π /3

C. O and R

D. O and S 36. An alternating current with a peak value of

E. O and T 5 A passes through a resistor of resistance

10.0Ω. Calculate the rate at which energy is

31. The diagram below illustrates the profile of dissipated in the resistor.

a progressive wave in which energy is A. 250.0W

transferred from P to Q in 3.0 x 10-3s. B. 125.0W

Calculate the frequency of the wave. C. 50.0W

A. 2.0 x 103Hz D. 35.4W

B. 1.3 x 103Hz E. 12.5W

A. electrical energy

37. The invisible part of the spectrum of white B. chemical energy

light consists of the following colours: C. heat energy

A. red, orange and yellow only D. mechanical energy

B. infra-red, ultra-violet and blue only E. kinetic energy

C. indigo and green only

D. violet and red only 43. When a resistor of resistance R is connected

E. ultra-violet and infra-red only across a cell the terminal p.d. of the cell is

reduced to three-quarters of its e.m.f. [The

38. A charge of 1.0 x 10-5C experiences a force internal resistance of the cell is expressed

of 40N at a certain point in space. What is as]

the magnitude of the electric field intensity A. R

/4

at the point in Newton per coulomb? B. R

/3

A. 8.0 x 106 C. R

/2

B. 4.0 x 10-6 D. 3R

/4

C. 3.0 x 10-4 E. 3R

D. 2.0 x 10-4

E. 5.0 x 10-7 44. A magnet is placed successively near rings

made of the materials indicated in the

39. An atom radiates 1.5 x 10-19J of energy when diagrams below. The polarity of the magnet

an electron from jumps from one energy in each case is also indicated. Inside which

level to another. What is the wavelength of of the rings will a magnetic field be

the emitted radiation? [Plank’s constant = observed?

6.6 x 10-34 Js; Speed of light in air = 3 x

108ms-1] A. I only

A. 1.32 x 10-6m B. III only

B. 2.98 x 10-6m C. I and III only

C. 3.32 x 106m D. II and III only

D. 6.82 x 10-6m E. I, II and III only

E. 8.01 x 10-6m

45. Calculate the terminal potential difference

40. A capacitor of capacitance 25μF is across a 20Ω resistor connected to a battery

connected to an a.c. power source of of e.m.f. 15V, and internal resistance 5Ω

frequency 200 Hz. Calculate A. 60.0V

π B. 15.0V

reactance of the capacitor. C. 12.0V

A. 0.01Ω D. 6.3V

B. 0.02Ω E. 0.5V

C. 50.00Ω

D. 100.00Ω 46. A magnet is being inserted into a coil of

E. 150.00Ω wire. On which of the following factors does

the induced e.m.f. in the coil depend?

41. The current in a series R-L-C circuit attains I. Numbers of turns in the coil

its maximum value when the II. Strength of the magnet

A. impedance is greater than the capacitive III. Speed with which the magnet is inserted

reactance into the coil

B. inductive reactance is equal to the A. I only

capacitive reactance B. II only

C. inductive reactance is greater than the C. III only

resistance D. I and II only

D. capacitive reactance is less than the E. I, II and III

resistance

E. inductive reactance is greater than the 47. During the electrolysis of copper (11)

capacitive reactance tetraoxosulphate (VI) solution, an ammeter

shows a steady current reading of 1.0A for

42. In a photocell, light energy is converted to 30 minutes while 6.6 x 10-4kg of copper is

liberated. Calculate the error in the 53. When a paint brush is removed from clean

ammeter reading. [The electrochemical water, the bristles of the brush are pulled

equivalent of copper is 3.30 x 10kg C-1] together because of

A. 0.001A A. the viscosity of the surrounding air

B. 0.011A B. the low density of water

C. 0.111A C. surface tension forces

D. 1.000A D. the weight of the brush bristles

E. 1.100A E. the mass of the brush bristles

48. The relationship between the directions of 54. Which of the following is a pair of isotopes?

the magnetic field, the current and the

motion of a current-carrying wire in the field A. 35

Ar and 35

S

is easily remembered using 18 16

A. octet rule

B. right-hand grip rule B. 35

CI and 37

CI

C. Maxwell’s screw rule 17 17

E. Fleming’s left-hand rule C. 15

N and 16

O

7 8

transformer is 2.5A. If the coil has 50 turns D. 30

Si and 30

P

and the secondary 250 turns, calculate the 14 15

energy losses in the transformer) E. 24

mg and 24

Na

A. 0.2A 12 11

C. 2.5A true of nuclear fission?

D. 5.0A A. A mother nucleus is broken into two

E. 12.5A daughter nuclei roughly of equal parts

B. Neutron is normally used in bombarding

50. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction is heavy nucleus

essentially a statement of C. Two light nuclei are made to combine to

A. inverse-square law of gravitation form a heavy nucleus

B. inverse-square law of magnetism D. very enormous energy is released

C. inverse-square law of electrostatics E. There is an apparent loss in mass

D. law of conservation of momentum

E. law of conservation of energy 56. A nucleus has a proton number of 84. It

emits an χ -particle and then a β -particle

51. The odour of a leaking gas is perceived at a to achieve stability. What is the proton

distance from the source. This is made number of the product?

possible by the process of A. 81

A. sublimation B. 82

B. diffusion C. 53

C. osmosis D. 86

D. evaporation E. 89

E. capillarity

57. In a nuclear reaction, the mass defect is 2.0

52. The half-life of a radioactive material is 6 x 10-6 g. Calculate the energy released,

hours. What quantity of 1kg of the material given that the velocity of light is 3.0 x

would decay in 24 hours? 108ms-1

A. 15/16kg A. 9.0 x 107J

B. 1/2kg B. 1.8 x 108J

C. 1/4kg C. 1.8 x 109J

D. 1/8kg D. 9.0 x 1010J

E. 1/16kg E. 3.6 x 1011J

58. The ratio of tensile stress to tensile strain is (vi) work output of the man

known as (vii) total power developed by

A. modulus of rigidity man given that the time

B. modulus of elasticity taken to raise the box onto

C. shear modulus the platform is 50s. [g =

D. bulk modulus 10ms-2]

E. Young’s modulus 2. (a) Explain the term resonance and give

two

59. Which of the following is not correct about examples

Rutherford’s model of the atom? (b) (i) Describe with the aid of a

A. the mass of an atom is concentrated in the labeled

nucleus diagram, an experiment to

B. The nucleus of an atom is positively charged show how the frequency of

C. The nucleus is surrounded by electron cloud the note emitted by a

D. The model is applicable to atoms with only vibrating string depends on

one electron in the outer shell the length of the string.

E. the diameter of the nucleus is of the order (ii) State two precaution

of 10-15 m necessary to obtain an

accurate result.

60. Which of the following statements about (c) A sonometer wire is plucked and it

kinetic theory of matter is not correct? vibrates emitting a fundamental

A. The molecules of matter are always in note. State the effect on the

motion frequency of the note if the

B. When a body is heated, the average kinetic (i) tension in the wire were made

energy of its molecules decreases nine times as large with no

C. Molecules of a liquid move more freely than change in the length of the

those of a solid wire;

D. Matter is made up of very tiny particles (ii) length of the wire were

called molecules doubled with no change in the

E. the molecules of a gas move more freely tension. [Show clearly how

than those of a liquid you arrive at your answer]

pattern due to a current flowing

1997 (i) in a long solenoid

SECTION B THEORY (ii) through two long straight

parallel wires when the

1. (a) Explain the term work directions of the current are

(b) Draw a diagram of a pulley system opposite. [Neglect the earth’s

with a velocity ratio of 5. magnetic field]

(c) A man pulls up a box of mass 70kg (b) Draw a labeled diagram of an electric

using an inclined plane of a effective bell and explain how it works.

length 5m onto a platform 2.5m high (c) An electric bell takes a current of

at uniform speed. If the frictional 0.2A from a battery of two dry cells

force between the box and plane is connected in series. Each cell has an

100N, draw the diagram of all the e.m.f. of 1.5V and an internal

forces acting on the box when in resistance of 1.0Ω.

motion and calculate the (i) Calculate the effective

(i) minimum effort applied in resistance of the bell

pulling (ii) What current would the bell

up the box take if the cells were

(ii) velocity ratio of the plane arranged in parallel?

(iii) mechanical advantage of the

plane 4. (a) Briefly explain what would happen to

(iv) efficiency of the plane a

(v) energy lost in the system

stable element if it is bombarded by the density and relative

α -particles. density of a body.

(b) Explain how the bombardment of (ii) State Archimedes’ principle

Uranium with neutrons could lead to (iii) An object weighs 2.7N in air

nuclear fission chain reaction and and 1.2N when completely

hence nuclear explosion. immersed in water. Calculate

(c) State three characteristics of nuclear its relative density.

activity 2. (a)

(d) State three applications of atomic

energy

(e) State two postulates of Bohr’s model

of the atom and two limitation of

such a model.

1997 Trace the outline ABC of the

PAPER I PRACTICAL equilateral triangular glass prism as

shown above. Remove the prism.

1. (a) Draw a line RN such that it makes an

angle i=20o with the normal. Erect

two pins at Q1 and Q2 on the line

RN. Replace the prism. Place the

reflecting surface of the plane mirror

in contact with the face AC of the

prism. Looking through the face BC

at the prism, fix one pin at Q3 and

another pin at Q4 such that they

appear to be in a straight line with

Pivot the meter rule, which has been the images of the pins at Q1 and Q2.

drilled t the 50cm mark. Suspend the Remove the prism, the mirror and

object marked m at the 10cm mark the pins. Draw a line to join points

of the metre rule. On the other side Q4 and Q3 Produce the line Q4 Q3

of the pivot, suspend the known and that of RN to meet at T.

mass m1 = 100g and adjust its Measure and record angles e and θ

position until the rule balances

horizontally. Read and record the Repeat the experiment for i=25o,

distances d and d1 of m and m1 30o, 40o and 50o respectively, using

respectively from the pivot. Repeat a different outline in each case.

the experiment with m suspended at Determine and record the

the 15, 20, 25 and 30cm marks corresponding values of e and θ for

respectively. In each case, adjust the each tracing. Tabulate your readings.

position of m and determine d and

d1. Also, repeat the entire Plot a graph of θ on the vertical axis

experiment with m completely and e on the horizontal axis, starting

immersed in a beaker of water and both axes from the origin (0, 0).

at 10, 15, 25 and 30cm marks Determine the slope s of the graph

respectively. In each case, read and and the intercept on the vertical

record the new distance d2 of mass axis. State two precautions taken to

m1 from the pivot. Evaluate d1 – d2. ensure accurate results. [Attach your

Tabulate your values d1 d2 and d1 – tracing to your answer booklet].

d2, on the horizontal axis. Determine

the slope s of the graph. State two (b) (i) State the conditions under

precautions taken to ensure accurate which

results. total internal reflection of

light occurs

(b) (i) State two differences (ii) Draw a ray diagram showing

between how a right angled isosceles

glass prism may be used to represents the point of

invert a beam of light. contact of the jockey with the

(iii) With the plane mirror bridge wire when the

removed in the experiment galvanometer shows null

above, a ray of light is deflection. What is the

incident normally on the face potential difference between

AB of the prism. Draw a points T and Q? Explain your

labeled ray diagram showing answer

the path of the ray as it (iii) Two equal lengths of wire

passes through and out of the made of the same material

prism. but of different diameters

3. have an effective resistance

of 0.8Ω when they are

connected in parallel. If the

cross-sectional are of one is

four times the other, calculate

the resistance of the thicker

(a) You are provided with a standard wire.

resistor of resistance R = 1Ω and a

closed loop of bare constants wire. 1998

W. Without straightening out the SSCE PHYSICS

loop, connect a length 1 = 25cm PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

measured along the loop, between

the points A and B of the metre 1. Which of the following pairs of physical

bridge. Connect other components of quantities comprises vectors?

the circuit as shown in the diagram A. Capacitance and inductance

above. Now obtain a balance at Q on B. Force ratio and velocity ratio

the metre bridge wire PS with the C. Friction and momentum

jockey. Read and record the lengths D. Energy and power

PQ and QS. E. Electric field potential and electric field

Calculate the effective resistance r of intensity

the loop of the wire W given that r =

PO R 2. During the same time interval, it is observed

QS that a train travels the same distance as

Repeat the experiment for I = 35, does a lorry. The two vehicles therefore

45, 55, 65 and 75 respectively. In have the same

each case determine the A. uniform acceleration

corresponding values of PQ, QS and B. instantaneous velocity

r. Tabulate your readings. Now C. initial velocity

straighten out the loop. Measure and D. average velocity

record its total length L. Plot a graph E. average speed

of r on the vertical axis and I on the

horizontal axis. Draw a smooth curve 3. A piece of stone attached to one end of a

through your points. Determine the string is whirled round in a horizontal circle.

value of I for which r is maximum When the string is suddenly cut, the stone

from your graph. State two will

precautions taken to ensure accurate A. move towards the centre of the circle

result. B. stop moving immediately

C. move along a circular path of smaller radius

(b) (i) From the experiment above, D. fly off in a direction tangential to the circular

it can path

be shown that ‘max = 1/4KL. E. acquire greater centripetal force

Using your graph and value of

L deduce the value of K. 4. The term torque means

(ii) In the circuit diagram shown A. the moment of a couple about an axis

in question 3(a) above, Q

B. the resultant of several forces acting on a 9. A pilot records the atmosphere pressure

body in equilibrium outside his plan as 63cm of Hg while a

C. two equal and opposite forces whose lines ground observer records a reading of 75cm

of action do not coincide of Hg with his barometer. Assuming that the

D. two coplanar forces at right angles to each density of air is constant, calculate the

other height of the plane above the ground. (Take

E. the equilibrant of two concurrent forces the relative densities of air and mercury as

0.00136 and 13.6 respectively.

5. A rectangular block of wood floats in water A. 120m

with two-thirds of its volume immersed. B. 138m

When placed in another liquid, it floats with C. 274m

half of its volume immersed. Calculate the D. 1,200m

relative density of the liquid E. 12,000m

A. 1.43

B. 1.33 10. An object is projected with a velocity of

C. 1.00 100ms-1 at an angle of 60o to the vertical.

D. 0.83 Calculate the time taken by the object to

E. 0.75 reach the highest point. (Take g as 10ms-2)

A. 5.0s

The diagram below shows a box X of weight B. 8.7s

W resting on a plank PQ that has its lower C. 10.0s

end P hinged to a horizontal floor PR. The D. 17.3s

plank makes an angle θ with the floor. Use E. 20.0s

this information to answer questions 6 to 8.

11. The earth is not a perfect sphere because

its equatorial axis is longer than the polar

axis. Where on the earth’s surface would an

object have its greatest weight?

A. Halfway between the equator and the north

6. As the end Q of the plank is raised, the pole

component of W, normal to the plank will B. Near the equator

A. increase C. Halfway between the equator and the south

B. decrease pole

C. remain the same D. At either pole

D. be slightly greater than W E. At the equator

E. be independent of W

12. A ball of man 5.0kg hits a smooth vertical

7. If θ is equal to α at the time the box is just wall normally with a speed of 2 ms-1 and

about to slide down the plank, the rebounds with the same speed. Determine

coefficient of static friction between the the impulse experienced by the ball.

plank and the box is A. 20.0 kg ms-1

A. sin α B. 10.0 kg ms-1

B. cos α C. 5.0 kg ms-1

C. tan α D. 1.3 kg ms-1

D. sec α E. 0.0 kg ms-1

E. cot α

13. An object is heated from 30oC. The increase

8. If the box X is pulled up from P to Q, which in its temperature on the Kelvin scale is

of the following expresses the velocity ratio A. 17K

of the inclined plane? B. 27K

A. PR/PQ C. 81K

B. QR/PQ D. 246K

C. QR/PR E. 300K

D. PQ/PR

E. PQ/QR 14. The Lower and upper fixed points of a

mercury-in-glass thermometer are marked Y

and 180mm respectively. On a particular B. 2.5 atmospheres

day the mercury meniscus in the C. 3.0 atmospheres

thermometer rises to 45mm. If the D. 12.8 atmospheres

corresponding reading on a Celsius scale is E. 15.0 atmospheres

10oC, calculate the value of Y.

A. 4mm 20. The inside of a vacuum flask is usually

B. 18mm coasted with silver to reduce heat lost by

C. 30mm A. evaporation

D. 135mm B. condensation

E. 450mm C. radiation

D. conduction

15. A piece of brass of mass 170kg has its E. convection

temperature raised from OoC to 30oC.

Calculate its increase in volume, given the 21. Dry oxygen is trapped by a pellet of

density of brass at OoC as 8.5 x 103kgm-3 mercury in a uniform capillary tube which is

and its cubic expansivity as 5.7 x 10-5 K-1. sealed at one end. The length of the column

A. 3.4 x 10-5m3 of oxygen at 27oC is 50cm. If the pressure of

B. 4.3 x 10-5m3 the oxygen is constant, at what temperature

C. 3.4 x 10-4m3 will the length be 60cm?

D. 3.4 x 10-3m3 A. 360.0oC

E. 3.4 x 10-2m3 B. 240.6˚C

C. 237.0˚C

16. the average kinetic energy of the molecules D. 87.0˚C

of a perfect gas is directly proportional to E. 36.0˚C

the

A. pressure exerted by the gas 22. A waterfall is 1,260m high. Calculate the

B. volume of the gas molecules change in temperature of a quantity of

C. Kelvin temperature of the gas water that falls from the top to the bottom

D. volume of the gas container of the waterfall. (Neglect heat losses to the

E. Celsius temperature of the gas surroundings, take g as 10ms-2 and specific

heat capacity of water as 4200 J kg-1 K-1)

17. How much heat is emitted when a body of A. 0.3˚C

mass 200g cools from 37oC to 31oC? B. 3.0˚C

(Specific heat capacity of the body = 0.4 J g- C. 33.3˚C

1 -1

K ) D. 42.0˚C

A. 4800 J E. 100.0˚C

B. 1200 J

C. 480 J 23. A piece of metal is heated until it becomes

D. 202 J red-hot. It is then quickly transferred into a

E. 90 J beaker containing boiling water. What effect

would this have on the boiling water?

18. If the cubic expansivity of brass between A. The boiling point rises slightly

27oC and 100oC is 5.7 x 10-5K-1, what is its B. The boiling point rises sharply

linear expansivity? C. The rate of vaporization of the boiling water

A. 2.85 x 10-5K-1, increases

B. 1.90 x 10-5K-1 D. the boiling point first rises and then falls

C. 1.86 x 10-5K-1 E. Neither the boiling point nor the rate of

D. 1.70 x 10-5K-1 vaporization increases

E. 1.62 x 10-5K-1

24. A 90-W immersion heater is used to supply

19. Air at temperature 527oC and pressure 30 energy for five minutes. The energy

atmospheres is admitted into the cylinder of supplied is used to completely melt 180g of

an engine. Calculate the pressure of the gas a solid at its melting point. Neglecting

when it has expanded to 5 times its volume energy losses to the surroundings, calculate

and cooled to 127oC as it leaves the engine. the specific latent heat effusion of the solid.

A. 1.5 atmospheres A. 0.5 J g-1

B. 2.5 J g-1 A. diminished, virtual and inverted

C. 15.0Jg-1 B. diminished, virtual and erect

D. 150,0 J g-1 C. diminished, inverted and real

E. 450.0 J g-1 D. magnified, virtual and erect

E. magnified, real and inverted

25. If an ebonite rod is rubbed with fur

A. both the ebonite rod and fur will be 31. An astronomical telescope, having an

negatively charged objective of focal length 100cm and an

B. the ebonite rod will be positively charged eyepiece of focal length 10cm, is used in

while the fur will have no charge normal adjustment. Calculate the separation

C. there will be electron transfer only if the of the lenses.

ebonite rods is earthed A. 0.10cm

D. the ebonite rod will be negatively charged B. 0.90cm

while the fur will be positively charged C. 1.10m

E. the ebonite rod will be positively charged D. 1.80m

while the fur will be negatively charged E. 2.20m

26. An eclipse of the sun by the moon occurs 32. A lantern gives an image 3m square of a

when the sun, the moon and the earth are slide 7.62cm square on a screen. If the

all in a straight line and the screen is 10m from the projection lens of

A. earth casts a shadow on the moon the lantern, calculate the focal length of the

B. moon casts a shadow on the sun lens.

C. moon is between the sun and the earth A. 40.3cm

D. sun is between the moon and the earth B. 26.1cm

E. earth is between the sun and the moon C. 24.8cm

D. 0.7cm

27. The phenomenon which occurs when light E. 0.3cm

changes direction as it passes from one

medium to another is called 33. The intensity of light falling on the film in a

A. reflection camera depends on the

B. polarisation I. brightness of the object

C. interference II. diameter of the aperture stop

D. diffraction III. speed of the shutter

E. refraction Which of the statements above is/are

correct?

28. What is the image distance of an object A. I, II and III

placed at a distance of 2f from a converging B. I and II only

lens of focal length f? C. I and III only

A. f/4 D. II and III only

B. f/2 E. III only

C. f

D. 2f 34. The shortest length of the air column in a

E. 4f resonance tube at resonance is 0.12m and

the next resonant length is 0.37m. Calculate

29. A converging lens of focal length 5cm is the frequency of vibration given that the

used as a magnifying glass by a man whose speed of sound in air is 340ms-1.

near-point is 35cm. Calculate the A. 1360Hz

magnification given by the lens. B. 694Hz

A. 8 C. 680Hz

B. 7 D. 347Hz

C. 6 E. 340Hz

D. 5

E. 4 35. A sonometer wire under a tension of 10 N,

produces a frequency of 250Hz when

30. the images formed by diverging lenses are plucked. Keeping the length of the wire

always constant, the tension is adjusted to produce

a new frequency of 350Hz. Calculate the 41. in the electrical method of magnetization,

new tension. the polarity of the magnet depends on the

A. 39.2 N A. amount of current passed

B. 19.6 N B. direction of current

C. 14.2 N C. magnetic material used

D. 7.4 N D. size of the magnetic material

E. 5.1 N E. orientation of the magnetic material in

space

36. Which of the following instruments produces

sound by the vibration of air column? 42. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V is connected in series

A. Drum with a resistor of resistance 3.2. A high

B. Violon resistance voltmeter connected across the

C. Guitar cell registers only 0.9V. Calculate the

D. Piano internal resistance of the cell.

E. Flute A. 240Ω

B. 4.5Ω

37. Calculate the wavelength of a note which is C. 2.4Ω

one octave lower than a note of 256Hz in a D. 2.0Ω

medium in which the speed of sound is 352 E. 1.8Ω

ms-1.

A. 0.69m 43. Calculate the resistance of the filament of a

B. 1.38m lamp rated at 240 V 60W.

C. 2.75m A. 240Ω

D. 5.50m B. 360Ω

E. 9.30m C. 960Ω

D. 11440Ω

38. Which of the following are both mechanical E. 2880Ω

and transverse?

A. Infra-red rays 44. The diagram below illustrates a freely

B. Gamma rays suspended bar magnet NS hanging from a

C. Sound waves point in a horizontal ceiling. The thread used

D. Water waves for suspending the magnet and the axis of

E. Micro waves the magnet are as indicated on the

diagram. The angle marked θ is called the

39. An electromagnetic wave of frequency 5.0 x angle of

1014Hz, is incident on the surface of water of

reflactive index. Taking the speed of the

wave in air as 3.0 x 108ms-1, calculate the A. depression

wave length of the wave in water. B. declination

A. 2.2 x 10-6m C. variation

B. 1.7 x 10-6m D. elevation

C. 8.0 x 10-7m E. dip

D. 6.0 x 10-7m

E. 4.5 x 10-7m 45. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction

states that

40. The gravitational force of the moon is one- A. the induced charge is constant for a fixed

sixth that of the earth. If a body weighs 6.0 change of flux

N on the moon, calculate its weight on the B. a force is exerted on a current-carrying

earth. conductor in a magnetic field

A. 36.0 N C. the magnitude of the induced e.m.f. in a

B. 12.0 N circuit is proportional to the rate of change

C. 6.0 N of the number of lines of force linking the

D. 2.0 N circuit

E. 1.0 N D. the induced current in a conductor is in such

a direction as to oppose the change

producing it

E. e.m.f. is induced in a circuit whenever there D. 0.75

is a change in the magnetic flux linked with E. 0.60

the circuit

50. Calculate the average power dissipated in

46. A proton of charge 1.6 x 10-19C is projected the circuit.

into a uniform magnetic field of flux density A. 100 W

5.0 x 10-5T. If the proton moves parallel to B. 80 W

the field with a constant speed of 1.6 x C. 60 W

106ms-1, calculate the magnitude of the D. 20 W

force exerted on it by the field. E. 10 W

A. o.0 N

B. 2.O x 10-21 N 51. use the following data to determine the

C. 1.3 x 10-17 N length L of a wire when a force of 30N is

D. 5.1 x 10-14 N applied, assuming Hooke’s law is obeyed

E. 2.3 x 10-13 N

Force applied/N 0 5 10 30

47. the direction of the magnetic field at a point Length of Wire/mm 500. 500. 510. L

in the vicinity of a bar magnet is 0 5 0

A. along the line joining the point to a neutral

point A. 3.0mm

B. always away from the south pole of the B. 3.5mm

magnet C. 503.0mm

C. opposite the direction of the resultant field D. 503.5mm

at that point E. 506.0mm

D. always towards the north pole of the

magnet 52. Which of the following explains the concave

E. the direction towards which the north pole meniscus of water in a clean glass tube?

of a compass needle would point The

A. adhesion between water and glass

48. In a series L – C circuit, the inductance and molecules is greater than the cohesion

the capacitance are 0.5 Hand 20μL, between water molecules

respectively. Calculate the resonant B. cohesion between water molecules is

frequency of the circuit. greater than the adhesion between glass

A. 24.2 Hz and water molecules

B. 36.7 Hz C. molecules of water near the glass move

C. 50.3 Hz faster than the molecules at the centre of

D. 60.5 Hz the tube

E. 80.0 Hz D. molecules of water at the water-air

boundary are often attracted to the centre

49. the diagram below illustrates an a.c. source of the tube

of 50V (r.m.s.), Hz connected in series with E. weight of the water pulls the central part of

an inductor of inductance L and a resistor of the surface down

resistance R. The current in the circuit is 2A

and the p.d. across L and R are 30V and 40V 53. An electron is accelerated from rest through

respectively. Use this information to answer a potential difference of 70kV in a vacuum.

questions 49 and 50. Calculate the maximum speed acquired by

the electron. (Electronic charge = -1.6 x 10-

19

C; mass of an electron = 9.1 x 10-31 kg)

A. 3.00 x 108ms-1

B. 2.46 x 108ms-1

C. 1.57 x 108ms-1

D. 1.32 x 108ms-1

Calculate the power of the circuit. E. 1.11 x 108ms-1

A. 1.33

B. 1.25 54. When light from a source is sent through a

C. 0.80 gas

I. certain wavelengths are absorbed E. 1: 4

II. an emission line spectrum results

III. a dark line is left 60. It is always not possible to determine

Which of the following is/are correct? exactly and simultaneously the position and

A. I only momentum of a particle. This statement is

B. III only known as the

C. I and II only A. De Broglie’s law

D. I and III only B. Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle

E. II and III only C. Compton effect

D. Frank-Hertz experimental law

55. Calculate the value of the half-life of a E. Wave-particle paradox

radioactive element whose decay constant

is 0.077s-1. 1998

A. 0.5s SECTION B THEORY

B. 3.0s

C. 5.1s 1. (a) Explain the term uniform

D. 9.0s acceleration

E. 12.5s

(b) (i) Sketch and describe the

56. The process of increasing the energy of an velocity-

atom via inelastic collision with an electron time graph for the motion of a

is known as ball from the time it is

A. ionization projected vertically upwards

B. excitation until it returns to the point of

C. field emission projection.

D. photoemission (ii) Neglecting air resistance and

E. thermionic emission using your sketch, explain

how the acceleration of free

57. A radioactive nuclide of proton number X fall due to gravity, g, and the

emits a β particle to form a new nuclide of maximum height attained

proton number Y. The correct equation when the ball is projected

relating X and Y is vertically upwards can be

A. X=Y–1 determined.

B. X=Y+1

C. X=1–Y (c) A stone is projected vertically

D. X = 1/y upwards with a velocity of 20ms-1.

E. X=Y Two seconds later, a second stone is

similarly projected with the same

58. The frictional effect between the layers of a velocity. When the two stones meet,

moving fluid is called the second one is rising at a velocity

A. capillarity of 10ms-1. Neglecting air resistance,

B. turbulence calculate the:

C. diffusion (i) length of time the second

D. osmosis stone is in motion before they

E. viscosity meet.

(ii) velocity of the first stone

59. Two radioactive elements X and Y have half- when they meet (Take g as

lives of 100 and 50 years respectively. 10ms-2)

Samples of X and Y initially contain equal

number of atoms. What is the ratio of the 2. (a) Distinguish between heat and

number of the remaining atoms of X to that temperature.

of Y after 200 years? (b) State two physical properties of

A. 4: 1 substances which may be used to

B. 3: 1 measure temperature

C. 1: 1

D. 1: 2

(c) State two reasons why mercury is (ii) maximum kinetic energy of

preferred to alcohol as a the photo electrons?

thermometric liquid.

(d) State one similarity and one

3. (a) (i) Describe, with the aid of a difference between photoemission

circuit and evaporation.

diagram, an experiment to

measure the resistance of a (e) Name two methods by which a

wire given an ammeter of low beam of free electrons may be

resistance, a battery, a key, a produced other than photoemission.

rheostat, a high-resistance

voltmeter and some (f) State two application to

connecting wires photoelectric effect.

(ii) State two precautions (g) a light of wavelength 5.0 x 10-7m is

necessary to obtain an incident on a metal resulting in

accurate result. photoemission of electrons if the

work function of the metal is 3.04 x

(b) Using the experimental result and 10-19J, calculate the:

any necessary measurements, (i) frequency of the light

explain how the resistivity of the wire (ii) energy of the incident photon

may be determined. (iii) maximum kinetic energy of

the photoelectrons

(c) Two cells each of e.m.f. 2V and Speed of light – 3.00 x 108ms-

internal resistance o.5Ω are 1

to supply current to a combination of 1998

three resistors, one of resistance 2Ω PAPER I PRACTICAL

connected in series to a parallel

combination of two other resistors 1. (a)

each of resistance 3Ω.

Draw the circuit diagram and

calculate the:

(i) current in the circuit You are provided with a uniform

(ii) potential difference across metre rule, a knife edge and a body

the parallel combination of m of mass 50g. Suspend the given

the resistors, body M by means of a thread from

(iii) lost volts of the battery. 1.00cm mark of the metre rule.

Balance the loaded metre rule on the

4. (a) Explain the term photoelectric effect. knife edge as shown in the diagram

above. Determine and record the

value of X when the metre rule is in

horizontal equilibrium. Evaluate 1/x.

Repeat the experiment for the value

of m = 70, 90, 110, 130 and 150g

respectively. In each case determine

and record the corresponding values

of X and 1/x. Tabulate your readings.

(b) The diagram above represents a Plot a graph of m on the vertical axis

photocell with its associated electric and 1/x on the horizontal axis;

circuit. Identify each of the physical starting both axes from the origin (0,

quantities represented by the letters 0). Determine the slope of the graph

A, B, C, D, E and F. and the value of m for which 1/x = 0.

State two precautions taken to

(c) What factor determines the: ensure accurate result.

(i) current produced by the

photocell,

(b) (i) Using your graph, determine (iii) State two conditions

the necessary for total internal

value of x for which m = 0 reflection to occur in a

(ii) State two conditions medium.

necessary to maintain the

metre rule in the experiment 3. (a)

above in equilibrium.

(iii) Using your graph, determine

the value of h for which m =

100g.

2. (a)

Connect the circuit as shown above.

Set

the value of R = 30Ω. Close the key

and obtain a balance at point T on

Trace the outline PQRS of the glass the potentiometer wire PQ. Read and

block on a sheet paper as shown record the length TQ = L. Evaluate L-

above. Remove the block. Mark a 1

and R-1. Repeat the experiment for

position O very close to P. Draw the R = 20, 10, 5, 3 and 1Ω respectively.

normal NOG. From the point G, In each case, determine and record

measure and mark out points B1, B2, the corresponding values of L, L-1 and

B3, B4, and B5, along the GR at R-1. Remove the resistance box from

distances 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5m the circuit and then determine the

respectively from G. replace the length Lo corresponding to R = O.

glass block on the outline PQRS. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph

Erect a pin at O and another at B1. of R-1 on the vertical axis and L-1 on

Now fix a pin at T1 such that the pin the horizontal axis, starting both

at T1 and B1 are in line with the pin at axes from the origin (0, 0).

O when viewed through the side SR Determine the slope s of the graph

of the glass block. Remove the glass and its intercept 1 on the vertical

block. Join the line OB1 and B1 T1. axis.

Measure and record that angles x Evaluate: (i) K = 1-1 (ii)

and y. Evaluate sin x and cos y. C = Lo/s State two precautions

Repeat the experiment with the pin taken to ensure accurate

at B1 now fixed at B2, B3, B4, and B5 result.

respectively while the pin at 0

remains unaltered. In each ‘case, (b) (i) using your graph, determine

measure and record the values of x, the

y, sin x and cos y. Tabulate your value of L for which R = 15Ω

readings. Plot a graph of sin x on the

vertical axis and cos y on the (ii) If the intercept 1 = 0.5 + y1,

horizontal axis, starting both axes use your graph to determine

from the origin (0, 0). Calculate slope the value of y.

s of the graph. Evaluate K = 1/s, (iii) Explain what is meant by the

state two precautions taken to e.m.f of a cell.

ensure accurate result. [attach your

tracings to your answer booklet].

and explain why refraction

occurs at the boundary

between two media

(ii) Differentiate refraction from

diffraction

1999

SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

substance is termed.

A. elastic force

B. repulsive force

C. cohersive

D. adhesive force

body of mass 40g, initially at rest. Calculate

the magnitude of the resulting acceleration

A. 90ms-2

B. 60ms-2

C. 30ms-2

D. 15ms-2

after it has been heated because the

A. Molecules are given potential energy during shown in the diagram beside. Calculate the

the heating value of the tension T, [g = 10ms-1]

B. friction between oil layers is reduced

C. oil molecules force each other out A. 300.0N

D. adhesion between the oil molecules and B. 173.2N

those of the bottle is increased C. 30.0N

D. 17.3N

4. A body weighing 100N moves with a speed

of 5ms-1 in a horizontal circular part of 10. A pendulum bob executing simple harmonic

radius 5m. Calculate the magnitude of the motion has 2cm and 12Hz as amplitude and

centripetal force acting on the body. [g = frequency respectively. Calculate the period

10ms-2] of the motion.

A. 10N A. 2.00s

B. 50N B. 0.83s

C. 75N C. 0.08s

D. 100N D. 0.06s

5. A motor-cyclist, passing a road junction, 11. A trolley of mass 4kg moving on a smooth

moves due west for 8s at a uniform speed of horizontal platform with a speed of 1.0ms-1

5ms-1. He then moves due north for collides perfectly with a stationary trolley of

another 6s with the same speed. At the end the same mass on the same plat form.

of the 6s his displacement from the road Calculate the total momentum of the two

junction is 50m in the direction of trolleys immediately after the collision.

A. N53oE A. 0.5Ns

B. N37oE B. 1.0Ns

C. N53oW C. 4.0Ns

D. N37oW D. 8.0Ns

6. The time rate of change of displacement is 12. The ice point of an ungraduated mercury-in-

known as glass thermometer is X, while its steam

A. speed point is 90o. This thermometer reads 60o

B. velocity when the true temperature is 40oC.

C. impulse Calculate the value of X.

D. acceleration A. 60˚

B. 48˚

7. A store of mass 0.7kg is projected vertically C. 40˚

upwards with a speed of 5ms-1. Calculate D. 30˚

the maximum height reached. [Take g as

10ms-1 and neglect air resistance] 13. Iron at 30˚C feels cooler to the hand than

A. 1.00m wood at 28˚C because

B. 1.25m A. their linear expansivities are not equal

C. 1.50m B. the temperature of the iron higher than that

D. 3.75m of the wood

C. iron is a better radiator of heat than wood

8. If the force of attraction between the sun D. iron conducts heat more quickly from the

and the planets is removed, the planets will hand than wood

A. fall towards the sun

B. scatter and stop moving 14. An iron rod of length 50m and at a

C. continue to move at tangent to their original temperature of 60˚C is heated to 70˚C.

orbit Calculate its new length [Linear expansivity

D. continue to move perpendicular to their of iron = 1.2 x 10-5K1]

original orbits A. 50.006m

B. 50.060m

9. A 15kg mass suspended from a ceiling is C. 51.600m

pulled aside with a horizontal force, F as D. 51.200m

15. The heat capacity of a substance is the A. 1,050W

energy B. 16,800W

A. required to raise the temperature of a unit C. 18,060W

mass of the substance by one degree D. 20,160W

B. required to raise the temperature of the

substance by one degree 21. A ray of light is incident on a plane mirror at

C. absorbed by the substance at constant an angle of 20˚C. This mirror is rotated

temperature through, twice this angle. In this new

D. lost by a unit mass of the substance position, the angle between the incident ray

and the reflected ray is

16. The temperature of a piece of metal of mass A. 20˚

9g is raided from 10˚C to 110˚C when it B. 40˚

absorbs 108J of heat energy. Determine the C. 80˚

specific heat capacity of the metal in J kg-1K- D. 120˚

1

.

A. 1.2 22. The air column in a resonance tube is set

B. 12.0 into resonance by a vibrating turning fork.

C. 120.2 The resultant waves in the air column will

D. 1200.0 be

A. Mechanical and transverse

17. Which of the following statements is not B. progressive and longitudinal

correct? C. stationary and transverse

A. A sea breeze is due to convection in air D. stationary and longitudinal

B. Cotton materials are better than woolen

ones for use in both weather 23. The image of an object is located 6cm

C. Convectional currents play an important behind a convex mirror. If its magnification

role in the cooling of the engine of a motor is 0.6, calculate the focal length of the

car mirror

D. the vacuum space in a flask helps to reduce A. 3.75cm

heat loss by radiation B. 6.60cm

C. 10.00cm

18. Calculate the heat energy required to D. 15.00cm

change 0.1kg of ice at 0˚C to water boiling

at 100˚C. [Specific heat capacity of water 24. The refractive index of glass for yellow light

= 4200 J kg`k1] [Specific latent heat of is greater than that for red light because

fusion of ice = 336.000J kg-1] yellow light

A. 75,600 J A. has a greater amplitude than red light

B. 336,000 J B. is more intense than red light

C. 340,200 J C. travels more slowly than red light

D. 378,000 J D. deviates less than red light

19. Which of the following statements about 25. The real image of an object formed by a

evaporation is not correct? converging lens of focal length 15cm is

A. The rate of evaporation of a liquid varies three times the size of the object. Calculate

with temperature the object distance

B. The molecules of an evaporating liquid have A. 60cm

an average speed B. 30cm

C. Evaporation occurs when faster molecules C. 20cm

escape from the surface of a liquid D. 15cm

D. Evaporation takes place inside a liquid

26. Which of the following statements is not

20. Calculate the power rating of an immersion correct about long sight?

heater used for 10 minutes to increase the A. A long-sighted person can see distant

temperature of 10kg of water by 15K. objects clearly

[Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg- B. light from a nearby object is focused behind

1

k-1] the retina

C. The eyeball is too short 33. The Parts of a bar magnet at which the

D. The defect is corrected by using a diverging magnetic effect is strongest are called the

lens A. poles

B. neutral points

27. The amplitude of a wave is the C. magnetic declination

A. distance between two successive through of D. magnetic meridians

the wave

B. separation of two adjacent particles 34. A resistance wire of length 2m and of

vibrating in phase uniform cross sectional area 5.0 x 107m2 has

C. maximum displacement of the wave particle a resistance of 2-2Ω. Calculate its resistivity.

from the equilibrium position A. 1.8 x 10-7Ωm

D. distance travelled by a wave in a complete B. 5.5 x 10-7Ωm

cycle of its motion C. 1.8 x 107Ωm

D. 5.5 x 107Ωm

28. In order to obtain a sound note of a high

pitch from a wire stretched by a constant 35. Magnetic flux density is defined as the

tension, the wire must be A. total number of magnetic lines of force

A. short and thick surrounding a magnet

B. short and thin B. number of magnetic lines of force per unit

C. long and thick area normal to the magnetic field

D. long and thin C. strength of the magnetic field surrounding a

current carrying conductor

29. If the position of resonance in a resonance D. magnetic force exerted on a unit magnetic

tube is 16.50cm from the open end of the pole

tube, calculate the distance from the open

end to the next position where resonance 36. The voltage and current in the primary of a

occurs. [Neglect end-correction] transformer are 200Y and 2V respectively. If

A. 24.7cm the transformer is used to light ten 12V,

B. 33.00cm 20W bulbs, calculate its efficiency.

C. 41.25cm A. 100%

D. 49.50cm B. 90%

C. 75%

30. Thunder is usually heard some seconds D. 50%

after lighting is observed because

A. the human eye is more sensitive to light 37. In a uniform electric field, the magnitude of

than the ear to sound the force on a charge of 0.2C is 4N.

B. sound and light travel in different media Calculate the electric field intensity.

C. thunder occurs after lightning A. 20Nc-1

D. light travels faster than sound B. 8NC-1

C. 5NC-1

31. Using the diagram beside, calculate the D. 2NC-1

effective capacitance of the circuit.

A. 1.56µF 38. A rocket of mass m is fired from the Earth’s

B. 3.00µF surface such that it just escapes from the

C. 3.7µF Earth’s gravitational field. If R is the radius

D. 9.00µF of the Earth and g the acceleration of free

fall due to gravity, the escape velocity of

32. Using the data on the diagram beside, the rocket is expressed as

calculate the potential difference across the A. 2gR

20Ω resistor. [Neglect the internal

resistance of the cell] B. 2 / Rg

A. 5V

B. 10V C. 2 / Rg

C. 20V

D. 60V D. R2 / 2g

39. A 10-Ω coil takes 21s to melt 10g of ice at 44. The following statements relate to atomic

0oC. Assuming no heat losses, determine spectrum

the current in the coil. [Specific latent heat I. All elements emit and absorb characteristic

of fusion of ice = 336 Jg-1] spectra

A. 16A II. Spectral analysis is an important method of

B. 5A identifying environmental pollutants

C. 4A III. The chemical composition of stars could be

D. 3A determined using spectral analysis

Which of the following statements above are

40. A point charge of magnitude 2C is moved correct?

through a distance of 0.20m against a A. I, II and III

uniform field of intensity 25Vm-1. Calculate B. II and III only

the work done on the charge. C. I and III only

A. 5.0 x 10-6 J D. I and II only

B. 1.0 x 10-5 J

C. 5.0 x 10-6 J 45. A metal has a work function of 4.375eV.

D. 1.0 x 10-2 J Calculate its threshold frequency. [h = 6.6 x

10-34Js, leV = 1.6 x 10-19J]

41. Bohr’s atomic model proves most successful A. 2.01 x 1015Hz

for the explanation of the: B. 1.06 x 1015Hz

I. structure of the hydrogen atom C. 6.30 x 1014Hz

II. line spectra of the hydrogen atom D. 1.60 x 1014Hz

III. multi-electron atoms

Which of the following statement is/are 46. The half-life of a radioactive substance is

correct? A. its average life time

A. I only B. one-half the value of its decay constant

B. II only C. the length of time needed by the substance

C. I and II only to decay completely

D. I and III only D. the length of time during which the activity

of the substance reduces by 50%

Calculate its decay constant

A. 0.113s-1

B. 0.136s-1

C. 0.139s-1

Use the diagram above to answer Questions D. 0.193s-1

42 and 43.

42. The diagram above illustrates the energy 48. A sheet of paper is placed in the path of the

transitions of five electrons of an atom. following radiations

Which of the transitions will produce the I. Alpha particles

emission of longest wave length? II. Beta particles

A. I III. Gamma rays

B. II Which of the radiations will pass through the

C. III sheet of paper

D. IV A. I only

B. II only

43. Which of the transitions will produce C. I and II only

emission of highest frequency? D. II and III only

A. V

B. IV 49. Which Of the following are the essential

C. III parts of an atomic bomb?

D. II A. Uranium and neutrons

B. Radium and polonium

C. Nitrogen and neutrons

D. Uranium and a-particles

precaution in a nuclear station?

A. Radioactive materials are stored in gas

casings

B. Radioactive materials are handled with

remote controlled tongs

C. Technicians in nuclear stations wear radio

sensitive badges which are checked

regularly

D. Radioactive materials are kept in thick-

walled lead container

1999

SECTION B THEORY PART I

top of a tower with a speed of 5ms-1. It lands

on the ground level at a horizontal distance

of 20m from the foot of the tower. Calculate

the height of the tower. [g = 10 ms-2].

records a steady current of 1A. The mass of

copper deposited is 0.66g in 30 minutes.

Calculate the error in the ammeter reading.

[Electrochemical equivalent of copper =

0.00033gC-1]

(b) State two methods by which the (c) A bullet of mass 120g is fired

surface tension of a liquid can be horizontally into a fixed wooden

reduced. block with a-speed of 20ms-1. The

bullet is brought to rest in the block-

5. (a) Define Young’s modulus in, 0.1 s by a constant resistance.

(b) State the physical quantities one has Calculate the:

to measure in order to determine the (i) magnitude of the resistance

Young’s modulus of a wire. (ii) distance, moved by the bullet

in

6. (a) What is the principle upon which the the wood

lighting in a fluorescent tube

operate? 2. (a) Explain (i) Work (ii) power

(b) State two factors on which the colour (b) Show that the efficiency E, the force

of light from a fluorescent tube ratio

depends. M.A and the velocity ratio V.R of a

machine are related by the equation:

7. (a) List two types of waves, apart from M.A x 100%

light VR

that can be plane polarized. (c) An inclined plane of angle 10o is

(b) State two applications of plane used to

polarized light raise a load of 4500N through a

height of 2m. If the plane is 75%

8. (a) State Hooke’s law of elasticity. efficient, calculate

(b) A spiral spring, loaded with a piece of (i) velocity ratio of the plane

metal, extends by 10.5cm in air, (ii) work done on the load

when the metal is fully submerged in (iii) Explain Charles’ law using the

water, the spring extends by 6.8cm. kinetic theory of matter.

Calculate the relative density of the

metal. [Assume Hooke’s law is 3. (a) State three properties of waves

obeyed] (b) (i) Describe with the aid of a

labeled diagram, an

9. (a) Explain electrolysis experiment to show how the

(b) Classify the following substances as frequency of the note emitted

electrolytes and non-electrolytes, by a vibrating string depends

Sugar solution, paraffin, salt solution on the tension in the string.

and grape juice (ii) State two precautions

necessary to ensure accurate

10. (a) State Heisenberg’s uncertainty results.

principle (c) Draw a ray diagram showing how a

(b) Mention two phenomena that can virtual image of an object is formed

only be explained terms of the by a concave mirror.

particulate nature of light.

PART II 4. (a) Sketch the magnetic flux pattern

around a

1. (a) State the conditions for the long, straight, current carrying wire.

equilibrium of (b) State two methods by which the

a rigid body acted upon by parallel sensitivity of a moving coil

forces galvanometer can be increased.

(b) (i) Describe an experiment,

using the

Principle of moments to

determine the mass of a (c) A series RLC circuit comprises a 100-

metre rule. Ω resistor a 3-H inductor and a 4-µF

(ii) State two precautions capacitor. The a.c source of the

necessary to ensure accurate circuit has an e.m.f of 100V and

results frequency of 160 Hz

π

(i) Draw the circuit diagram of

the arrangement.

Calculate the:

(ii) Capacitance reactance

(iii) Inductive reactance

(iv) Impedance of the, circuit

(v) Current in the circuit

(vi) Average power dissipated in

the circuit

5. (a) Explain

(i) fusion (ii) fission

(b) State three advantages of fusion

over fission in the generation of

power.

(c) Calculate, in joules, the binding

energy for 59 Co.

27

[Atomic mass of 59 Co = 58.9332u]

27

[Mass of proton = 1.00783u]

[Mass of neutron = 1.00867u

[Unified atomic mass unit, U = 931 M

ev]

[1 eV = 1.6 x 10-19J]

1999

PAPER I PRACTICAL

ray such that the angle of incidence i

= 30o. Fix two pins at points P and Q

on the incident ray.

1. (a) In the diagram above, a thread AC, Replace the block and fix two other

fixed pins at points U and V such that the

at pulley A passes over pulley C on a pins appear to be in a straight line

force board and carries an unknown with V such that the pins appear to

mass mo. Retain this mass mo be in a straight line with the images

throughout the experiment. of the pins at P and Q when viewed

through the block. Remove the block

Draw a line along the direction of AC and join the points at V and U,

on the paper held behind the thread. producing the line to meet DC at T.

Locate the mid-point B of AC and Join OT with O as centre and using

mark its position on this line. any convenient radius, draw a circle

to cut the incident and refracted rays

Draw PB at right angles to AC. at R and S respectively. Draw the

perpendiculars RN and MS. Measure

By means of a loop of thread, and record RN and MS.

suspend a mass M = 50g from AC Repeat the experiment for i = 40o,

and adjust the position of the loop so 50o, 60o and 70o respectively. In

that the line of action of the weight each case; determine and record the

of M lies along BP. Ensure that M corresponding values of RN and MS.

and mo hang off the force board. Tabulate your readings. Plot a graph

Measure BO = y and AO. Evaluate of RN on the vertical axis and MS on

y/AO. the horizontal axis. Determine the

slope s of the graph.

Repeat the experiment for M = 70,

90, 110 and 130g respectively. In State two precautions taken to

each case, determine the ensure accurate results.

corresponding values of y, AO and

y/AO. Tabulate your readings. (b) (i) Explain refraction.

(ii) Draw a diagram showing why

Plot a graph of y/AO on the vertical a metre rule, partly immersed

axis and M on the horizontal axis. in water and place obliquely

Determine the slope s of the graph. to the surface, appears bent

at the surface.

State two precautions taken to

ensure accurate results. 3. (a)

resultant and the

equilibrant of forces.

(ii) State two conditions

necessary for

the equilibrium of three non-

parallel co-planar forces.

Measure and record the e.m.f of the

2. (a) accumulator provided. Connect the

circuit as shown in the diagram

above. With zero resistance in the

resistance box, adjust the rheostat to

obtain the maximum possible

Trace the outline ABCD of the glass reading on the ammeter. Do not

block on the sheet of paper as shown adjust the rheostat again throughout

above. Remove the block and draw the experiment. Open the key.

the normal at O. Draw an incident

With R = 1Ω, close the key, read and

record the reading of the ammeter

IA. Calculate I-1A.

4 and 5Ω respectively. In each case,

read and record the value of IA, and

calculate the corresponding value of

I-1A.

into the circuit and without altering

the setting of the rheostat, record

the new ammeter readings IB for R =

1, 2, 3, 4, and 5Ω.

Calculate the corresponding value of

I-1B, in each case. Tabulate your

readings.

On the same graph and using the

same axes and scales, plot a graph

of:

(i) IA-1 on the vertical axis and R

on the horizontal axis;

(ii) IB-1 on the vertical axis and R

on the horizontal axis.

in (ii) above. Determine the

difference D between the intercepts

of the graphs on the vertical axis.

ensure accurate results.

(i) Explain why a battery of eight

dry Leclanche cells, each of

e.m.f 1.5V, is not normally

used in place of a motor-car

battery of 12 V to start a car.

(ii) State two sources of e.m.f

other than the chemical cell.

2000 6. A wooden block of mass 1.6kg rests on a

SSCE PHYSICS rough horizontal surface. If the limiting

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE frictional force between the block and the

surface is 8N. Calculate the coefficient of

1. When the surface of a piece of chalk is friction. [g = 10ms-2]

scrapped the tiny particles that flake off are A. 0.6

known as B. 0.5

A. matter C. 0.3

B. molecules D. 0.2

C. elements

D. atom 7. A ball bearing is gently released from rest

and allowed to fall through a viscous fluid.

2. The diagram below represents a section of a Which of the following statements about the

pair of vernier calipers. The reading on the motion is correct?

instrument is A. Its acceleration decreases before terminal

velocity is attained

B. When terminal velocity is attained the

acceleration of the fluid becomes zero

C. Its velocity increases before terminal

A. 5.22cm velocity is attained

B. 5.24cm D. There is no resultant force on the ball before

C. 5.25cm it attains terminal velocity

D. 5.26cm

8. The driver of a car moving with a uniform

3. An iron rod is moved from the earth to the speed of 40ms-1 observes a truck

moon. Which of the following properties of approaching in the opposite direction with a

the rod would remain unchanged? speed of 20ms-1. Calculate the speed of the

I. Mass car relative to that of the truck.

II. Weight A. 0.5ms-1

III. Relative density B. 2.0ms-1

A. I only C. 20.0ms-1

B. II only D. 60.0ms-1

C. III only

D. I and III only 9. A bus traveling at 15ms-1 accelerates

uniformly at 4ms-2. What is the distance

4. A uniform cylindrical hydrometer of mass covered in 10s?

20g and cross sectional area 0.54cm2 floats A. 150m

upright in a liquid. If 25cm of its length is B. 170m

submerged, calculate the relative density of C. 350m

the liquid. [Density of water = 1 gcm-3] D. 600m

A. 1.54

B. 1.48 10. Which of the following sketches represents

C. 1.25 the velocity-time graph of the motion of a

D. 0.80 stone projected vertically upwards and

allowed to return to the point of projection?

5. The apparent weight of a body wholly

immersed in water is 32 N and its weight in A. V B. V C. V

air is 96 N. Calculate the volume of the

body. [Density of water = 1000kgm-3 g =

10ms-2] t t

A. 8.9 x 10-3m3 t

B. 6.4 x 103m3

C. 3.2 x 10-3m3

D. 3.0 x 103m3 D. V

t can be determined from the information

11. The diagram above illustrates three forces given

T1 T2 and 100N in equilibrium. Determine A. Speed of each of the ball after collision

the magnitude of T1. B. Kinetic energy of each ball after collision

A. 100 tan 30o C. Total momentum of the two balls after

collision

B. 100__ D. Mutual forces exerted by the balls

Cos 30o

17. Using the forces-displacement diagram

C. 200 sin 30o shown below, calculate the work done.

D. 200__ A. 2000J

Tan 30o B. 1000J

C. 20J

12. A uniform metre rule of mass 90g is pivoted D. 5J

at the 40cm mark. If the rule is in

equilibrium with an unknown mass m placed 18. A machine of efficiency 80% is used to raise

at the 10cm mark and a 72g mass at the a body of mass 75kg through a vertical

70cm mark, determine m height of 3m in 30s. Calculate the power

A. 72g input. [g = 10ms2]

B. 1012g A. 9.4W

C. 198g B. 60.0W

D. 504g C. 75.0W

D. 93.8W

13. The resultant of two forces acting on an

object is maximum when the angle between 19. Two bodies, P and Q are in thermal

them is equilibrium. Which of the following

A. 180o statements about the bodies is correct?

B. 90o A. The temperature of Q is higher than that of

C. 45o P

D. 0o B. P and Q have the same heat capacity

C. P and Q have the same mass

14. The bob of a simple pendulum takes 0.25s D. P and Q are the same temperature

to swing from its equilibrium position to one

extreme end. Calculate its period. 20. The cubic expansivity of mercury is 1.8 x 10 -

A. 0.25s 4

k-1 and the linear expansivity of glass is 8.0

B. 0.50s x 10-6 k-1, calculate the apparent expansivity

C. 0.75s of mercury in a glass container.

D. 1.00s A. 1.00 x 10-4 k-1

B. 1.56 x 10-4 k-1

15. The period of oscillation of a particle C. 1.72 x 10-4 k-1

executing simple harmonic motion is 4 π D. 2.04 x 10-4 k-1

seconds. If the amplitude of oscillation is

30.0m. Calculate the maximum speed of the 21. The diagram below shows the variation of

particle. volume V of a glass with temperature in a

A. 1.5ms-1 Charle’s law experiment. The value of the

B. 3.0ms-1 temperature at the point x.

C. 4.5ms-1

D. 6.0ms-1 A. –32oC

B. –100oC

16. An inelastic collision takes place between C. –273oC

balls of known masses. Just before the D. –373oC

collision, one of the balls is moving with a

known velocity while the other is stationary. 22. The volume and pressure of a given mass of

Which of the following physical quantities gas at 27oC are 76cm3 and 80cm of mecury

respectively. Calculate its volume at s.t.p

A. 36.2cm3 B. 80o

B. 72.8cm3 C. 100o

C. 100.0cm3 D. 120o

D. 808.9cm3

23. A piece of metal of mass 50g is cooled from 29. A concave mirror can be used to produce a

80oC to 20oC. Calculate the amount of heat parallel beam of light if a lighted bulb is

lost. [Specific heat capacity of the material placed.

of metal = 450 Jkg-1 k-1] A. between its focus and the pole

A. 4.50 x 103 J B. at its focus

B. 2.25 x 103 J C. at its centre of curvature

C. 1.80 x 103 J D. between its focus and centre of curvature

D. 1.35 x 103 J

30. A simple microscope forms an image 10cm

24. The mass of water vapour in a given volume from an eye close to the lens. If the object is

of air is 0.05g at 20oC, while the mass of 6cm from the eye, calculate the focal length

water vapour required to saturate it at the of the lens.

same temperature is 0.15g. Calculate the A. 3.75cm

relative humidity of the air. B. 4.00cm

A. 3.33% C. 15.00cm

B. 5.55% D. 16.00cm

C. 33.33%

D. 55.55% 31. When white light passes through a

triangular glass prism, there is dispersion

25. The temperature at which the saturated because of

vapour pressure of a liquid is equal to the A. diffraction of light

external atmospheric pressure is known as B. polarization of light

its C. the difference in speed of the components

A. dew point of light

B. boiling point D. the interference of light waves in glass

C. lower fixed point

D. triple point 32. In which of the following media does sound

travel faster?

26. A periodic pulse travels a distance of 20.0m A. Water

in 1.00s. If the frequency is 2.0 x 102 Hz. B. Brass

Calculate the wave length C. Air

A. 1.0 x 10-3m D. Wood

B. 1.0 x 10-2m

C. 2.0 x 10-2m 33. A tuning fork off frequency 600Hz is

D. 1.0 x 102m sounded over a closed resonance tube. If

the first and second resonant positions are

27. A wave has an amplitude equal to 4.0m, 0.130m and 0.413m respectively, calculate

angular speed 1/3 π rad. The displacement the speed of sound in air.

y of the wave particle is given as A. 509.4ms-1

A. y = 4 sin π /3 (t+2) B. 480.0ms-1

B. y = 4 sin π /3 (t+2/3) C. 339.6ms-1

y = 4 sin π /3 (2t + 1)

D. 169.8ms-1

C.

D. y = 4 sin π /3 (t+2) 34. Loudness increases as a vibrating tuning

fork is brought=nearer the end of a pipe

28. In the diagram below, an incident ray AY containing air column due to

makes an angle anticlockwise about Y A. resonance

through an angle of 200, while AY is fixed, B. echo

what angle will the reflected ray now make C. reverberation

with the incident ray? D. difraction

A. 70o

35. The factor which enables the ear to B. 60.0 minutes

distinguish between a note played on C. 52.5 minutes

different instruments is the D. 10.5 minutes

A. pitch

B. sound 41. The region around magnet in which the

C. harmonics magnetic influence is experienced is called

D. loudness A. magnetic flux

B. magnetic field

36. An object is situated within the earth’s C. magnetic meridian

gravitational field. Which of the following D. magnetic declination

factors does not affect the acceleration of

free fall g? 42. If a bar magnet is accidentally broken into

A. The distance of the object from the centre three pieces as shown in the diagram below

of the Earth the polarities of P and Q respectively are

B. The Latitude of the Earth on which the

object is situated

C. the mass of the object

D. The rotation of the Earth A. S and S

B. N and S

37. The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor C. N and N

is increased by making the area of the D. S and N

plates

A. small and their separation large 43. A device used to prevent wearing away of

B. large and their separation small the make-and-break contacts of an

C. and their separation small induction coil is called a/an

D. and their separation equal A. fuse

B. electroscope

Use the diagram below to answer Questions C. resistor

38 and 39 D. capacitor

current of 0.2A. Calculate the energy stored

in the inductor.

A. 0.11

38. In the diagram above the current passing B. 0.2J

through the 6Ω resistor is 1.5A. Calculate C. 1.10J

the current in the 3Ω resistor. D. 2.0J

A. 1.30A

B. 0.90A 45. Calculate the inductance of an inductor

C. 0.75A whose reactance is one ohm at 50 Hz

D. 0.60A A. 2.00 x 10-2H

B. 6.36 x 10-3H

39. Calculate the terminal p.d of the battery in C. 3.18 x 10-3H

the diagram D. 4.55 x 10-4H

A. 7.50V

B. 9.00V 46. Bohr’s theory provides evidence for the

C. 10.80V A. structure of the atom

D. 11.25V B. positive charge of an election

C. existence of energy level in the atom

40. An immersion heater is rated 120W. How D. positive charge on a proton

long does it take the heater to raise the

temperature of 1.2kg water by 15oC. 47. A nuclide20284Y emits in succession an α –

[Assume heat lost to the surrounding is particle and β -particle. The atomic number

negligible. Specific heat capacity of water = of the resulting nuclide is

4200 J Kg-1 K-1] A. 198

A. 65.0 minutes B. 83

C. 82

D. 80

days. If 48g of this substance is stored, after

how many days will 1.5g of the original

substance remain?

A. 84 days

B. 70 days

C. 56 days

D. 40 days

fission process which decreases its mass by

0.02 percent. Calculate the amount of

energy released in the process. [c = 3.0 x

108 ms-1]

A. 1.8 x 1020J

B. 1.8 x 1013J

C. 1.8 x 1011J

D. 1.8 x 1010J

is a result of

A. change in the kinetic energy of a moving

atom

B. instability of the nucleons

C. excitation of an electron in the atom

D. transition of an electron from a higher to a

lower energy level

10. An electron of mass 9.1 x 10-41kg moves

with a velocity of 4.2 x 107ms-1 between the

cathode and anode of an x-ray tube.

Calculate the wavelength. [Take plank-s

constant h = 6.6 x 1034 Js]

PART II

SECTION B THEORY PART I momentum

(ii) State the law of conservation

1. A body of mass 0.6kg is thrown vertically of linear momentum

upward from the ground with a speed of (b) A ball P of mass 0.25kg losses one-

20ms-1. Calculate its third of its velocity when it makes a

(i) potential energy at the maximum head on collision with an identical

height reached ball Q at rest. After the collision, Q

(ii) kinetic energy just before it hits the moves off with a speed of 2 ms-1 in

ground the original direction of P. Calculate

the initial velocity of P.

2. What is a projectile?

(a) Define the term surface tension (c) (i) State Newton’s second law of

(b) Calculate the force required to lift a motion

needle 4cm long off the surface (ii) Show that F = ma where F is

tension of water is 7.3 x 10-2 Nm-1 the magnitude of the force

acting on a body of mass m to

4. State any three properties of matter which give it an acceleration of

are common to all substances magnitude a.

(iii) the engine of a vehicle moves

5. Define (i) Elasticity (ii) Young’s modulus it forward with a force of 9600

(iii) Force constant N against a resistive force of

2200 N. If the mass of the

6. A force of 40 N is applied at the end of a vehicle 3400kg, calculate the

wire 4m long and produces an extension of acceleration produced

0.24mm. If the diameter of the wire is

2.00mm, calculate the 12. (a) (i) Mention two modes of heat

(i) stress on the wire (ii) strain in the wire transfer other than

convection.

7. (a) Differentiate between interference (ii) Explain land and sea breezes.

and (b) An iron rod of length 30cm is heated

polarization as applied to waves. through 50 kelvin. Calculate its

(b) Mention two uses of polaroids increase in length.

[Linear expansivity of iron = 1.2 x

8. (a) Define angle of contact 105 k1J

(b) Draw sketches to show angles of (c) An electric heater immersed in some

contact water raises the temperature of the

for a capillary tube dipped vertically water from 40oC to 100oC in 6

in (i) water (ii) mercury minutes. After another 25 minutes, it

is noticed that half the water had

9. During the electrolysis of copper (II) boiled away. Neglecting heat losses

teraoxosulphate (VI) solutions, a steady to the surrounding. Calculate the

current of 4.0 x 102 A flowing for one hour specific latent heat of vaporization of

liberated 0.48g of copper. Calculate the water.

mass of copper liberated by one coulomb of

charge 13. (a) (i) State the laws of refraction of

light

(ii) Describe an experiment to which take place during the

determine the refractive operation of a modern x-ray

index, n, of the material of an tube.

equilateral triangular glass (ii) Distinguish between hard and

prism using the minimum soft x-rays.

deviation method. (iii) State three uses of x-rays

(b) A rectangular glass prism of (iv) Mention one hazard of over

thickness 12cm is placed on a mark exposure to x-rays in a

on a piece of paper resting on a radiological laboratory, and

horizontal bench; indicate any two safety

(i) Draw a ray diagram to show precautions.

the apparent position of the (b) A possible fusion reaction is

mark in the glass prism. 2H + 2H → 3H + 1H + Q

(ii) If the refractive index of the 1 1 1 1

material of the prism is 1.5, where Q is the energy released as a

calculate the apparent result of the reaction.

displacement of the mark.

(i) Electric field intensity; (ii) Electric If Q = 4.03 Me V, calculate the

potential atomic mass of 3H in atomic mass

(b) The diagram below illustrates two units.

collinear electric charges of 1

magnitudes + Q and – Q. The

[2H = 2.01410 U; 1H = 1.00783 U;

charges are equidistant from a point

P at which a rest charge is placed. 1 1

1U = 931 MeV]

indicate, from the point P, the

direction of the (i) electric force F1

due to + Q (ii) electric force f2 due to

– Q; (iii) electric field intensity E

(c) (i) What is meant by dielectric

substance?

(ii) List the factors which

determine the capacitance of

a parallel plate capacitor and

state the effect each of them

has on the capacitance.

(iii) The diagram below

represents a section of a

circuit. Calculate the effective

capacitance in the section.

transformations

5. The apparent weight of a body fully

immersed in water is 32N and its weight in

air is 96 N. Calculate the volume of the body

[Density of water = 1000 kg m-3, g = 10ms-

2

]

A. 8.9 x 10-3m3

B. 6.4 x 10-3m3

C. 3.2 x 10-3m3

D. 3.0 x 10-3m3

and a horizontal force of 3 N is exerted on it.

Determine the frictional force on the block.

A. 0.3 N

B. 0.5 N

C. 3.0 N

D. 5.0 N

2001

SSCE PHYSICS 7. which of the following equations represents

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE the distance x, traveled by a body moving

on a straight road with a constant speed?

1. Which of the following physical processes [The other symbols have their usual

cannot be explained by the molecular meanings]

theory of matter. A. x = ut + ½ at2

A. Evaporation B. x = ut

B. Thermal conduction C. x = v2 – u2

C. Radiation of heat 2a

D. Convectional currents in fluids D. x = ½ at2

2. A spring balance, which is suspended from 8. The amplitude of the motion of a body

the roof of a lift carries a mass of 1 kg at its performing simple harmonic motion

free end. If the lift acceleration upwards at decreases with time because

2.5ms-2, determine the reading on the A. frictional forces dissipate the energy of

spring balance. [g = 10ms-2] motion

A. 25.0 N B. the frequency of oscillation varies with time

B. 12.5 N C. the period of oscillation varies with time

C. 7.5 N D. energy is supplied by some external

D. 4.0 N agencies

liquid displaces a quantity of the liquid. If harmonic motion is 5cm while its angular

the liquid displaced weighs 6N, determine frequency is 10 rad S-1. Calculate the

the upthrust on the object magnitude of the maximum acceleration of

A. 20 N the particle

B. 10 N A. 0.25m s-2

C. 6N B. 0.50m s-2

D. 4N C. 2.00m s-2

D. 5.00m s-2

4. Which of the following statements about

pressure is not correct? Pressure. 10. The time rate of change of momentum is

A. increases with an increase in surface area A. impulse

B. decreases with an increase in surface area B. force

C. increases with a decrease in surface area C. power

D. increases with an increase in the applied D. pressure

force

11. Which of the following statements about A. 21.0N

elastic collision is correct? B. 60.6oC

A. Momentum is lost due to the sound C. 80.0oC

produced D. 84.7oC

B. Loss in momentum is equal to loss in kinetic

energy 17. A given mass of an ideal gas has a pressure

C. Both kinetic energy and momentum are of 500 Nm-2 at –13oC. If its volume remains

conserved constant, calculate its pressure at 247oC.

D. Kinetic energy is lost while momentum is A. 25 N m-2

conserved B. 50 N m-2

C. 500 N m-2

12. Electrical resistance is a property of an D. 1000 N m-2

electrical conductor that causes electrical

energy to be converted into 18. The volume of heat given out or absorbed

A. mechanical energy when a substance changes its state at a

B. heat energy constant temperature is known as

C. magnetic energy A. 411.5cm-3

D. chemical energy B. 267.1cm-3

C. 254.2cm-3

13. A simple machine with an efficiency of 75% D. 112.7cm-3

lifts a load of 5000 N when a force of 500 N

is applied to it. Calculate the velocity ratio 19. The amount of heat given out or absorbed

of the machine. when a substance changes its state at a

A. 10.0 constant temperature is known as0

B. 13.3 A. latent heat

C. 17.5 B. heat capacity

D. 25.0 C. specific latent heat

D. specific heat capacity

14. A screw jack with a tommy bar of length

12cm is used to raise a car through a 20. Which of the following physical quantities

vertical height of 25cm by turning the affects the saturated vapour pressure of a

tommy bar through 50 revolutions. liquid?

Calculate the approximate velocity ratio of A. Temperature

the jack [ π = 3.14]. B. Volume

A. 21 C. Mass

B. 38 D. Density

C. 48

D. 151 21. Humidity is used to describe the amount of

A. air in water vapour

15. A beam PQ pivoted at P carries a load of 80 B. cloud available in the atmosphere

N as shown below. Calculate the effort, E, C. air in equal volumes of cloud

required to keep it horizontal. [Neglect the D. water vapour in the atmosphere

weight of beam]

22. Surface waves traveling in deep water at 15

ms-1 are incident at a shallow water

boundary. If the angles of incidence and

refraction are 45o and 30o respectively,

A. 32.0N calculate the speed of the waves in shallow

B. 26.7N water.

C. 16.0N A. 8.1 m s-1

D. 13.3N B. 10.0 m s-1

C. 10.6 m s-1

16. A resistance thermometer has a resistance D. 22.5 m s-1

of 20Ω at 0oC and 85Ω at 100oC. If its

resistance is 52Ω in a medium, calculate the 23. An incident ray is reflected normally by a

corresponding temperature plane mirror on to a screen where it forms a

bright spot. The mirror and screen are

parallel and 1 m apart. If the mirror is Use the information below to answer

rotated through 5o, calculate the Questions 29 and 31.

displacement of the spot

A. 8.7 cm

B. 10.0cm

C. 15.4cm

D. 17.6cm

24. Convex spherical mirrors are preferred to The diagram above shows the wire of a

plane mirrors as driving mirrors because sonometer box set into resonance by a

A. the image produced is upright and clearly vibrating tuning fork of frequency, f, when

visible the wire is stretched by a tension. T. The

B. it provides a wider field of view resonating length of the wire is l while the

C. the image produced is erect and diminished wave length of the sound produced is λ .

D. the image produced is not laterally inverted

29. Which of the following statements is not

25. An object is placed 20cm from a lens. If an correct? The wave produced on the wire is

image is formed on a screen 260cm away A. stationary and longitudinal

from the lens, calculate the magnification of B. stationary and mechanical

the image. C. mechanical and longitudinal

A. 28 D. progressive and transverse

B. 26

C. 24 30. Which of the following statements about the

D. 13 frequency of vibration of the wire is not

correct? It is

26. A piece of cloth appears green in sunlight. A. proportional to the mass per unit length of

When held in red light, it will appear the wire

A. green B. equal to the frequency of the tuning fork

B. blue C. inversely proportional to the length of the

C. red wire

D. black D. proportional to the square root of the

tension

27. dispersion of white light by a glass prism

occurs because 31. If the frequency of the tuning fork at

A. white light consists of a mixture of seven resonance is 256 Hz, calculate the

different colours frequency of vibration of the wire when the

B. the refractive index of glass is different for tension in the wire is increased to 196N

each constituent colour of white light A. 130.6 Hz

C. the speed of each colour of light in the glass B. 182.9 Hz

is proportional to the refractive index of C. 358.4 Hz

glass for each colour D. 501.8 Hz

D. the speed of each colour of light in the glass

is proportional to the angle of retraction in 32. the magnitude of the gravitational force

the prism between two particles 0.10m apart is 10N. If

the distance between them is increased to

28. Which of the following statements about 0.20m, calculate the magnitude of the new

sound is correct? force.

A. When sound travels from air to a denser A. 40.0 N

medium, it is refracted away from the B. 5.0 N

normal at the point of incidence C. 20.0 N

B. Sound travels faster in air than in water D. 2.5 N

C. The wavelength of sound changes when it

travels from air to water 33. As the plates of a charge variable capacitor

D. The frequency of sound changes when it are moved closer together, the potential

travels from air to water difference between them

A. increases C. The presence of magnetic lines of force in a

B. decreases region indicates the presence of a magnetic

C. remains the same field

D. is doubled D. Magnetic lines of force are closely-packed

together at neutral points

Use the diagram shown beside to answer

Questions 34 and 35 40. The material used for constructing the core

of an electromagnet is

34. What is the effective capacitance in the A. iron

circuit B. carbon

A. 2µF C. copper

B. 6F D. steel

C. 18µF

D. 216µF 41. In the circuit diagram below, calculate the

energy stored in the inductor at resonance

35. What is the total energy stored by the

capacitors A. 0.100 J

A. 2.0 x 10-4J B. 0.05 J

B. 1.0 x 10-4J C. 0.010 J

C. 9.0 x 10-2J D. 0.005 J

D. 1.0 x 10-2J

42. Calculate the reactance of the inductor in

36. Three identical lamps each of power 100W, the circuit diagram shown [ π = 22/7]

are connected in parallel across a potential A. 132Ω

difference of 250V: calculate the current in B. 214Ω

the circuit. C. 264Ω

A. 7.5 A D. 269Ω

B. 2.5 A

C. 1.2 A 43. In which of the following transitions is the

D. 0.8 A largest quantum of energy liberated by an

hydrogen atom when the electron changes

37. An electric bulb is rated 60W, 220V. energy levels?[ n is the quantum number]

Calculate the resistance of its filament when A. n = 2 to n = 1

it is operating normally. B. n = 1 to n = 2

A. 296.7Ω C. n = 2 to n =3

B. 400.0Ω D. n = 3 to n = 2

C. 512.2Ω

D. 806.7Ω 44. A photon of wavelength λ 0 is emitted when

an electron in an atom makes a transition

38. The Earth’s magnetic equator passes atom a level of energy 2Ek to that of energy

through Jos in Nigeria. At Jos, the Ek. If the electron transits from 2Ek to Ek

A. angle of variation is zero level, determine the wavelength of the

B. magnetic declination is 90o photon that would be emitted

C. angle of dip is zero

A. 3 λo

D. horizontal component of the Earth’s

magnetic field is zero B. 2 λo

C. ¾ λo

39. Which of the following statements about D. 1

/3 λ o

magnetic lines of force is not correct?

A. A magnetic line of force is an imaginary line 45. Production of x-rays in an x-ry tube begins

which the north pole of a magnet would with

describe if it is free to move A. photo electric emission

B. Magnetic lines of force do not cross one B. collision of electrons

another C. thermionic emission

D. field emission of electrons

46. The nucleon number and the proton number

of a neutral atom of an element are 23 and

11 respectively. How many neutrons are

present in the atom?

A. 11

B. 12

C. 23

D. 34

alpha particle produces an oxygen nucleus

and a proton. The nuclear reaction for this

process is

4He + 14N → 17O + 1H + Q

2 7 8 1

Which of the following statements about the

reaction is not correct?

A. the bombardment results into a nucleus

with greater proton number

B. It is an induced nuclear reaction

C. It is a natural radioactive decay

D. The sum of the initial nucleon numbers is

equal to the sum of the final nucleon

numbers

generated through the following processes.

Arrange the processes in the correct order.

I. The steam is used to drive turbines

II. The heat energy released is removed by

passing water through the reactor

III. The turbines in turn generate electricity

IV. The water then passes through some form

of heat exchanger to produce steam

A. II, IV, I and III

B. I, II, III and IV

C. III, I, IV and II

D. IV, I, III and II

diffracted because they

A. are repelled by the atoms in the crystal

B. are attracted by the atoms in the crystal

C. possess wave properties

D. are particles

A. exists as a particle of dual composition

B. has momentum and energy

C. has both wave and particle properties

D. is made up of dual materials

4. The value of the e.m.f of a voltaic cell which

has dilute tetraoxosulphate (VI) acid as its

electrolyte and copper and zinc as its

electrode becomes less with use, “Explain

this observation and state how it can be

corrected.

palarised

light?

(b) with the aid of well labeled diagrams,

illustrate the action of a Polaroid

spectacle on a beam of sunlight.

Conduct electricity

(b) name the electric charge carriers in

gases.

(b) Explain how the intensity and energy

of cathode rays may be increased

electron are 9.0 x 10-31kg and 1.0 x 10-10m

2001 respectively. Calculate the kinetic energy of

SECTION B THEORY the electron

[h = 6.6 x 10-34 J s]

1. A ball thrown vertically upward reaches a

maximum height of 50 m above the level of

projection. Calculate the 9. The diagram below represents the graph of

(i) time taken to reach the electron energy against the frequency of

maximum height the radiation incident on a metal surface.

(ii) speed of the throw [g = 10 Interpret the

ms-2] (i) slope of the graph;

(ii) intercept, OC;

2. A lead shot is projected from the ground (iii) intercept, OK.

level with a velocity u at an angle θ to the

horizontal. Given the time, for the lead shot

to reach its maximum height as t = u2 sin2

θ

g where “g” is the

acceleration of free fall due to gravity, show

that the greatest height reached by the 10. (a) distinguish between stress and strain

as

body is h max = u2 sin2 θ

used in elasticity

2g (b) when a force of 40N is applied to the

free

3. (a) What is electrolysis? end of an elastic cord, an extension

(b) A current of 2A is passed through a of 5cm is produced in the cord.

copper volta-meter for 5 minutes. If Calculate the work done on the cord.

the electrochemical equivalent of

copper is 3.27 x 10-7 kg C-1, PART II

determine the mass of the copper

deposited. 11. (a) In his first attempt, a long jumper

took off

From the spring board with a speed (b) (i) Explain timbre and overtones

of 8 ms-1 at 30o to the horizontal. He (ii) What is reasonance?

makes a second attempt with the (c) As a ship approaches a cliff, its siren

same speed at 45o to the horizontal. is sounded and echo was heard 8

Given that the expression for the seconds later. If the speed of sound

horizontal range of a project tile is v2 in air is 340 ms-1, calculate the

sin 0 velocity at which the ship was

g where all the approaching the cliff.

symbols have their usual meanings,

show that he gains a distance of 14. (a) Explain the statement ‘the

0.8576 m in his second attempt capacitance of

(b) (i) State Hooke’s law of elasticity a capacitor is 5µF’

(ii) Describe an experiment to (b) (i) State the factors upon which

verify Hooke’s law the

(iii) State two precautions you capacitance of a parallel plate

would take if you were to capacitor depend.

perform this experiment in (ii) State how the capacitance

the laboratory depends on each of these

(c) A spiral spring of natural length factors state in (b)(i)

20.00cm has a scale pan hanging (d) A series arrangement of three

freely in its lower end. When an capacitors of values 8µF, 12µF and

object of mass 40g is placed in the 24µF is connected in series with a

pan, its length becomes 21.80cm. 90-V battery.

When another object of mass 60g is

placed in the pan, the length

(iii) Draw an open-circuit diagram

for this arrangement.

becomes 22.05cm. Calculate the

mass of the scale pan. [g = 10 ms-1] (iv) Determine the p.d across 8µF

capacitor.

12. (a) Define specific heat capacity.

(b) (i) With the aid of a labeled 15. (a) When nitrogen (atomic mass = 14,

diagram, atomic

Describe an experiment to Number = 7) is bombarded with

determine the specific heat neutrons, the collisions result in

capacity of copper using a disintegrations in which alpha

copper ball. particles are produced. Represent

this transmutation in a symbolic

(ii) State two precautions

equation.

necessary to obtain accurate

(b) (i) How does a radioactive atom

results.

differ from a stable one?

(c) A piece of copper block of mass 24g

at 230oC is placed in a copper (ii) Explain ‘half life’

calorimeter of mass 60g containing (iii) A sample of radioactive

54g of water at 31oC. Assuming heat material has a half life of 35

losses are negligible, calculate the days. Calculate the fraction of

final steady temperature of the the original quantity that will

mixture. remain after 105 days.

[specific heat capacity of water = (c) Light of wavelength 5.00 x 10-7m is

4200J kg-1 K-1] incident on a material of work

[specific heat capacity of copper = function 1.90 eV. Calculate the

400 J kg-1 K-1] (i) photon energy

(ii) kinetic energy of the most

13. (a) (i) What is an echo? energetic photo electron.

(ii) State two useful applications (iv) Stopping potential

of echoes [plancks constant h = 6.6x1-34

(iii) Why are the walls, floors and Js]

ceilings of a recording studio [c = 3.0 x 108 ms-2, JeV = 1.6

heavily padded? x 1019 J]

10.0cm from the 0 cm mark

of the meter rule.

(iii) Balance the whole

arrangement horizontally on a

knife edge as shown in the

diagram above.

(iv) Measure and record the

distance, U, of K from the

0cm mark of the metre rule.

(v) Repeat the procedure for five

other values of V = 15.0;

20.0, 25.0, 30.0 and 35.0cm.

(vi) In each case, measure and

record the corresponding

values of U. Tabulate your

readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of U on the

vertical axis against V on the

horizontal axis.

(viii) Determine the:

(i) slope; s, of the graph

(ii) intercept c, on the

vertical axis.

(ix) Evaluate (i) K1 = I – 2s 100

s

(ii) K2 = 26

/s – 160.

to ensure accurate results.

which

a rigid body at rest remains in

equilibrium when acted upon

by three non-parallel coplanar

forces.

(ii) Explain how the position of

the centre of gravity of a

body affects the equilibrium

of the body.

2001

PAPER I PRACTICAL 2. (a) Using the diagram beside

as a guide, carry out

1. (a) the following instructions

(i) Place the pin, O, horizontally

inside the cylinder provided.

Pour some water on the pin in

the cylinder such that the

(i) Fix the 100g mass, marked P, length of the water column, l

at B, the 80cm mark of the = SO = 10.0cm, where S

uniform metre rule, using an represents the water

adhesive. meniscus.

(ii) Suspend another 100g mass

marked Q at A, a distance V –

(ii) Insert another pin, P, in the (v) Repeat the procedure for four

cork held by the boss of the other values of L = 90, 80, 70

retort stand. and 60cm. In each case,

(iii) Adjust the position of P obtain and record the values

vertically upward or of ls and lp and evaluate R1 =

downward until it coincides (lp/h)Rs.

with the image I of O formed (vi) Repeat the experiment with

by refraction at S. the second wire, Q. Obtain

(iv) Read and record the distance values of Is and Ig for equal

h = PO lengths of wire as used in

(v) Repeat the procedure for four wire P.

other values of l= 15, 20, 25

and 30 cm

(vii) Evaluate R2 = l0 Rs in each

case.

(vi) In each case measure and

ls

record the corresponding

Tabulate your readings.

value of h. Tabulate your

readings. (viii) Plot a graph of R2 on the

(vii) Plot a graph of h on the vertical axis against R1 on the

vertical axis against l on the horizontal axis.

horizontal axis. (ix) Determine the slope, s, of the

(viii) Determine the slope, s, of the graph.

graph. (x) Evaluate k = s

(xi) State two precautions taken

(b) Explain total internal reflection of

to ensure accurate results.

light.

(b) (i) Define resistivity of the

(ii) A rectangular glass prism of

material of

thickness 6cm and refractive

a wire.

index 1.5 is placed on the

(ii) A galvanometer with a full-

page of a book. The prints on

scale-deflection of 1.5 x 10-3.

the book are viewed vertically

A has a resistance of 50Ω.

down wards from above.

Determine the resistance

Determine the apparent

required to convert it into a

upward displacement of the

voltmeter, reading up to 1.5V.

prints.

marked P

and Q, a resistor Rs = 1Ω and other

necessary apparatus.

gap of the metre bridge, a

length L = 100cm of wire P in

the right hand gap and the

other apparatus as shown in

the diagram above.

(ii) Determine the balance point,

B, on the bridge wire AC

(iii) Measure and record AB = ls

and BC = lp

(iv) Evaluate R1 = (lp/h)Rs.

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

liquids and gases is that

A. all the three have fixed volume

B. their molecules have the same size

C. their molecules are always in motion

D. all the three have the same inter molecular

forces

in contact with that of a solid is

A. adhesive

B. cohesive

C. magnetic

D. repulsive

nucleons against the forces which hold them

together is

A. nuclear energy

B. mechanical energy

C. ionization energy

D. binding energy

2000 kgm-1. Calculates the depth at which

the pressure in the liquid will be equal to

9100Nm-2. [g=10ms-2]

A. 0.262m

B. 0.455m

C. 0.664m

D. 0.819m

air and water. Determine the relative

density of the solid.

A. 0.33

B. 0.50

C. 1.50

D. 3.00

then 6km northward to another point C.

Determine the difference between the

magnitude of displacement of the boy and

distance traveled by him.

A. 2.0km

B. 4.0km

C. 10.0km

D. 14.0km

2002

SSCE PHYSICS

7. The magnitude of the force required to C. All the parallel forces must be equal in

make an object of mass, m move with magnitude and direction

speed, v in a circular path of radius, r is D. The sum of the forces in one direction must

given by the expression. be equal to the sum of the forces in

A. mr opposite direction

v

12. An object, A, is held in equilibrium as

B. mr2 illustrated in the diagram below. Using the

v data on the diagram, determine the

magnitude, W, of the weight of A.

C. mv2

r

D. mv

R2

continuously for 4 minutes and covered the B. 17 N

following distances in the times stated C. 7N

below: D. 5N

Distance (in metres); 200 400 600

800 13. A spiral spring of natural length 30.0cm and

Time (in minutes); 1 2 3 4 force constant of 20 Nm-1 is compressed to

Which of the following statements is correct 20.0cm. Calculate the energy stored in the

about the motion of the man? spring.

A. The man was moving with uniform speed A. 0.1 J

but non-uniform velocity B. 1.0 J

B. The speed was changing constantly C. 10.0 J

C. The velocity was uniform D. 100.0 J

D. It was an instance of motion in which both

speed and velocity are the same 14. In the diagram below, AB represents a

uniform rod of length 1.50m which is in

9. A car takes off from rest and covers a equilibrium on a pivot at P. If AP = 40cm,

distance of 80m on a straight road in 10s. calculate the mass of the rod. [g = 10 ms-2]

Calculate the magnitude of its acceleration. A. -.280 kg

A. 1.25 ms-2 B. 0.400 kg

B. 1.60 ms-2 C. 0.613 kg

C. 4.00 ms-2 D. 0.800 kg

D. 8.00 ms-2

15. Which of the following statements correctly

10. An object is released from rest at a height of defines quantitatively, the work done by a

25m. Calculate the time it takes to fall to force? The product of the force and the

the ground. [g = 10 ms-2] distance moved.

A. 25.00s A. parallel to the line of action of the force

B. 10.00s from a reference point

C. 2.50s B. perpendicular to the line of action of the

D. 2.24s force from a reference point

C. on a line through the reference point

11. An object is acted upon by a system of D. by the object

parallel forces causing the object to be in

static equilibrium. Which of the following 16. A load of mass 120kg is raised vertically

statements is not correct? through a height of 2m in 20s by a machine

A. The resultant of the parallel forces is zero whose efficiency is 100%. Calculate the

B. The algebraic sum of all the moments of the power generated by the machine. [g =

forces is zero 10ms-2]

A. 60 W

B. 80 W

C. 100 W 23. What type of motion does the skin of a

D. 120 W ‘talking’ drum perform when it is struck with

17. A block and tackle system has 6 pulleys. If a drum stick?

the efficiency of the machine is 60%, A. Random

determine its mechanical advantage. B. Rotational

A. 12.0 C. Translational

B. 10.0 D. Vibratory

C. 3.6

D. 1.8 24. A slinky spring fixed at one end is placed

horizontally on a table. The free end is

18. Which of the following actions will improve displaced parallel to the table and then

the efficiency of a pulley system? released. The resulting wave form is

A. Reducing the mass of the pulley A. transverse

B. Increasing the frictional force between the B. longitudinal

string and the pulley C. stationary

C. Increasing the mass per unit length of the D. electromagnetic

string of the pulley

D. Increasing the mass of the pulley 25. A radio wave has a wavelength of 150m. If

the velocity of radio waves in free space is

19. The ice and steam points of a certain 3x108ms-1, calculate the frequency of the

thermometer are 20o and 100o respectively. radio wave.

Calculate the Celsius temperature A. 4.5 x 1010Hz

corresponding to 70o on the thermometers. B. 5.0 x 109Hz

A. 84.0oC C. 4.5 x 109Hz

B. 75.0oC D. 2.0 x 106Hz

C. 64.0oC

D. 58.0oC 26. In the wave equation y=E0sin(200t – π x), E0

represents the

20. the silver coating on the inside of a vacuum A. amplitude

flask reduces heat loss by B. frequency

A. conduction C. period

B. radiation D. wavelength

C. condensation

D. convection 27. The size of the hole of a pin hole camera is

increased. The resultant image formed

21. Water of mass 120g at 50oC is add to 200g becomes

of water at 10oC and the mixture is well A. sharper

stirred. Calculate the temperature of the B. reduced in size

mixture. C. enlarged

[Neglect heat losses to the surrounding] D. blurred

A. 60oC

B. 40oC 28. The refractive index of a medium relative to

C. 25oC air 1s 1.8, calculate, to the nearest degree,

D. 10oC the critical angle for the medium.

A. 68º

22. Calculate the energy required to vaporize B. 56º

50g of water initially at 80oC.

C. 34º

[specific heat capacity of water = 4.2-1 k-1]

[specific latent heat of vaporization of water D. 18º

= 2260 Jg-1]

A. 113,000J 29. A converging lens of focal length 15cm

B. 117,200J forms a virtual image at a point 10cm from

C. 234,400J the lens. Calculate the distance of the

D. 420,000J object from the lens.

A. 10.00cm

B. 6.00cm

C. 5.00cm 36. Three capacitors each of capacitance 18µF

D. 1.50cm are connected in series. Calculate the

effective capacitance of the capacitors.

30. In a compound microscope, the image A. 54.00 µF

formed by the objective lens is at a distance B. 18.00 µF

of 3.0cm from the eye lens. If the final C. 6.00 µF

image is at 25.0cm from the eye lens, D. 0.17 µF

calculate the focal length of the eyes lens.

A. 0.3cm 37. Two spheres of masses 100kg and 90kg

B. 2.7cm respectively have their centres separated

C. 3.4cm by a distance of 1.0m. Calculate the

D. 8.3cm magnitude of the force of attraction

between them. [G =6.70x10-11 Nm2 kg-2]

31. A pulse of a sound is transmitted from a A. 6.70 x 10-11 N

ship and the reflection from the sea bed is B. 6.70 x 10-10 N

recorded after 0.2s. Calculate the depth of C. 6.03 x 10-10 N

the sea. D. 6.03 x 10-7 N

A. 312.0m

B. 156.0m 38. The magnitude of the gravitational

C. 78.0m attraction between the earth and a particle

D. 31.2m is 40 N. If the mass of the particle is 4kg,

calculate the magnitude of the gravitational

32. When two notes of nearly equal frequencies field intensity of the earth on the particle.

are sounded together, a periodic rise and A. 10.0 N kg-1

fall in sound intensity can be heard. This B. 12.6 N kg-1

phenomenon is called C. 25.0 N kg-1

A. beats D. 160.0 N kg-1

B. diffraction

C. overtones 39. Local action is normally prevented in a

D. resonance simple electric cell by

A. introducing an oxidizing agent in the acid

33. Which of the following instruments is not a B. not drawing current continuously for long

wind instrument? periods

A. Clarinet C. amalgamating the surface of the zinc plate

B. Saxophone D. using a porous pot to isolate the zinc from

C. Trumpet the acid

D. Xylophone

40. The lead-acid accumulator consists of

34. Which of the following actions will not A. lead as the positive electrode

cause an increase in the frequency of a B. lead oxide as the negative electrode

vibrating string? C. hydrochloric acid as the electrolyte

A. increasing the tension in the string D. tetraoxosulphate (VI) acid as the electrolyte

B. Decreasing the mass per unit length of the

string 41. Which of the following actions will not led

C. Decreasing the length of the string to an increase in the induced e.m.f. in a coil

D. Increasing the cross sectional area of the of wire rotating between the poles of a

string magnet? Increasing the

A. strength of the magnet

35. Which of the following items can be used to B. number of turns in the coil

compare the relative magnitudes of electric C. speed of rotation of the coil

charges on two bodies? D. gap between the poles of the magnet

A. Ebonite rod

B. Gold leaf electroscope 42. A transformer has 400 turns and 200 turns

C. Proof planes in the primary and secondary windings

D. The electrophorus respectively. If the current in the primary

and secondary windings are 3A and 5A

respectively, calculate the efficiency of the B. frequency of the light

transformer. C. intensity of the light

A. 85.0% D. time of exposure of the metallic to light

B. 83.3%

C. 37.5% 48. Which of the following materials is used to

D. 30.0% control the rate of neutron production in a

43. A freely-suspended magnet swinging in a nuclear reactor?

horizontal plane comes to rest with its axis A. Boron rods

pointing approximately. B. Concrete shield

A. north – south C. Graphite rods

B. south – west D. Uranium rods

C. north – east

D. south – east 49. Which of the following is usually used to

cause fission in an atomic reactor?

44. Calculate the inductance, L, of the coil in the A. Alpha particles

circuit diagram shown below. B. Beta particles

C. Electrons

D. Neutrons

nitrogen (N) nucleus with an alpha ( α )

A. 3.8 H particle with the release of heavy hydrogen

B. 0.6 H (D) nucleus as shown by the following

C. 0.4 H nuclear equation.

D. 0.2 H α + 14N → Px + 2D

7 q 1

45. In a model of the hydrogen atom, the Determine the values of p and q in the

energy levels Wn are given by the formula equation.

Wn = –R A. 12 and 6

n2 B. 14 and 7

Where n is an integer and R is a constant. C. 16 and 8

Determine the energy released in the D. 19 and 8

transition from n = 3 t0 n = 2.

A. R

5

B. –R

4

C. 5R

36

D. –5R

36

its mass number

A. increases by one

B. remains the same

C. decreases by one

D. increases by two

number of electrons that may be emitted

would depend solely on the

A. area of the metallic surface

2002

SECTION B THEORY PART I

tube the kinetic theory.

(b) State two factors which affect the

rate of diffusion.

(b) Define elastic constant.

Sketch a load-extension graph for the wire

and on the graph indicate the

(a) elastic limit;

(b) yield point;

(c) maximum load;

(d) breaking point.

projectile.

(b) The horizontal range, R, of a

projectile is given by the equation R

= u2 sin 2Θ

g

(i) What does Θ in the equation

represent?

(ii) For what value of Θ would R

be maximum?

in an electrolytic process with a dilute

solution of sodium chloride as electrolyte.

(i) anode;

(ii) cathode; as used in

electrolysis?

(b) List the ions involved in an

electrolytic process with dilute

tetraoxoosulphate (VI) acid as

electrolyte.

produced.

(b) State two factors on which the colour

of light from a fluorescent tube

depend.

principle.

(b) Mention two phenomena that can Connected to a 220V source

only be explained in term of the is used to boil a certain

particulate nature of light. quantity of water in a

container of heat capacity

10. Explain why a direct electric current is used 100 J kg-1 for 2 minutes. If the

instead of an alternating current in initial temperature of the

electroplating. water is 40oC, calculate the

mass of the water in the

container.

PART II [specific heat capacity of

water = 4.2 x 103 J kg-1 K-1]

11. (a) (i) What is meant by a machine? [assume boiling point of water

(ii) List two examples of a simple = 100oC

machine.

(iii) Explain the statement the 13. (a) Define the following terms as applied

velocity ratio of a machine is to a

5, convex mirror:

(b) (i) Define the efficiency of a (i) principal focus;

machine (ii) pole;

(ii) Explain why a machine can (iii) radius of curvature.

never be 100% efficient. (b) State one advantage and one

(c) A screw jack, 25% efficient and disadvantage of using a convex

having a screw of pitch 0.4cm is mirror as a driving mirror

used to raise a load through a (c) Draw a clearly labeled diagram to

certain height. If in the process, the illustrate how two converging lenses

handle turns through a circle of may be arranged to form a

radius 40.0cm, calculate the compound microscope.

(i) velocity ratio of the machine; (d) An object 2.5mm long is viewed

(ii) mechanical advantage of the through a converging lens of focal

Machine; length 10.0cm held close to the eye.

(iii) effort required to raise a load A magnified image of the object is

of 1000 N with the machine. formed 30.0cm from the lens.

[Take π = 3.14]. Calculate the:

(i) distance of the object from

12. (a) (i) Define relative density. the

(ii) List three characteristics of Lens;

pressure in a liquid (ii) size of the image;

(b) The horizontal door of a submarine (iii) power of the lens.

at a depth of 500m has an area of

0.4m-2. Calculate the force exerted 14. (a) Define:

by the sea water on the door at this (i) reactance;

depth. (ii) impedance.

[Relative density of sea water = (b) (i) Explain reasonant frequency

1.03] of an

[Atmospheric pressure = 1.01x105 RLC circuit.

Nm-2] (ii) Explain the statement the

[Density of pure water = 1000 kg m- power supply voltage of a

3

] source is 230V.

[g = 10 ms-2] (c) A source of e.m.f. 240V and

(c) (i) List three effects of heat frequency 50 Hz is connected to a

other series arrangement of a resistor; an

than expansion. inductor and a capacitor. When the

(ii) Explain saturated vapour current in the capacitor is 10A, the

pressure potential difference across the

(iii) A heating coil of resistance resistor is 140V and that across the

20Ω inductor is 50V. Calculate the:

(i) potential difference across

the capacitor;

(ii) capacitance of the capacitor;

(iii) inductance of the inductor.

(d) Draw and label one vector diagram

for the potential differences across

the inductor, the capacitor and the

resistor in (c) above.

(i) nuclear fission;

(ii) nuclear fusion.

(b) (i) State three applications of

atomic

energy.

(ii) Define half life.

(iii) Give the expression that

relates the half life, T, and the

decay constant, λ , of a

radioactive material.

(c) A radioactive element X with atomic

number 88 and mass number 226 2002

emits in succession: PAPER I PRACTICAL

(i) an alpha particle,

(ii) a beta particle and 1. Using the diagrams below as a guide, carry

(iii) gamma radiation. out the following instructions.

Explain, using equations where necessary, (i) Pivot the metre rule, which

the changes that take place in the atomic has

structure of the element at each stage. been drilled at the 50cm

mark, horizontally on the

knife edge.

Ia.

II.

at the 10cm mark of the

centre rule.

(iii) Suspend a 100g mass on the

other side of the knife edge

and adjust the position of the

mass until the metre rule

balances horizontally as

shown in diagram 1 above.

(vi) Read and record the

distances, x; of m from the

pivot and y1, of the 100g (ii) Place the rectangular glass

mass from the pivot. prism on the paper and trace

(v) Repeat the procedure for its outline, ABCD. Remove

four other positions of m at the prism.

the 15, 20, 25 and 30cm (iii) Draw a normal NMP to meet

marks. In each case kept he AB and DC at M and P

position of the knife edge respectively such that |

fixed and adjust the position AM| = |DP| = 2.0CM.

of the 100g mass until the

metre rule balances

(iv) Trace the ray PQ with two

pins, P1 and P2, at P and Q

horizontally.

respectively such that angle

(vi) Also repeat the procedure

MPQ = i = 5o.

with m completely immersed

in water contained in a (v) Replace the prism on its

beaker and suspended at the outline. Trace the emergent

10, 15, 20, 25 and 30cm ray with two other pins P3 and

marks of the metre rule P4 such that they lie in a

respectively. In each case, straight line with P2 and the

adjust the position of the image of P1 viewed through

100g mass until the metre the glass prism.

rule balances horizontally, (vi) Measure and record θ , the

then read and record the new angle between the emergent

distance y2 of the 100g mass ray and face AB of the glass

from the pivot. prism.

(vii) Evaluate y1 – y2 in each case. (vii) Evaluate cos θ and sin i.

Tabulate your readings. (viii) Repeat the procedure for four

(viii) Plot a graph of y1 on the other values of i = 10o, 15o,

vertical axis against y1 – y2 on 20o and 25o. Tabulated your

the horizontal axis. readings.

(ix) Determine the slope of the (ix) Plot a graph of cos θ on the

graph. vertical axis against sin c on

(x) State two precautions taken the horizontal axis.

to ensure accurate results. (x) Determine the slope of the

graph.

(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the (xi) State two precautions taken

centre of gravity of a body to ensure accurate results.

and state how it is related to [Attach your traces to your

the stability of the body. answer booklet].

(ii) State the conditions of

equilibrium for a body acted (b) (i) State the laws of refraction of

upon by a number of co- light.

planar parallel forces. (ii) Explain what is meant by the

statement the refractive

2. (a) index of a material is 1.65.

3. (a)

carry out the following instructions. (i) Measure and record the

(i) Fix a plane sheet of paper on length XY

the of the resistance wire

drawing board. provided.

(ii) Connect the circuit shown in

the diagram above.

(iii) With R = 0Ω, close the key, K.

Read and record current, I

and the corresponding

voltage drop, V across the

wire.

(iv) Setting R = 1Ω, close the key.

Read and record the current, I

and the corresponding

voltage drop, V across the

wire.

(v) Repeat the procedure for five

other values of R = 5, 10, 20,

40 and 60Ω. Tabulate your

readings.

(vi) Plot a graph of V on the

vertical axis against I on the

horizontal axis.

(vii) Determine the slope of the

graph.

(viii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

which the experiment in 3(a)

is based.

(ii) A piece of resistance wire of

diameter 0.2mm and

resistance 7Ω has resistivity

of 8.8 x 10-7Ω m, calculate

the length of the wire [ π =

22

/7]

2003

SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

powder. This explains the fact that

A. matter can change spontaneously

from one state to another

B. matter cannot be destroyed

C. force is required to change matter from one

state to another

D. matter is made up of tiny particles

weighs 60 N in air. Calculate its weight

when fully immersed in water.

A. 4N

B. 5N

C. 48 N

D. 60 N D. time taken to move from one extreme

position to the other

3. A net force of 15 N acts upon a body of

mass 3kg for 5s, calculate the change in the 9. The mass on a loaded spiral spring oscillates

speed of the body. vertically between two extreme positions P

A. 25.0ms-1 and R equidistant from the equilibrium

B. 9.0ms-1 position Q. Which of the following

C. 2.5ms-1 statements about the system is not correct?

D. 1.0ms-1 A. The momentum of the mass is maximum at

Q

4. The tendency of a body to remain at rest B. The elastic potential energy of the spring is

when a force is applied to it is called maximum at Q

A. impulse C. The kinetic energy of the mass is maximum

B. momentum at P

C. inertia D. The total energy of the system is always

D. friction constant

5. A force acts on a body for 0.5s changing its 10. A ball of mass 5.0kg hits a smooth vertical

momentum from 16.0kgms-1 to 21.0kgms-1 wall normally with a speed of 2 ms -1.

calculate the magnitude of the force. Determine the magnitude of the resulting

A. 42.0 N impulse.

B. 37.0 N A. 20.0kg ms-1

C. 32.0 N B. 10.0kg ms-1

D. 10.0 N C. 5.0kg ms-1

D. 2.5kg ms-1

6. Which of the graphs below shows the

motion of a body with uniform retardation? 11. Which of the following statements correctly

defines a simple machine? A device

A. Vel B. Vel A. that can provide electric current

m/s m/s B. which can only carry people from one place

to another

0 0

C. with which work can be done easily

Time Time

D. which changes the state of rest or of

uniform motion of an object along a straight

line

C. Vel D. Vel

12. A platinum resistance thermometer has a

m/s m/s resistance of 4Ω at 0ºC and 10Ω at 100ºC.

Assuming the resistance changes uniformly

0 Time 0 Time with temperature, calculate the resistance

of the thermometer when the temperature

is 45oC.

7. A moving object is said to have uniform A. 14.0 Ω

acceleration if its B. 6.7 Ω

A. displacement decreases at a constant rate C. 3.2 Ω

B. speed is directly proportional to time D. 2.7 Ω

C. velocity increases by equal amount in equal

time intervals 13. A metal rod of length 100cm is heated

D. velocity varies inversely with time through 100oC, calculate the change in

length of the rod. [linear expansitivity of the

8. the period of an oscillatory motion is defined material of the rod is 3 x 10-5 K-1]

as the A. 4 mm

A. average of the times used in completing B. 3 mm

different numbers of oscillations C. 2 mm

B. time to complete a number of oscillations D. 1 mm

C. time to complete one oscillation

14. The heat capacity of a calorimeter is the 19. A wave of wavelength 0.30m travels 900m

amount of energy required to in 3.0s, calculate its frequency.

A. change the temperature of 1kg of the A. 68.0 Hz

calorimeter by IK B. 225.0 Hz

B. change 1kg mass of the calorimeter to C. 270.0 Hz

liquid at the same temperature D. 750.0 Hz

C. change the temperature of the calorimeter

by IK 20. Which of the following conditions is

D. melt the calorimeter into liquid at a necessary for the occurrence of total

constant temperature internal reflection of light?

A. Light must travel from an optically less

15. Which of the following statements about dense to a denser medium

latent heat of vaporization is correct. It B. The angle of incidence must be equal to the

A. weakens the adhesive forces between critical angle

molecules of a liquid and those of its C. The angle of incidence must be greater than

container the critical angle

B. breaks completely the force of attraction D. The angle of refraction must be 90o

between the molecules of a liquid

C. adds to the heat content of a liquid 21. The image which cannot be formed on a

D. increases the cohesive forces between screen is said to be

liquid molecules A. inverted

B. erect

16. When the pressure of a fixed mass of gas is C. real

doubled at constant temperature, the D. virtual

volume of the gas is

A. increased four times 22. An object is placed in the principal axis and

B. doubled at the centre of curvature of a concave

C. unchanged mirror, the image of the object formed by

D. halved the mirror is

A. real and magnified

17. The volume of a given mass of an ideal gas B. real and inverted

at 327K and 9.52 x 104 Pa is 40cm3. C. erect and magnified

Calculate the volume of the gas at 273 K D. erect and virtual

and 1.034 x 105 Pa.

A. 68.23cm3 23. A converging lens produces an image four

B. 47.91cm3 times as large as an object placed 25cm

C. 44.60cm3 from the lens. Calculate its focal length.

D. 30.75cm3 A. 100cm

B. 33cm

C. 29cm

D. 20cm

18.

24. The horizontal floor of a water reservoir

appears to be 1.0m deep when viewed

vertically from above. If the refractive index

of water is 1.35, calculate the real depth of

the reservoir.

The diagram above represents the A. 2.35m

displacement D versus time, t, graph of a B. 1.35m

progressive wave. Deduce the frequency of C. 1.00m

the wave. D. 0.35m

A. 20 Hz

B. 10 Hz 25. A converging lens has a focal length of 5cm.

C. 5 Hz Determine its power.

D. 4 Hz A. + 20.0D

B. + 0.2 D

C. - 20.0 D D. Guitar

D. -0.2 D

32. Which of the following features of an

26. Which of the following pairs of light rays electrostatic line of force is not correct?

shows the widest separation in the A. It is n imaginary line which a positive charge

spectrum of white light? would describe if it is free to move

A. Green and blue B. The tangent drawn at any point on a curved

B. Orange and indigo line of force shows the direction of the

C. Blue and violet electric field intensity at that point

D. Red and yellow C. It is sometimes curved

D. It can cross another line of force in a region

27. Which of the following statements about the of intense electric field

human eye and the camera is correct?

A. Both form virtual images of objects 33. Which of the following statements about a

B. The image formed by the eye is upright in force field is correct?

the retina while that formed by the camera A. Electrostatic, gravitational and magnetic

is inverted on the film forces are always attractive

C. The inside of both of them is blackened to B. Electric, gravitational and magnetic fields

absorb unwanted light obey inverse square laws

D. The focal length of both the eye lens and C. Field lines are real but their corresponding

the camera lens can be varied fields are imaginary

D. Field lines and their corresponding fields are

28. The speed of sound in air is directly both real

proportional to

A. its temperature on the Celsius scale 34. A positively charged glass rod is placed near

B. its temperature on the thermodynamic scale the cap of a positively charge electroscope.

C. the cube root of its temperature on the The divergence of the leaf is observed to

Celsius scale A. decrease

D. the square root of its temperature on the B. increase

absolute scale C. remain the same

D. increase and collapse immediately

29. Which of the following statements about the

characteristics of sound waves is correct? 35. Two identical cells each of emf 2 V and

A. Loudness decreases with increase in internal resistance 1.0Ω are connected in

intensity parallel. The combination is connected to an

B. The pitch of a note is determined by its external load of 1.5Ω. Calculate the current

amplitude in the circuit.

C. The intensity of a sound wave is A. 0.57 A

proportional to its amplitude B. 1.00 A

D. The quality of a note depends on its C. 1.14 A

overtones D. 2.00 A

30. A sonometer wire of liner density 0.08kg m- 36. Which of the following factors does not

1 subjected to a tension of 800 N is plucked. affect the electric resistance of a wire?

Calculate the speed of a pulse which moves A. Length

from one end of the wire to the other. B. Mass

A. 179.0 ms-1 C. Temperature

B. 100.0 ms-1 D. Cross sectional area

C. 15.8 ms-1

D. 8.0 ms-1 37. A current of 10 A passes through a

conductor for 10s, calculate the charge

31. Which of the following instruments gives a flowing through the conductor

pure note when sounded? A. 100.0 C

A. Talking drum B. 10.0 C

B. Siren C. 1.0 C

C. Tuning fork D. 0.1 C

38. A lamp is rated 240 V 60 W, calculate the 43. The direction of induced current in a

resistance of its filament. straight wire placed in a magnetic field is

A. 240 Ω determined by using

B. 360 Ω A. Fleming’s right hand rule

C. 960 Ω B. Maxwell’s screw rule

D. 1440 Ω C. Faraday’s law

D. Lenz’s law

39. The maximum power dissipated by a 100 Ω

resistor in a circuit is 4 W, calculate the 44. Which of the following statements about an

voltage across the resistor. electromagnet is not correct?

A. 10 V A. It is a temporary magnet

B. 20 V B. Its strength depends on the current

C. 25 V C. Its strength depends on the number of units

D. 400 V in its coil

D. It has permanent poles

40. One difference between a reactance and a

resistance in an alternating current circuit is 45. Which of the following statements is true of

A. resistance is larger than reactance ultra violet radiations. It

B. energy is not dissipated in a reactance A. supports the sensation of hearing

C. energy is stored in a resistance but not in a B. does not cause the emission of electrons

reactance from metals

D. the current in a reactance is lower than in C. is an electromagnetic wave

the resistance D. is not capable of causing sun burn

true of the isotopes of an element? They

A. are atoms of the same element

B. have the same chemical properties

C. have the same atomic number

D. have the same mass number

The diagram above shows the resultant 47. A radioactive element has a decay constant

electric field pattern due to two electric of 0.077 s-1, calculate its half life.

point charges P and S. Which of the A. 12.5 s

following statements is correct? B. 9.0 s

A. P is negatively charged while S is positively C. 5.1 s

charged D. 0.5 s

B. P is positively charged while S is negatively

charged 48. The minimum energy required to remove an

C. Both P and S are positively charged electron from an atom is known as

D. Both P and S are negatively charged A. excitation energy

B. ionization energy

42. C. binding energy

D. photon energy

in the generation of energy because

The bar magnet illustrated in the diagram A. very high temperature are required for

above picks up an unmagnetised steel nail fusion

X. In turn, X picks up a similar nail Y and so B. the raw materials for fusion are not easily

on. The nails are said to be magnetized by obtained

A. conduction C. energy obtained from fusion is relatively

B. single touch smaller

C. induction D. the by product of fusion are very dangerous

D. divided touch

50. Which of the following reactions represents

nuclear fusion?

A. 2H + 2H → 3He + 1n

1 1 1 0

92 0 56 36 0

C. 234Th → 0n + 234Pa

90 -1 91

92 2 90

2003

SECTION B THEORY PART I

and

warfare which may be considered as

projectiles

(b) the horizontal range R, of a projectile

is given by the expression R = U2 Sin

2θ

g

where θ is the angle of projection, g

the acceleration of free fall due to

gravity and u the initial velocity. At

what value of θ will R be maximum?

(b) State two methods by which the (c) A tractor of mass 5.0 x 103kg is used

surface tension of a liquid can be to tow a car mass 2.5 x 103kg. The

reduced tractor moved with a speed of

3.0ms-1 just before the towing rope

3. (a) Explain diffusion. becomes taut. Calculate the:

(b) State one factor that can affect the (i) speed of the tractor

rate of diffusion. immediately the rope

becomes taut;

4. (a) List two types of waves, apart from (ii) loss in kinetic energy of the

light, system just after the car has

that can be plane polarized. started moving;

(b) State two applications of plane (iii) impulse in the rope when it

polarized light. jerks the car into motion

5. Explain the rise of water in a glass capillary 12. (a) Using the kinetic theory of matter,

tube using the kinetic theory. explain

why

6. (a) Explain the term electrolyte and give (i) evaporation causes cooling;

two (ii) boiling water changes to

examples. steam without any change in

(b) State the relationship between the temperature, although heat is

mass of a substance liberated during being supplied to the water.

the electrolysis and the charge (b) (i) State Boyle’s law

passed. (ii) With the aid of a labeled

diagram, describe an

7. (a) What is the principle upon which the experiment to illustrate the

lighting in fluorescent tubes operate? relationship between the

(b) State two factors which determine volume and pressure of a

the colour of light from a fluorescent given mass of gas at constant

tube temperature.

(iii) State two precautions

8. Define: (i) Elasticity necessary to obtain accurate

(ii) Young modulus results.

(iii) Force constant

13. (a) (i) Illustrate, using a ray

9. A force of 40 N applied at the end of a wire diagram,

of length 4 m and diameter 2.00mm how an image is formed by a

produces an extension of 0.24mm. Calculate convex mirror

the (ii) State one advantage and one

(a) stress on the wire; disadvantage of using a

(b) strain in the wire; ( π = 3.14) convex mirror as a driving

mirror.

10. (a) What is meant by the wave-particle (iii) Explain the action of a

quality of matter? compound microscope

(b) Mention one physical phenomenon, (b) Illustrate using labeled diagrams

in each case, that can be explained only, a sonometer wire of length, l,

in terms of the wave nature and vibrating at its

particle nature of light. (i) fundamental; (ii) first

overtone;

PART II (iii) second overtone

(c) A tuning fork vibrating at a

11. (a) Define: (i) linear momentum (ii) frequency of 512 Hz is held over the

impulse top of a jar filled with water and

(b) State the principle of conservation of fitted with a tap at the bottom. If the

linear momentum. jar is 60cm tall and the speed of

sound is 350ms-1, determine the

possible resonance position(s).

[neglect end corrections]

point in

a magnetic field?

(ii) Draw and label a diagram to

show the pattern and

direction of the magnetic field

produced around a straight

current carrying wire.

(b) When is an ammeter said to be

(i) sensitive; (ii) accurate?

(c) (i) Explain, using a labeled

diagram,

how a delicate magnetic

material could be protected

from the Earth’s magnetic

field.

(d) State the laws of electromagnetic

induction

emission

(ii) State four applications of

photoelectric emission

(b) Draw and label a diagram showing

the

structure of a photocell and explain

its mode of operation.

(c) In a photocell, no electrons are

emitted until the threshold frequency

of light is reached.

(i) Explain what happens to the

energy of the light before

emission of electrons begin.

(ii) State one factor that may

affect the number of emitted

electrons

2003

PAPER I PRACTICAL

1. (a)

Using the diagram above as a guide,

carry out the following instructions.

(i) Fix the drawing paper

provided on the drawing

You are provided with a metre rule, a board

knife edge, two pieces of thread and (ii) Place the mirror vertically

two masses m1 and m2. with its longer side resting on

(i) Record the values of m1 and the drawing paper. Trace the

m2 outline AB of the mirror.

(ii) Balance the metre rule Remove the mirror.

horizontally on the knife edge (iii) Draw a normal PQ to meet

and record the balance point the outline at the middle Q

G. (iv) Draw a straight line through A

(iii) With the knife edge at the to meet the outline of the

60cm mark of the metre rule, mirror at right angle.

suspend m1 at the 20cm mark (v) Trace the incident ray, CQ

and m2 at a suitable mark with pins P1 and P2 so that it

such that the rule balances meets the perpendicular line

horizontally as illustrated in through A at C such that CA =

the diagram above. x = 1.0cm.

(iv) Record the positions Y on m1 (vi) Replace the mirror on its

and Q of m2 outline. Locate the images of

(v) Evaluate l = P – Y and d = Q – P1 P2 through the mirror using

P two other pins P3 and P4, so

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four that P3 and P4 and the images

other position of m1 at 18, of P1 and P2 are in a straight

16, 14 and 12cm marks. line.

(vii) In each case, evaluate and (vii) Remove the mirror and pins

record l and d. P3 and P4. Draw a straight line

(viii) Tabulate your readings through the pin points to

meet AB at Q and CA

(ix) Plot a graph of l on the

produced at D.

vertical axis against d on the

horizontal axis. (viii) Measure and record angle

(x) Determine the slope of the ACQ as θ 1 and angle ADQ as

graph. θ 2. Also record the value of x.

(xi) State two precautions taken Evaluate θ = ½ ( θ 1 + θ 2), x-1

to ensure accurate results. and tan θ .

(b) (i) With the aid of a diagram,

indicate the forces acting on (ix) Repeat the procedure for four

the other values of x = 2.0, 3.0,

metre rule in the 4.0 and 5.0cm. Tabulate your

experimental set up above. readings.

(ii) Define moment of a force (x) Plot a graph of tan θ on the

about a point and state its S. vertical axis against x-1 on the

I. unit. horizontal axis.

(xi) Determine the slope, s, of the

2. (a) graph. Evaluate k = 2s.

(xii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

[Attach your traces to your

answer booklet]

(b) (i) Distinguish between regular potential difference

and between two points in

diffused reflections. an electric circuit.

(ii) An object is situated 25cm in (ii) A piece of resistance

front of a plane mirror. wire of diameter 0.2m

Determine the distance of the and resistance 7Ω has

image from the object. What resistivity of 8.8 x 10-

is the size of the image 7Ωm, calculate the

relative to the object? length of the wire. [ π

= 22/7]

3. (a)

potentiometer XY; a jockey, J; a

standard resistor, R and other

necessary apparatus.

(i) Connect a circuit as

shown in the diagram

above.

(ii) Close the key. Read

and record the current

Io when J is not in

contact with XY.

(iii) Let J make contact

with XY at C, such that

XC = l = 25cm. Close

the key. Read and

record the current I.

(iv) Evaluate 1o

1

(v) Repeat the procedure

for four other values of

l = 40, 55, 70 and

85cm. Tabulate your

readings.

(vi) Plot a graph of I on the

vertical axis against l-1

on the horizontal axis.

(vii) From your graph,

deduce the value of 1

when l-1 = 0. Evaluate

Io

(viii) State two precautions

taken to ensure

accurate results.

by

5. An object weighs 60.0 N in air, 48.2 in a

certain liquid X, and 44.9 N in water.

Calculate the relative density of X.

A. 3.300

B. 1.279

C. 0.932

D. 0.782

kerosene is added to the water. This is

because the kerosene

A. increases the surface tension of the water

B. reduces the density of water

C. reduces the surface tension of the water

D. reduces the upthrust on the needle

2004

SSCE PHYSICS 7. Calculate the change in volume when 90g of

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE ice is completely melted. [density of water

= 1gcm-3, density of ice = 0.9gcm-3]

1. The molecular structure of a liquid is such A. 0.00cm3

that B. 9.00 cm3

A. The molecules have unlimited freedom of C. 10.00 cm3

movement D. 90.00 cm3

B. molecular movement is restricted to

vibration only 8. On which of the following factors does the

C. intermolecular collisions take place viscosity of a liquid depend?

D. all molecules move with the same speed I. Nature of the liquid;

II. Temperature of the liquid;

2. Which of the following concepts is not an III. Area of the liquid surface.

evidence of the particle nature of matter? A. I and II only

A. Diffusion B. II and III only

B. Brownian motion C. I and III only

C. Diffraction D. I, II and III

D. Crystallization

9. An elastic string of force constant 200 N m-1

3. Which of the following statements about the is stretched through 0.8m within its elastic

mass and the weight of a body is not limit. Calculate the energy stored in the

correct? Its string

A. mass is a scalar quantity A. 64.0 J

B. weight is a function of the gravitational pull B. 80.0 J

on it C. 128.0 J

C. mass on earth and on the moon is the same D. 160.0 J

D. weight at the equator and at the poles is the

same 10. A machine of velocity ratio 5 is used in

lifting a load with an effort of 500 N. If the

4. A diver is 5.2m below the surface of water machine is 80% efficient, determine the

of density 1000 kgm-1. If the atmospheric magnitude of the load.

pressure is 1.02 x 105 Pa, calculate the A. 2500 N

pressure on the diver. [g = 10 ms-2] B. 2000 N

A. 6.20 x 104 Pa C. 900 N

B. 1.02 x 105 Pa D. 625 N

C. 1.54 x 105 Pa

D. 5.20 x 105 Pa 11. The speed of an object in rectilinear motion

can be determined from the

A. area under a velocity-time graph

B. area under a distance-time graph

C. slope of a distance-time graph 2, calculate the angular frequency of the

D. slope of a velocity-time graph motion

A. 2 rad s-1

12. A body is said to be moving with uniform B. 4 rad s-1

acceleration if it experiences equal C. 5 rad s-1

A. increases in velocity at equal time intervals D. 10 rad s-1

B. decreases in velocity at equal time intervals

C. increases in speed at equal time intervals 19. When compared with water, mercury is

D. decreases in speed at equal time intervals preferred as a thermometric liquid because

it

13. A body dropped from a certain height above A. has a higher density

the ground level, falls with uniform B. has a lower specific heat capacity

A. speed C. exhibits anomalous thermal expansion

B. velocity D. contains molecules which have very strong

C. acceleration adhesive forces

D. retardation

20. Which of the following values on the

14. A body of mass 8kg moving with a speed of absolute scale of temperature is the ice

30ms-1 is brought to rest in 2.5s by a point?

constant retarding force. Calculate the A. 0K

magnitude of the force B. 32 K

A. 240 N C. 100 K

B. 96 N D. 273 K

C. 20 N

D. 9N 21. On a cold day, a concrete floor feels colder

to the bare foot than a mat on the same

15. A force acting on a body causes a change in floor because the

the momentum of the body from 12kg ms-1 A. mat is a better conductor of heat than the

to 16kgms-1 in 0.2s. Calculate the foot

magnitude of the force B. mat loses heat to the bare foot at a faster

A. 140.0 N rate

B. 20.0 N C. mat is a better conductor of heat than the

C. 4.0 N floor

D. 0.8 N D. concrete floor is a better conductor of heat

than the mat

16. The bob of a simple pendulum has a mass

of 0.02kg. Determine the weight of the bob. 22. When a metal ball is heated through 30oC,

[g = 10ms-2] its volume becomes 1.0018 cm-3. If the

A. 0.02 N linear expansivity of the material of the ball

B. 0.20 N is 2.0 x 10-5 K-1, calculate its original volume

C. 20.00 N A. 1.0000 cm3

D. 200.00 N B. 1,0020cm3

C. 1.0036 cm3

17. A ball bearing is projected vertically D. 1.0180 cm3

upwards from the ground with a velocity of

15ms-1. Calculate the time taken by the ball 23. A faulty barometer reads 72.6cm Hg when

to return to the ground. [g = 10ms-2] the atmospheric pressure is 75.0cm Hg.

A. 1.5s Calculate the atmospheric pressure when

B. 3.0s this barometer reads 72.0cm Hg.

C. 5.0s A. 79.4 cm Hg

D. 7.5s B. 74.4 cm Hg

C. 74.2 cm Hg

18. A loaded spring performs simple harmonic D. 69.4 cm Hg

motion with an amplitude of 5cm. If the

maximum acceleration of the load is 20cms-

24. On the basis of the kinetic theory, an

increase in the temperature of a fixed 30. In an experiment using a converging lens to

volume of an ideal gas causes produce real images on a screen, the linear

A. an increase in the number of the gs magnification, m, is plotted against the

molecules image distance, v, as illustrated in the

B. a decrease in the density of the gas diagram below. The distance OP represents

C. an increase in the average speed of the gas the

molecules

D. a decrease in the pressure exerted by the m

gas

at a pressure of 114cm Hg is 27oC. Calculate

0 p v

its volume at 76 cm Hg and 0oC.

A. 50.0 cm3

B. 546.0 cm3

C. 659.3 cm3 A. focal length of the lens

D. 1228.5 cm3 B. thickness of the lens

C. radius of curvature of the lens

26. The basic difference between a transverse D. diameter of the lens

wave and a longitudinal wave traveling in

the same direction in a medium is in the 31. A magnified and virtual image of a near

A. amplitude of the waves object is produced by

B. wave length of the waves A. prism binoculars

C. direction of vibration of the particles of the B. astronomical telescope

medium C. periscope

D. period of vibration of the particles of the D. simple microscope

medium

32. During a thunderstorm, lightning and

27. A wave traveling from water to glass suffers thunder occurred simultaneously in the

a change in its speed at the common atmosphere. An observer on the earth’s

boundary. Which of the following properties surface sees the lightning flash shortly

explains this observation? before hearing the thunder. This is because

A. Dispersion the

B. Refraction A. atmospheric pressure is higher at the

C. Interference surface than at the higher altitudes

D. Diffraction B. speed of sound is less than that of light

C. temperature of the atmosphere decreases

28. The image of an optical pin placed at the with altitude

principal focus of a concave mirror will be D. atmospheric density decreases with altitude

formed

A. between the principal focus and the pole 33. A girl stands 80m away from a tall cliff and

B. at the centre of curvature blows a whistle. If the speed of sound in air

C. between he principal focus and the centre is 330ms-1, how long would it take for her

of curvature to hear the echo of the sound?

D. at infinity A. 2.062 s

B. 0.970 s

29. A man 1.8m tall stands 3m away from a pin C. 0.485 s

hole camera. If the distance between the D. 0.242 s

pin hole and the screen of the camera is

0.3m, calculate the height of the image of 34. Which of the following reasons explains why

the man produced by the camera. the walls and ceilings of a standard concert

A. 0.18 m hall are usually covered with perforated

B. 1.50 m pads? To

C. 1.62 m A. increase the intensity of sound waves

D. 18.00 m B. increase the loudness of the sound waves

C. reduce the effect of reverberation of sound

waves 41. Calculate the energy stored in a 20µF

D. decrease the frequency of sound waves capacitor if the p.d. between he plates is 40

V.

35. The sound from a vibrating tuning fork is A. 3.2 x 10-2 J

louder when the tip of its stem is placed on B. 1.6 x 10-2 J

a wooden table than when in air because C. 8.0 x 10-4 J

A. the friction between the table and the D. 4.0 x 10-4 J

tuning fork generates additional energy

B. air molecules absorb sound waves but wood 42. Given that the gravitational constant is G,

transmits sound waves Newton’s universal law of gravitation states

C. the table increases the frequency of the that the force of attraction between two

tuning fork masses M1 and M2 separated by a distance r

D. a larger mass of air is set into vibration by is

the table A. Gr2 M2 M2

A. evenly distributed over a surface of any

shape C. GM1 M2

B. concentrated on the inner surface of the r2

conductor

C. concentrated at the outer flat surface of the D. GM1 M2

conductor r

D. generally concentrated at sharply curved

surface 43. A charge of 1.6 x 10-10C is placed in a

uniform electric field of intensity 2.0 x 105

37. Which of the following functions is NC-1. Calculate the magnitude of the

performed by manganese IV oxide in the electric force exerted on the charge.

Leclanche’ cell? A. 3.2 x 105 N

A. Control of local action B. 1.8 x 105 N

B. Depolarisation of the cell C. 3.2 x 10-5 N

C. Regulating current flow in the cell D. 1.8 x 10-5 N

D. Reduction of the internal resistance of the 44. Which of the following statements is not

cell correct?

A. A magnetic field is a region in which a

38. A car fuse marked 3 A operates optimally on magnetic force may be detected

a 12 V battery, calculate the resistance of B. A magnetic line of force is a path along

the fuse which a magnetic north-pole would move if

A. 36.0 Ω it were free

B. 15.0 Ω C. Magnetic fields are scalar quantities

C. 9.0 Ω D. Neutral points are obtained where the

D. 4.0 Ω earth’s magnetic field is exactly equal and

opposite to that due to a magnet

39. Find the cost of running a 60 W lamp for 24

hours, if I kW hr costs 5 Naira. 45. The main function of the mouth piece of a

A. 14.4 Naira telephone is that it converts sound energy

B. 12.5 Naira to

C. 7.2 Naira A. mechanical energy

D. 2.0 Naira B. electrical energy

C. chemical energy

40. The quantity of electric charge stored in a D. thermal energy

capacitor is measured in

A. Farad 46. An atom is normally electrically neutral

B. Ampere because the

C. Coulomb A. number of electrons is equal to the number

D. Volt of protons

B. number of electrons is equal to the number

of neutrons

C. number of protons is equal to the number of

neutrons

D. electrons of the atom are buried deeply in

the nucleus

principle of photoelectric effect not

applicable?

A. Closed-circuit television camera

B. Burglar alarm

C. Solar cells

D. Periscope

rays is not correct? They

A. are electromagnetic waves

B. can be used to study crystal lattice

C. can destroy living cells

D. are produced from the nucleus of an atom

days. If a mass of 1.55g of this substance is

left after decaying for 15 days, determine

the original value of the mass

A. 49.6 g

B. 37.2 g

C. 24.8 g

D. 12.4 g

correct for an atom X with 28 electrons and

30 neutrons?

A. 30X

28

B. 28X

30

C. 58X

30

D. 58X

28

the air at an angle above the horizontal.

Copy the diagram, and, using arrows,

indicate the relative magnitudes and

directions of the vertical and horizontal

components of the velocities of the bullet at

the points A, B and C.

(i) electrolyte; (ii) electrodes;

(iii) substances deposited on the

electrodes:

(b) State the ratio of the volume of the

substances deposited in (a) (iii)

above.

incident on a plane glass surface at an

angle of 58o to the normal. If the reflected

beam is completely polarized, calculate the

refractive index of the glass.

unpolarised light.

(b) State Grahams law of diffusion

has a scale pan hanging freely in its lower

end. When an object of mass 40g is placed

in the pan, its length becomes 21.80cm.

2004 When the object is replaced with another of

EASSY SECTION B PART I mass 60g, the length becomes 22.05 cm.

Calculate the mass of the scale pan. [g =

1. In his first attempt, a long jumper took off 10m s-2]

from the spring board with a speed of 8 ms-

1 at 30o to the horizontal. He makes a 8. (a) Define youngs modulus

second attempt with the same speed at 45o (b) When a force of 50 N is applied to

to the horizontal. Given that the expression the free end of an elastic cord, an

for the horizontal range of a projectile is u2 extension of 4 cm is produced in the

sin 2 θ cord. Calculate the work done on the

g, where all the symbols cord.

have their usual meanings, show that he

gains a distance of 0.8576m in his second 9. (a) List two properties of cathode rays

attempt. [g = 10 m s-2] (b) Explain how the intensity and energy

Z of cathode rays may be increased.

Broglie’s assumption that moving particles

behave like waves.

PART II

A C x

Answer any three questions from this part.

2. The diagram above illustrates the path ABC, 11. (a) Define gravitational field intensity.

in a vertical x – z plane, of a bullet shot into

(b) In an experiment to determine the 13. (a) Explain

acceleration of free-fall due to (i) wave motion;

gravity, g, using a simple pendulum (ii) stationary wave

of length l, six different values of l (b) (i) List four physical properties

were used to obtain six of a

corresponding values of period T. If a wave

graph of l along the vertical axis is (ii) Define amplitude and use it to

plotted against T2 on the horizontal distinguish between the node

axes; and antinode of a stationary

(i) make a sketch to show the wave.

nature (iii) List the factors on which the

of the graph; frequency of vibration in a

(ii) write down the equation that stretched string depends.

relates T, l and g hence (c) The equation, y = 5 sin (3x – 4t),

obtain an expression for the where y is in millimeters, x is in

slope of the graph; metres and t is in seconds

(iii) given that the slope of the represents a wave motion.

graph is 0.25, determine the Determine the

value for g. [Take π = 3,142] (i) frequency

(c) A stone, thrown horizontally from the (ii) period and

top of a vertical wall with a velocity (iii) speed of the wave.

of 15ms-1, hits the horizontal ground

at a point 45 m from the base of the 14. (a) (i) Explain electromotive force

wall. Calculate the (ii) List two sources of

(i) time of flight of the stone; electromotive force other

(ii) height of the wall. [g = 10m s- than a chemical cell.

2

] (b) A chemical cell of electromotive

force, E, and internal resistance, r, is

12. (a) Define upper fixed point and lower connected in series with an

fixed ammeter, a plug key and an external

Point as used in thermometry. load of resistance R. A voltmeter is

(b) The electrical resistances of the connected across the cell. Draw a

element circuit diagram to illustrate the

in a platinum resistance arrangement.

thermometer at 100oC, 0oC and room (c) For the arrangement in (b) above,

temperature are 75,000, 63,000 and with the key opened and closed, the

64.992Ω respectively. Use these voltmeter readings are Vo and V

data to determine the room respectively.

temperature. (i) Explain the physical meanings

(c) (i) State Boyle’s law; of Vo and V.

(ii) A uniform capillary tube, (ii) Find an expression for the

closed at one end contained (I) current passing through

dry air trapped by a thread of the

mercury 8.5 x 10-2 m long. circuit;

When the tube was held (II) maximum power

horizontally, the length of the dissipated

air column was 5.0 x 10-2m, in the cell and external

when it was held vertically load respectively.

with the closed end (III) efficiency of the cell.

downwards, the length was 15. (a) State two

4.5 x 10-2m. Determine the (i) Properties of x-rays;

value of the atmospheric (ii) reasons to show that x-rays

pressure. [g = 10 ms-2, are

density of mercury = 1.36 x waves;

104 kg m-3] (iii) uses of x-rays other than

those in medicine;

(iv) hazards of x-rays.

(b) The potential difference between the

cathode and target of an x-ray tube

is 5.00 x 104 V and the current in the

tube is 2.00 x 10-2 A. Given that only

one percent of the total energy

supplied is emitted as x-radiation,

determine the

(i) maximum frequency of the

emitted radiation;

(ii) rate at which heat is removed You have been provided with a retort stand,

from the target in order to clamp and boss; a metre rule; a spiral

keep it at a steady spring; a set of slotted weights and a

temperature. pointer.

[Planck’s constant, h = (i) Set up the apparatus as

6.63x10-34J s] shown in the diagram above.

[electronic charge e=1.60x (ii) Read and record the length, lo

10-19C] of the spiral spring.

(iii) Place a mass m = 50.0g on

the hanger

(iv) Read and record the new

length, l, of the spring.

(v) Determine the extension e = l

- lo

(vi) Set the system into small

vertical oscillations. Measure

and record the time, t for ten

complete oscillations.

(vii) Determine the period. T, of

the oscillations and evaluate

T2

(viii) Repeat the procedure for

four other values of m =

100.0 ←150.0

,200.0, and

250.0g. Tabulate your

readings.

(ix) Plot a graph of e on the

vertical axis against T2 on the

horizontal axis.

(x) Determine the slope, S, of the

graph

(xi) Evaluate b = 4 π 2 x S

(xii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results

(b) (i) State Hooke’s Law for an

elastic

Material.

(ii) A spiral spring is compressed

by 0.03 m. Calculate the

2004 energy stored in the spring if

PAPER I PRACTICAL its force constant is 300 N m-1

1.

2. (a) (xi) Evaluate 1_

√S

(xii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Define the principal focus of a

converging lens.

(ii) An object and its real

image are located at

distances 25.0cm and

40.0cm from the two

principal foci of a

converging lens

respectively, calculate

the focal length of the

lens.

You are provided with a converging lens, a

plane mirror, a ray box, a screen and a 3. (a)

metre rule.

(i) Mount the plane mirror

behind the lens and place the

ray box in front of it as shown

in diagram I above.

(ii) Adjust the position of the ray

box until a sharp image of the

cross wire is obtained in front You have been provided with a resistance

of the box, beside the cross box, a voltmeter, a key and a battery.

wire. (i) Connect the circuit as shown

(iii) Measure and record the in the diagram above.

distance of the cross wire (ii) With the key, K closed, read

from the lens. This position of and record the voltmeter

the cross wire is F1 reading Vo

(iv) Repeat the procedure with (iii) Set the resistance R in the

the lens reversed to obtain resistance box equal to 1Ω.

F2. Close the key, read and

(v) Replace the mirror with a record the potential

screen. difference V on the voltmeter.

(vi) Move the ray box a distance d Evaluate π R-1 and V01.

= 10.0cm from F2 and adjust (iv) Repeat the procedure for five

the position of the screen other values of R = 2, 3, 4, 5

beyond F1 until a sharp image and 6Ω. Tabulate your

of the wire is formed on the readings.

screen as shown in diagram II.

(v) Plot a graph of V-1 on the

(vii) Measure and record the vertical axis against R-1 on

distance, l between F1 and the the horizontal axis

screen. Evaluate l-1

(vi) Determine the slope of graph

(viii) Repeat procedures (v), (vi) and the intercept I on the

and (vii) for four other values vertical axis.

of d = 15.0, 20.0, 25.0 and

30.0cm. Tabulate your

(vii) Evaluate l-1

readings. (viii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

(ix) Plot a graph of l-1 on the

vertical axis against d on the

(b) (i) Define potential difference

readings.

between two points in an

(x) Determine the slope, s, of the

electric circuit.

graph.

(ii) Explain why the emf of a cell

is greater than the p.d across

the cell when it is supplying

current through an external

resistance.

2005

SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

practical evidence for the existence of the

continual motion of molecules?

A. Translational motion

B. Rotational motion

C. Brownian motion

D. Oscilatory motion

classified as a vector or a scalar quantity.

Which of the classifications is correct?

A. electric potential (Vector)

B. Momentum (Scalar)

C. Gravitational field intensity (Scalar)

D. Magnetic flux density (Vector)

spring balance and/or a chemical balance is

not correct?

A. The chemical balance operates on the

principle of moments

B. The spring balance operates on Hooke’s law

C. Either may be used to measure the weight

of a substance

D. The reading of a spring changes over the

surface of the earth, while that of the

chemical balance remains constant

of liquid in relative motion is called

A. capillarity

B. surface tension

C. viscosity

D. cohesion

rough horizontal floor is brought to rest

after sliding through a distance of 2.50m on

the floor. Calculate the coefficient of sliding

friction. [g = 10.0ms-2]

A. 0.09

B. 0.18

C. 0.36

D. 0.54 A. number of complete oscillations the

pendulum makes in one second

6. Which of the following simple machines is a B. number of amplitudes the bob makes in one

second class lever? second

A. Wheel barrow C. angle the bob swings through in one second

B. Crowbar D. distance the bob covers in one second

C. Claw hammer

D. Seesaw 13. Which of the following statements about an

7. A wheel and axle of radii 800mm and object performing simple harmonic motion

200mm respectively is used to raise a body is correct. Its acceleration

of weight 800 N by application of 250 N. A. is maximum at the extreme ends

Calculate the efficiency of machine. B. is constant and directed towards a fixed

A. 85% point

B. 80% C. is zero when it is displaced from the

C. 60% equilibrium position

D. 20% D. varies linearly with the displacement from a

fixed point and is directed towards the fixed

8. Messes m1 and m2 at the 20-cm and 65-cm point

marks respectively of a uniform metre rule

freely suspended at its centre of gravity. If 14. A body of mass 5kg moving with a velocity

the metre rule balances horizontally, of 10ms-2 collides with a stationary body of

determine the ratio m2: m1. mass 6kg. If the two bodies stick together

A. 2:1 and move in the same direction after the

B. 3:3 collision, calculate their common velocity.

C. 2:3 A. 4.55 ms-1

D. 1:2 B. 12.00 ms-1

C. 30.0 ms-1

9. Which of the following types of motion does D. 50.00 ms-1

a body undergo when acted upon by a

couple? 15. Fuel was consumed at a steady rate of 5.0 x

A. Vibrational 10-2 kg per second in a rocket engine and

B. Translational ejected as a gas with a speed of 4 x 103 ms -

C. Rotational 1

. Determine the trust on the rocket.

D. Random A. 20 n

B. 80 n

10. A body starts from rest and accelerates C. 200 n

uniformly at 5 ms-2 until it attains a velocity D. 800 n

of 25 ms-1. Calculate the time taken to

attain this velocity. 16. Which of the following quantities has the

A. 2.5 s same unit as energy?

B. 5.0 s A. Power

C. 10.0 s B. Work

D. 125.0 s C. Force

D. Momentum

11. A particle accelerates uniformly from rest at

6.0 ms-2 for 8s and then decelerates 17. Which of the following sources of energy is

uniformly to rest in the next 5s. Determine renewable?

the magnitude of the deceleration. A. Sun

A. 9.6 ms-2 B. Petroleum

B. 24.0 ms-2 C. Coal

C. 30.0 ms-2 D. Uranium

D. 48.0 ms-2

18. The lower and upper fixed points of a

12. The frequency of a swinging pendulum is thermometer are 30mm and 180mm

the respectively. Calculate the temperature in

degrees Celsius when the thermometer D. Boiling takes place at 100oC while

reads 45mm. evaporation may take place at temperature

A. 10.0oC lower than 100oC

B. 15.0oC

C. 20.0oC 24. Which of the following statements is

D. 30.0oC correct?

A. The density of a liquid decreases when it

19. A body of mass, m, has a specific heat expands

capacity s, and a heat capacity, c. If the B. The densities of liquids increase when the

temperature of the body changes by θ oC, liquids are heated

which of the following equations is correct? C. The real expansivity of a liquid is less than

A. ms θ = mc-1 its apparent expansivity

D. A liquid changes to solid when heated to a

B. ms = C

sufficiently high temperature

C. ms = s θ

D. ms = c θ 25. The pressure exerted by a given mass of

gas in a container

20. An immersion heater rated 400W,220V, is A. decreases if the container is heated

used to heat a liquid of mass 0.5kg. If the B. increases if the molecules of the gas move

temperature of the liquid increases faster

uniformly at the rate of 2.5oC per second, C. increases if the volume of the container is

calculate the specific heat capacity of the doubled

liquid. [Assume no heat is lost] D. decreases as the kinetic energy of the gas

A. 1100 Jkg-1K-1 molecules increases

B. 320 Jkg-1K-1

C. 200 Jkg-1K-1 26. Which of the following statements about a

D. 176 Jkg-1K-1 progressive mechanical wave is correct?

A. It can be plane polarised

21. Water falls through a height of 50m. B. Its energy is localized at specific points of its

Determine the temperature rise of the water profile

at the bottom of the fall. [Neglect energy C. It does not require a material medium for its

losses. Specific heat capacity of water = propagation

4200 Jkg-1K-1, g = 10 ms-2] D. Its frequency remains constant as it travels

A. 0.119oC between different media

B. 0.840oC

C. 1.190oC 27. The distance between two points in phase

D. 8.400oC on a progressive wave is 5cm. If the speed

of the wave is 0.20ms-1, calculate its

22. The energy required to change a solid to period.

liquid at constant temperature is called A. 4.00s

A. thermal capacity B. 2.50s

B. specific heat capacity C. 0.25s

C. latent heat of fusion D. 0.04s

D. latent heat of vaporisation

28. Radio waves travel in air at 3.0 x 108 ms-1. If

23. Which of the following statements about the waves enter water of refractive index

boiling and evaporation at atmospheric 4/3, calculate the speed of radio waves in

pressure is correct? water.

A. Evaporation and boiling of water take place A. 4.33 x 108 ms-1

at 100oC B. 4.00 x 108 ms-1

B. Evaporation of water takes place at a C. 2.25 x 108 ms-1

temperature greater than 100oC D. 1.33 x 108 ms-1

C. Evaporation of water takes place at 100oC

while boiling takes place at a higher 29. The amplitude of a wave is the

temperature A. distance traveled by the wave in a complete

cycle of its motion

B. maximum displacement of the wave particle D. 120000.0C

from the equilibrium position

C. separation of two adjacent particles 36. A chemical cell of internal resistance 1Ω

vibrating in a phase supplies electric current to an external

D. distance between two successive troughs of resistor of resistance 3Ω. Calculate the

the wave efficiency of the cell.

A. 75%

30. Which of the following optical instruments B. 50%

does not depend on the use of plane C. 33%

mirrors? D. 25%

A. Kaleidoscope

B. Simple microscope 37. An electric lamp is rated 240V, 40W. What is

C. Sextant the cost of running the lamp for 72 hours if

D. Simple periscope the electricity authority charges N2.50 per

kWh?

31. A ray of light is incident normally on a plane A. N7.20

mirror. If the incident ray is kept fixed while B. N18.00

the mirror is rotated through an angle of C. N180.00

30o, determine the initial and final angle of D. N720.00

reflection respectively.

A. 0o and 60o

B. 90o and 30o 38. Which of the following statements explains

C. 0o and 30o lost volt in an electric circuit? The

D. 90o and 60o A. total p.d from a source to maintain a flow of

current through the circuit as well as the

32. In which of the following media is the source

transmission of sound waves fastest? B. p.d. to drive current through the circuit

A. Vacuum components except the source

B. Air C. p.d. across all external components

C. Wood connected to the source of electricity

D. Iron D. p.d across the internal resistance of the cell

33. The ability of a material to store an electric 39. A constantan wire has a cross sectional area

charge when its plates are at different of 4 x 10-8 m2 and a resistivity of 1.1 x 10-

potentials is referred to as its 6

Ωm. If a resistor of resistance 11Ω is to be

A. conductance made from this wire, calculate the length of

B. inductance the wire required.

C. capacitance A. 0.4 m

D. resistance B. 0.8 m

C. 2.5 m

34. Two capacitors of capacitances 0.4µF and D. 5.0 m

0.5µF are connected in parallel and charged

to a p.d. of 50V. Determine the total charge 40. The mass weight of a body on earth are 8kg

acquired. and 80 N respectively. Determine the mass

A. 45µC and weight of the body respectively on a

B. 25µC planet where the pull of gravity is 1/8 that of

C. 20µC earth.

D. 10µC A. 8kg. 8 N

B. 1kg. 10N

35. A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C. 64kg. 10N

600µF has a potential difference of 2000V D. 8kg. 10N

between its plate. Calculate the charge on

either plate of the capacitor. 41. Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction

A. 1.2C states that

B. 3.3C A. a force is exerted on a current-carrying

C. 3330.0C conductor in a magnetic field

B. electromotive force is induced in a circuit A. natural radioactivity

whenever there is a change in the magnetic B. nuclear fission

flux linked with the circuit C. nuclear fusion

C. the magnitude of the induced electromotive D. chain reaction

force in a circuit is proportional to the rate

of change of flux linking the circuit 48. Light of energy 5.0eV falls on a metal of

D. the induced current in a coil is in such a work function 3.0eV and electrons are

direction that it sets up a magnetic field emitted, determine the stopping potential.

which opposes the change producing it [electronic charge, e = 1.60 x 10-19C]

A. 1.7V

42. A bar magnet is placed near and lying along B. 2.0V

the axis of a solenoid connected to a C. 8.0V

galvanometer. The pointer of the D. 15.0V

galvanometer shows no deflection when

A. the magnet is moved away from the 49. The mass of a proton is 1.0074µ and that of

stationary solenoid a neutron is 1.0089µ. Determine the energy

B. the solenoid is moved away from the evolved in stabilizing the nucleus of

stationary magnet nitrogen of a mass number 14 with 7

C. the magnet is moved towards the stationary protons and 7 neutrons.

solenoid [speed of light = 3.0 x 108 ms-1]

D. there is not relative motion between the [1µ = 1.67 x 10-27kg]

magnet and the solenoid

A. mechanical energy into electrical energy 50. Uranium of atomic number 92 and mass

B. electrical energy into mechanical energy number 238 emits an alpha particle from its

C. high voltage to low voltage nucleus. The new nucleus formed has

D. low voltage to high voltage respectively, atomic number and mass

number.

44. Which of the following statements is not a A. 94 and 238

reason for using soft iron in making the core B. 90 and 236

of a transformer? It C. 88 and 234

A. retains its magnetism for a long time D. 90 and 234

B. is easily magnetised

C. reduces energy loss due to hysteresis

D. is easily demagnetised

advantage of nuclear fusion over nuclear

fission?

A. The resulting chain reaction which produces

large amount of energy

B. No radioactive waste is produced as by-

product

C. Very high temperatures required in the

process

D. The end products is lead

A. protons

B. electrons

C. neutrons

D. photons

form a new atom of higher atomic mass is

2005

ESSAY SECTION B PART I

a vertical wall with a velocity of 15ms-1, hits

the horizontal ground at a point 45 m from

the base of the wall. Calculate the height of

the wall, [g = 10ms-2]

of 20m above the ground with an initial

velocity of 0.4ms-1. Calculate the horizontal

distance moved by the ball before hitting

the ground. [g= 10ms-2]

wave can be plane polarized?

(b) Draw and label an electrolytic cell.

5. State

(a) the principle upon which the

lightning in

fluorescent tubes operate;

(b) two factors on which the colour of

light from a fluorescent tube depend.

(b) A spiral spring extends from a length

of 10.00cm to 10.0Icm when a force

of 20N is applied on it. Calculate the

force constant of the spring.

(b) State Hooke’s law of elasticity heat of fusion of ice can be

determined by the method of

8. (a) Define surface tension mixtures.

(b) State two methods by which the (ii) State two precautions to be

surface tension of a liquid can be taken to ensure accurate

reduced. results.

(c) Steam, at 100oC, is passed into a

9. Using the kinetic theory of matter, explain container of negligible heat capacity,

the definite structure of solids. containing 20g of ice and 100g of

water at 0oC, until the ice is

10. Explain wave-particle paradox. completely melted. Determine the

total mass of water in the container.

PART II [specific latent heat of steam = 2.3 x

103 Jg-1]

11. (a) Sketch a diagram of a simple [specific latent heat of ice = 3.4 x

pendulum 102Jg-1]

performing simple harmonic motion [specific heat capacity of water =

and indicate positions of maximum 4.2Jg-1 K-1]

potential energy and kinetic energy.

(b) A body moving with simple harmonic 13. (a) (i) Explain refraction of a wave;

motion in a straight line has velocity, (ii) critical angle

v and acceleration, a, when the (b) State two conditions necessary for

instantaneous displacement, x in cm, (i) total internal reflection of a

from its maximum position is given wave to occur;

by x = 2.5 sin 0.4 π t, where t is in (ii) interference wave patterns to

seconds. be formed.

Determine the magnitude of the (c) The distance between two

maximum successive crests of a water wave

(i) velocity traveling at 3.6ms-1 is 0.45m,

(ii) acceleration calculate the frequency of the wave.

(d) A ray of light is incident at an angle

(c) A mas m attached to a light spiral of 30o at an air-glass interface.

spring is caused to perform simple (i) Draw a ray diagram to show

harmonic motion of frequency f = ½ the deviation of the ray in the

π k / m , where k is the force glass.

constant of the spring. (ii) Determine the angle of

(i) Explain the physical deviation [Refractive index of

glass = 1.50]

significance of k / m

(ii) If m = 0.30kg, k = 30N m-1 14. (a) (i) Explain

and the maximum (I) electric potential

displacement of the mass (II) electric potential

from the equilibrium position energy

is 0.015m, calculate the (ii) State the SI unit of each of

maximum the terms in (a) (i) above.

(I) kinetic energy of the (b) An isolated electrically-charged

system; sphere of radius, r, and charge. Q, is

(II) tension in the spring supported on an insulator in air of

during the motion. permittivity Eo. Write down

[g = 10ms-2, π = (i) an expression for the electric

3.142] field intensity on the surface

of the sphere;

12. (a) Explain specific latent heat. (ii) an expression for the electric

(b) (i) Describe how the specific potential at the surface of the

latent sphere;

(iii) a relationship between the

electric field intensity and the

electric potential at the

surface of the sphere.

(c) The plates of a parallel plate

capacitor, 5.0 x 10-3m apart are

maintained at a potential difference

of 5.0 x 104V. Calculate the

magnitude of the

(i) electric field intensity

between the plates;

(ii) force on the electron;

(iii) acceleration of the electron;

[electronic charge = 1.60x10-

19

C]

[mass of electron = 9.1x10-

31

kg]

(i) differences between nuclear

fusion and nuclear fission;

(ii) peaceful uses of atomic

energy

(b) (i) Explain chain reaction

(ii) State

(I) one condition

necessary or chain

reaction to occur

(II) two components in a

nuclear reactor used

to control chain

reaction.

2005

(c) (i) A nuclear reaction is given by PAPER I PRACTICAL

2H + 3H = 4He + 1n + energy

1 1 2 0 1. You have been provided with a retort stand,

What type of nuclear reaction clamp and boss, a set of masses, a spiral

is spring, stop watch, split cork and other

it? necessary apparatus.

(ii) The isotope of a nuclide has a

half life of 5.40 x 103g. Use the diagram below as a guide, carry out

Calculate its decay constant. the following instructions

(i) Suspend the spiral spring

vertically as shown in the

diagram.

(ii) Suspend a man hanger on the

free end of the spiral spring

and add a mass, m = 50.0g to

the hanger.

(iii) Pull the hanger gently

downwards and release to set

it into vertical oscillations.

(iv) Determine the time, t, for 20

complete oscillations.

(v) Evaluate the period, T, of the

oscillation. Also evaluate T2.

(vi) Repeat the procedure for four

other values of m = 70, 90,

110 and 130g. In each case,

determine t and evaluate T

and T2.

Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of T2 on the

vertical axis against m on the

horizontal axis.

(viii) Determine the slope, s, of the

graph and the intercept, I, on

the vertical axis.

(ix) Evaluate k = 4 π 2/S [Take π =

22

/7]

the

resistance of a wire depend.

2006

(ii) A resistance wire of length

SSCE PHYSICS

100cm is connected in a

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

circuit. If the resistance per

unit length of the wire is

1. Which of the following phenomena causes

0.02Ωcm-1, how much heat

capillarity of liquids in tubes of narrow bore?

would be produced in the wire

A. Viscosity

if a voltmeter connected

B. Surface tension

across its ends indicates 1.5V

C. Osmosis

while the current runs for 1

D. Brownian motion

minute?

2. Which of the following physical quantities

are derived?

I. Area

II. Thrust

III. Pressure

IV. Mass

A. I, II, III, and IV

B. I, II, and III only

C. I, II, and IV only

D. I and III only D. 0.5 ms-1

2.5 x 103kg m-3 is suspended from a spring

v/ms-1

balance with 2/3 of its volume immersed in

a liquid of density 900kg m-3. Determine the

reading of the spring balance [g = 10 ms-2]

A. 0.18 N

B. 0.57 N

C. 0.75 N 0 5 20 25 t/s

D. 0.93 N

The diagram above shows the speed-time

4. A solid body will float in a liquid if its graph of a car. If the car covered a total

A. density is less than that of the liquid distance of 600m in 25s, calculate the

B. mass is equal to that of the liquid maximum speed.

C. density is greater than that of the liquid A. 30 ms-1

D. mass is less than that of the liquid B. 25 ms-1

C. 20 ms-1

5. An object is said to undergo oscillatory D. 15 ms-1

motion when it moves

A. in an erratic manner 11. Which of the following quantities is a

B. to and fro about a fixed point vector?

C. in a circular path A. Speed

D. along a continuous path from the starting B. Distance

point C. Energy

D. Momentum

6. A moving car of mass 800kg experiences a

frictional force of 200N. If it accelerates at

2ms-2, calculate the magnitude of the force

applied to the car.

A. 600 N

B. 1000 N

C. 1600 N

D. 1800 N

radius 2.5m with an angular speed of 5 and 12. P

s-1. Calculate the magnitude of the radial

acceleration of the body 30O

A. 62.50 ms-2

B. 31.25 ms-2 40N

C. 12.50 ms-2

20cm 30cm

D. 10.00 ms-2

change of Determine the magnitude of P in the

A. distance in equal times diagram above.

B. displacement in equal times A. 16 N

C. velocity in equal times B. 20 N

D. acceleration in equal times C. 32 N

D. 40 N

9. A car accelerates uniformly from rest at 5

ms-2. Determine its speed after 10s. 13. Which of the following statements about

A. 50.0 ms-1 simple harmonic motion is correct? The

B. 25.0 ms-1 A. total mechanical energy is always

C. 2.0 ms-1 conserved

B. linear acceleration is directed to any 20. The velocity ratio of an inclined plane,

variable point inclined at an angle θ to the horizontal can

C. linear acceleration varies inversely with be expressed as

displacement A. (sin θ -1)

D. period of oscillation varies linearly as

B. sin θ

acceleration due to gravity

C. (cos θ )-1

14. A force on a body causes a change in the D. cos θ

momentum of the body from 12 kg ms-1 to

16 kg ms-1 in 0.2 s. Calculate the 21. A block and tackle system has six pulleys. A

magnitude of the impulse. force of 50 N applied to it lifts a load of

A. 28.0 Ns weight W. If the efficiency of the system is

B. 20.0 Ns 40%, calculate W.

C. 4.0 Ns A. 300 N

D. 0.8 Ns B. 200 N

C. 140 N

15. Which of the following sources of energy is D. 120 N

renewable?

A. Petroleum 22. The sagging of overhead electrical cables is

B. Charcoal the consequence of

C. Hydro A. linear expansivity

D. Nuclear B. superficial expansivity

C. cubic expansivity

16. A stone of mass 2.0kg is thrown vertically D. conductivity

upwards with a velocity of 2.0ms-1, calculate

the initial kinetic energy of the stone. 23. The silvered surface in a vacuum flask

A. 200 J reduces heat loss due to

B. 400 J A. conduction

C. 800 J B. convection

D. 1600 J C. radiation

D. evaporation

17. Which of the following statements about the

mouth piece of a telephone is correct? It 24. How long will it take to heat 2kg of water

converts sound energy into from 28oC to 88oC in an electric kettle taking

A. acoustic energy 6A from a 220V supply? [specific heat

B. mechanical energy capacity of water = 4180 J kg-1 k-1]

C. electrical energy A. 120 s

D. heat energy B. 570 s

C. 600 s

18. The potential energy in an elastic string of D. 836 s

force constant k which has been extended

by x metres is expressed as 25. The amount of energy required to change a

A. ½ kx2 kilogram of ice block into water without a

B. kx2 change in temperature is

C. ½ kx A. head capacity of ice

D. kx B. specific heat capacity

C. specific latent heat of vaporization of ice

19. The engine of a train produces a force of D. specific latent heat of fusion of ice

3000 N when moving at 30ms-1. Calculate

the power of the engine. 26. A quantity of stem at 100oC considenses to

A. 1.00 x 102 W water at the same temperature by releasing

B. 3.00 x 104 W 6.9 x 104J of energy. Calculate the mass of

C. 9.00 x 104 W the condensed steam. [specific latent heat

D. 3.00 x 105 W of vapourization of water = 2.3 x 106 J kg-1]

A. 3.0 x 10-1 kg

B. 3.0 x 10-2 kg

C. 3.0 x 10-3 kg is rotated through 30o, by how many

D. 3.0 x 10-4 kg degrees would the reflect ray rotate?

A. 60o

27. The temperature of a liquid falls after some B. 50o

of it has evaporated because C. 40o

A. the liquid left is smaller in volume and the D. 30o

breeze easily cools it

B. the more energetic molecules have escaped 34. Which of the following distances is usually

into the atmosphere adjustable in the camera? The distance

C. the liquid left has latent heat between the

D. after evaporation impurities are left behind A. Lens and the film

B. diaphragm and the shutter

28. The S.I. units of frequency, period and C. shutter and the film

amplitude of a wave are respectively D. diaphragm and the film

A. hertz, second and centimeter

B. second, metre and hertz 35. A traveling microscope is focused on a mark

C. metre, hertz and second on a table. If a glass block of thickness

D. hertz, second and metre 18.0cm is placed on the mark, by how many

centimeters will the microscope be moved

29. A note of frequency 2000 Hz has a velocity upwards so as to focus the mark once

of 400 ms-1. Calculate the wave length of again? [refractive index of glass = 1.5]

the note. A. 27 cm

A. 5.0 m B. 24 cm

B. 2.0 m C. 9 cm

C. 0.5 D. 6 cm

D. 0.2

36. In which of the following media would sound

30. The eclipse of the moon occurs when the wave travel faster?

A. moon comes exactly between the earth and A. wood

the sun B. Water

B. earth comes exactly between the moon and C. Iron

the sun D. Mercury

C. sun comes exactly between the earth and

the moon

D. moon reflects all the rays from the sun onto 37. Which of the following actions is necessary

the earth in order to tune a string to produce a note of

31. Which of the following observations cannot an octave higher than its fundamental?

be explained using the rectilinear A. Doubling the length of the string

propagation of light? B. Reducing the tension by half

A. Production of images by a pinhole camera C. Reducing the mass per unit length

B. Production of real images of objects by D. Increasing the tension four times

lenses

C. Formation of an annular eclipse 38. The acceleration due to gravity may be

D. Diffraction patterns of light defined as the force

A. of attraction of the sun on the earth

32. The distance between the successive crests B. with which the earth revolves around the

of a wave traveling at 20ms-1 is 25cm. sun

Calculate the frequency of the wave. C. with which the earth attracts one-kilogram

A. 0.8 Hz mass

B. 5.0 Hz D. of the moon on the earth

C. 50.0 Hz

D. 80.0 Hz 39. An electron of mass m and charge enters a

uniform electric field between two metal

33. A ray from a fixed object is incident on a plates P and Q separated by a distance d. P

plane mirror at an angle of 20o. If the mirror is maintained at a potential V while Q is

earthed. Determine an expression for the

magnitude of the acceleration of the I. moving coil ammeter

electron through the field. II. electric bell

A. eV/md III. electric motor

B. d/meV Which of the statements above are correct?

C. md/eV A. I and II only

D. e/Vmd B. II and III only

C. I and III only

40. Which of the following factors doe not D. I, II and III

affect the capacitance of a parallel plate

capacitor? 46. the breaking up of an atomic nucleus into

A. Area of the plates two fragments of nearly equal sizes is

B. Nature of the surface of the plates known as

C. Distance of separation between the plates A. nuclear fusion

D. Nature of the insulating material between B. nuclear fission

the plates C. thermonuclear reaction

D. natural radioactivity

41. The equivalent capacitance of a 3µF

capacitor and a 6µF capacitor connected in 47. A 500 kV is applied across an Ex-ray tube.

parallel is Calculate the maximum velocity of the

A. 2.0µF electrons produced. [Me = 9.1 x 10-31kg, e =

B. 3.0µF 1.6 x 10-19C]

C. 4.5µF A. 4.2 x 108 ms-1

D. 9.0µF B. 1.8 x 108 ms-1

C. 4.2 x 105 ms-1

42. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V and internal resistance D. 1.8 x 105 ms-1

1.0Ω is connected to two resistors of

resistances 2.0Ω and 3.0Ω in series. 48. A radioactive substance of mass 768g has a

Calculate through the resistors. half life of 3 years. After how many years

A. 0.25 A does this substance leave only 6g

B. 0.30 A undecayed?

C. 0.35 A A. 21

D. 0.50 A B. 18

C. 15

43. An electric lamp rated 120W in used on a D. 12

240 Vrms, calculate the resistance of its

filament. 49. Fusion is not usually used for generating

A. 480Ω electric power because

B. 360Ω A. no energy is released when fusion takes

C. 60Ω place

D. 2Ω B. very high temperatures are required to

initiate fusion reaction

44. Which of the following statements about a C. the raw materials needed are not easily

bar magnet is correct? available

A. Iron filings cling uniformly along the length D. heavy nuclei are involved

of the bar magnet

B. The magnetic properties are more 50. An atom 234

P emits a gamma radiation. The

pronounced at the middle of a magnet 91

the ends of a magnet A. 234

Th

D. The magnetic properties are more 90

pronounced at points near the ends of the

bar

B. 234

Ac

89

45. The force experienced by a current-carrying

conductor moving in a magnetic field is

employed in the working of the C. 230

Th

90

D. 234

Pa

91

2006

THEORY SECTION B PART I

acceleration of

free fall due to gravity on the

equator is 9.78 ms-2.

value of the acceleration of free fall

at a place.

from a height of 45m. Calculate the

horizontal distance covered by the particle

before hitting the ground. [g = 10ms-2]

3. A particle dropped from a vertical height h 10. List three observations in support of the de-

falls freely for a time interval t. Sketch and Broglie’s assumptions that moving particles

explain a graph to show how h varies with behave like waves.

(a) t; (b) t2.

PART I FOR CANDIDATES IN GHANA ONLY

4. The diagram below represents the graph of

the force applied in stretching a spiral 1. State the dimensions of

spring against the corresponding extension (a) power (b) momentum (c) density

produced within its elastic limit.

2. (a) how many strokes are there in a

petrol car

engine?

(b) List the strokes

naphthalene as it cools from 85oC to 30oC.

Using the notations on the graph, determine 4. (a) Write down the Van der Waals

the equation of

(a) force constant state.

(b) work done in stretching the spring (b) To what type of gas does the

from equation in 4(a) above apply?

10 x 10-2m to 20 x 10-2m (c) Re-write the equation in 4(a) above

for gas at very low pressure.

5. (a) Distinguish between the forces of

adhesion and cohesion 5. Explain how audible beats arise when two

(b) Give one example each of the forces tuning forks of slightly different frequencies

of adhesion and cohesion. f1 and f2 are sounded together

6. Explain why water in a narrow glass tube 6. (a) What is doopler effect?

has a concave meniscus while mercury, in (b) State one practical situation in which

the same tube, has a convex meniscus. doopler effect is experienced.

electrolysis. network?

(b) Explain what is meant by the (b) State, in words, Kirchhoff’s second

electrochemical equivalent of copper law of electrical network.

is 3.3 x 10-7kgC-1. (c) Which of the conservation laws does

the law in 7(b) above express?

8. The uncertainty in determining the duration

during which an electron remains in a 8. The magnitude of the force of attraction

particular energy level before returning to between two bodies is directly proportional

the ground state is 2.0 x 10-9s. Calculate the to the product of their masses, M1 and M2,

uncertainty in determining its energy at and inversely proportional to the square of

that level. [Take h/2 π = h = 1.054 x 10-34 their distance, d, apart. Determine the S.I.

Js]. unit of the universal gravitational constant,

G using dimensional analysis.

9. A parallel beam of unpolarized light is

incident on a plane glass of refractive index 9. List three devices in everyday life which

1.60 at an angle to the normal. If the operate on the deflection of electric charges

reflected beam is completely polarized, in a magnetic field.

calculate the angle of incidence of the

beam. 10. Sketch a graph to show the I-V

characteristics of a p-n junction diode.

image would be the same size

11. (a) State the conditions for the as the object.

equilibrium of

a rigid body acted upon by parallel 14. (a) (i) Name and explain the

forces common

(b) (i) Describe an experiment to Defects of a primary cell.

determine the mass of a (ii) State two advantages of a

metre rule using the principle secondary cell over a primary

of moments. cell.

(ii) State two precautions (b) Draw a labeled diagram to show the

necessary to obtain accurate essential parts of a dry leclanche

results in the experiment cell.

described in 11(b)(i) above. (c) (i) Explain why six accumulators

(c) A bullet of mass 120g is fired each of e.m.f.2V connected

horizontally into a fixed wooden in series can be used to start

block with a speed of 20ms-1. If the the engine of a car whereas

bullet is brought to rest in the block eight dry cells each of e.m.f.

in 0.1 s by a constant resistance, 1.5V connected in series

calculate the cannot be used.

(i) magnitude of the resistance (ii) Name the materials used for

(ii) distance moved by the the positive terminal, the

bullet in the wood. negative terminal and the

electrolyte in a

12. (a) State two (I) leclanche cell;

(i) laws of solid friction; (II) charged lead acid

(ii) advantages of friction accumulator

(iii) methods of reducing friction

(b) Draw and label a diagram of a pulley 15. (a) Define

system with a velocity ratio of 5. (i) proton number

(c) (i) Show that the efficiency ε, (ii) nucleon number

the (iii) isotopes

force ratio M.A. and velocity (b) A nuclide ZAX emits β -particles to

ratio V.R. of a machine are form a daughter nuclide Y. Write a

related by the equation ε = nuclear equation to illustrate the

M.A.

/V.R x 100% charge conservation.

(ii) The efficiency of a machine is (c) The radioactive nuclei 210 Po emits an

80%. Calculate the work done 84 α

particle to

by a person using the produce 206

Pb. Calculate the energy,

machine to raise a load of in MeV, 82

released in each

300kg through a height of disintegration.

4m. [g = 10ms-2]

Take the masses of 210Po = 209.936730 u;

13. (a) With the aid of ray diagrams, explain 84

total 206Pb = 205,929421 u;

82

internal reflection. 4He = 4,001504 u,

(b) Describe, with the aid of a laebelled 1

diagram, the essential features of an And that 1u = 931 MeV.

astronomical telescope in normal

adjustments.

(c) A converging lens forms a real image

of a real object. If the magnification

is 2 and the distance between the

image and the object is 90.0cm,

determine the 2006

(i) focal length of the lens; PAPER I PRACTICAL

(ii) object distance for which the

2.

clamp and set of masses.

(i) Clamp the metre rule to the

edge of the bench such that

90cm of the rule projects You have been provided with a rectangular

from the edges as shown in glass prism, optical pins and other

the diagram above. Ensure necessary apparatus. Using the above

that the rule is capable of diagram as a guide, carry out the following

performing oscillatory motion. instructions:

(ii) Fix a mass M = 50g at the (i) fix the drawing paper

free end of the rule. provided to the drawing

(iii) Deflect the rule slightly such board;

that it performs vertical (ii) place the glass prism on the

oscillation. drawing paper and trace the

(iv) Determine the time t for 10 outline, ABCD of the prism;

complete oscillations. (iii) remove the prism, mark a

(v) Calculate the period T of the point O and AB such that AO

oscillations and evaluate T2. is about one-quarter of AB;

(vi) Repeat the procedure for (iv) draw a normal through point

four other values of M = 100, O. Also draw an incident ray

150, 200 and 250g. In each to make an angle i= 25o with

case determine and record the normal at O. Fix two pins

the corresponding values of t, at P1 and P2 on the incident

T and T2. Tabulate your ray;

readings.

(v) replace the prism. Fix two

(vii) Plot a graph of T2 on the other pins at P3 and P4 such

vertical axis against M on the that the pins appear to be in a

horizontal axis, starting both straight line with the images

axes from the origin (0,0). of the pins at P1 and P2 when

(viii) Determine the slope s, of the viewed through the clock

graph and its intercept C on along DC;

the vertical axis.

(vi) remove the prism. Join points

(ix) Evaluate k = 4 π /s. [Take π P3 and P4 and produce it to

= 22/7]. meet DC at I. Also draw a line

(x) From your graph, determine to join OI;

the period T, when M = 180g. (vii) with O as centre and using

(xi) State two precautions taken any convenient radius, draw a

to ensure accurate results. circle to cut the incident ray

(b) (i) Explain simple harmonic and the refracted ray at E and

motion. H respectively. Maintain this

(ii) Define period and frequency, radius through-out the

with respect to a simple experiment.

harmonic motion. (viii) Draw the perpendiculars EF

and GH. Measure and record

d = EF and l = GH;

(ix) Repeat the procedure for four

other values of i=35o, 45o,

55o, and 65o respectively. In

each case measure and (viii) Determine the slope, s, of the

record d and l graph and its intercept, c on

(x) Plot a graph of d on the the vertical axis.

vertical axis against l on the (ix) Evaluate k = c/s

horizontal axis; (x) using your graph, determine

(xi) Determine the slope of the the current I when I = 55cm

graph; (xi) State two precautions taken

(xii) State two precautions taken to ensure accurate results.

to ensure accurate results.

[Attach your traces to your (b) (i) Explain what is meant by the

answer booklet] potential difference between two

(b) (i) State Snell’s law. points in an electric circuit.

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for (ii) State two factors on which the

a water-air interface. resistance of a resistance wire

[refractive index of water = depends.

4/3]

3. (a)

2Ω standard resistor, an accumulator E, and

ammeter A, a key K and other necessary

apparatus.

(i) Measure and record as shown

in the diagram above.

(ii) Connect a circuit as shown in

the diagram above.

(iii) Close the key, read and

record the ammeter reading

Io when the crocodile clip is

not in contact with the

constantan wire.

(iv) Open the key. With the clip

making contact with the wire,

when I = 90cm, close the key.

Read and record the ammeter

reading I, Evaluate I-1.

(v) Repeat the procedure for I =

80, 70, 60 and 50cm.

(vi) In each case, read and record

the ammeter reading and

evaluate

K-1. Tabulate your readings.

(vii) Plot a graph of I on the

vertical axis against I-1 on the

horizontal axis;

B. U + F – mg = 0

C. U – F = mg

D. F – U – mg = 0

accelerates when it is in

A. rectilinear motion

B. translational motion

2007 C. circular motion

SSCE PHYSICS D. vibrational motion

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

7. An object of mass 2kg moves with a uniform

1. Which of the following observations is not speed of 10ms-1 for 5 s along a straight

an effect of surface tension? path. Determine the magnitude of its

A. Droplets of water dripping slowly from a tap acceleration.

B. Mercury spilled on a clean glass plate forms A. 0 ms-2

small spherical droplets B. 1 ms-2

C. An insect walking across the surface of a C. 3 ms-3

pond D. 4 ms-2

D. Water flowing out more easily than engine

oil from container 8. The term rectilinear acceleration means the

rate of increase of

2. Which of the physical quantities is correctly A. velocity along a circular path in a unit time

paired with its corresponding S.I. unit? B. distance along a rectangular path in a unit

A. Density [kg m-1] time

B. Power [J s-1] C. displacement along a straight-line path in a

C. Specific latent heat [J kg-1k-1] unit time

D. Pressure [N m-1] D. velocity along a straight path in a unit time

3. A liquid of volume 2.00m3 and density 1.00 9. A vehicle moving with a uniform speed is

x 103kg m-3 is mixed with 3.00m3 of another gradually brought to test. Which of the

liquid of density 8.00 x 103 kg m-1. Calculate following sketches describe the motion of

the density of the mixture the vehicle?

A. 5.20 x 103 kg m-3

B. 8.80 x 103 kg m-3 A. B. C.

C. 1.13 x 103 kg m-3 speed speed speed

D. 5.20 x 103 kg m-3

solid friction are correct? It

I. is a force

time time time

II. occurs between the surfaces of two bodies

in contact

III. depends on the area of contact

A. I and II only

B. I and III only

C. II and III only D.

speed

D. I, II and III

drag. F and an upthrust. U as he descends

towards the ground at a steady velocity, time

using a parachute. If the acceleration of free

fall is g, which of the following expression is

correct?

A. FU = mg

10. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at 2 14. A block of mass 4.0kg causes a spiral spring

ms-1. Calculate the magnitude of its velocity to extend by 0.16 m from its unstretched

after traveling 9 m. position. The block is removed and another

body of mass 0.50kg is hung from the same

A. s= v–u I spiral spring. If the spring is then stretched

2 and released, what is the angular frequency

of the subsequent motion?

B. s = v + 2u I [g = 10 ms-2]

2 A. 10 √ 5 rad s-1

B. 5 √ 2 rad s-1

C. 5 rad s-1

C. s= v+u I D. √5 rad s-1

2

15. An external force of magnitude 100N acts

on a particle of mass 0.15kg for 0.03s.

D. s = 2V + u I Calculate the change in the speed of the

2 particle.

A. 50 ms-1

B. 25 ms-1

11. A body accelerates uniformly from rest at 2 C. 20 ms-1

ms-2. Calculate the magnitude of its D. 5 ms-1

velocity after traveling 9 m.

A. 4.5 ms-1 16. A car of mass 800kg moves from rest on a

B. 6.0 ms-1 horizontal track and travels 60 m in 20s with

C. 18.0 ms-1 uniform acceleration. Assuming there were

D. 36.0 ms-1 no frictional forces, calculate the

accelerating force.

12. 10N A. 240.00 N

B. 800.00 N

C. 1600.00 N

D. 2400.00 N

an efficiency of 50%. Calculate the force

parallel to the plane required to push a load

30o 0 F of 120N uniformly up the plane.

A. 50.0 N

P

B. 120.0 N

C. 200.0 N

The diagram above illustrates three forces D. 240.0 N

acting on an object at point O. If the object

is in equilibrium, determine the magnitude 18. Mechanical energy can be either

of the force P. A. kinetic or electric

A. 10.5N B. chemical or potential

B. 11.0N C. potential or kinetic

C. 17.3N D. electric or heat

D. 20.0N

19. The ice and steam points on a mercury-in-

13. A swinging pendulum between the rest glass thermometer are 10cm and 30cm

position and its maximum displacement respectively. Calculate the temperature in

possesses degree celius when the mercury meniscus is

A. kinetic energy only at the 14cm mark.

B. potential energy only A. 20oC

C. gravitational energy only B. 30oC

D. both kinetic and potential energy C. 34oC

D. 70oC

following diagrams correctly illustrates the

20. Which of the following surfaces will radiate temperature ( θ ) versus time (t) graph for

heat energy best? this process?

A. Red surface

B. White surface A. θ /oC B. θ /oC

C. Black surface 150 150

D. Yellow surface

100 100

97 97

21. Which of the following statements

95 95

distinguishes thermal conduction from

convection? t/s t/s

I. Conduction requires a material medium

while convection does not

II. In convection, there is actual motion of hot

material, while in conduction, molecules

C. θ /oC D. θ /oC

vibrate faster about their mean positions

150 150

III. Conduction takes place in solids while

convection takes place in fluids 100 100

A. I and II only 97 97

95 95

B. II and III only

C. I and III only t/s t/s

D. I, II and III

22. A cube made of a metal of linear 26. According to the kinetic theory of gases,

expansivity R is heated through a which of the following properties of a gas

temperature θ . If the initial volume of the can be affected by the collision of the gas

cube is Vo, the correct expression for the molecules with the walls of its container?

increase in volume of the cube is A. Temperature

A. 1/3 Vo θ B. Energy

B. 1/3 Vo θ C. Viscosity

D. Pressure

C. 2 Vo θ

D. 3 Vo θ 27. The pressure of fixed mass of an ideal gas

at 27oC is 3 Pa. The gas is heated at a

23. A relative density bottle of volume 50cm3 is constant volume until its pressure is 5Pa.

completely filled with a liquid at 30oC. It is Determine the new temperature of the gas.

then heated to 80oC such that 0.75cm-3 of A. 100oC

the liquid is expelled. Calculate the B. 227oC

apparent cube expansivity of the liquid. C. 273oC

A. 0.00030 k-1 D. 500oC

B. 0.00032 k-1

C. 0.01970 k-1 28. Which of the following waves is

D. 0.02030 k-1 electromagnetic?

A. X-rays

24. A body of mass 200g and specific heat B. Sound waves

capacity 0.4Jg-1 k-1 cools from 37oC to 31oC. C. Water waves

Calculate the quantity of heat released by D. Tidal waves

the body.

A. 4800 J 29. The distance between two points P and Q

B. 1200 J along a wave is 0.05m. If the wave length of

C. 480 J the wave is 0.10m, determine the angle

D. 202 J between P and Q in radians.

A. 0.1 π

25. At standard atmospheric pressure, a B. π

solution of common salt is heated gradually C. 2π

until most of it boils away. Which of the D. 10 π

30. Which of the following phenomena is not a 36. A sounding tuning fork is brought near the

direct consequence of rectilinear open end of a pipe containing air and the

propagation of light? loudness of the sound is observed to

A. Lunar and solar eclipses increase. This observation is due to

B. Images of object in pinhole camera A. an echo

C. Diffraction of light B. resonance

D. Shadows of opaque objects C. interference

D. reverberation

31. An object is placed 10cm in front of a plane

mirror. If it is moved 8cm farther away from 37. Which of the following statement about

the mirror, determine the distance of the sound waves is not correct? Sound waves

final image from the mirror. can be

A. 2 cm A. reflected

B. 9 cm B. refracted

C. 16 cm C. diffracted

D. 18 cm D. polarized

32. In which of the following pieces of apparatus 38. Which of the following statements is correct

is the radius of curvature equal to twice the about resonance? Resonance occurs when

focal length? a body

A. Converging lens A. vibrates with its natural frequency

B. Diverging lens B. is forced to vibrate at its own natural

C. Converging mirror frequency by another body vibrating at the

D. Parabolic mirror same frequency

C. vibrates at the frequency of the body

33. When an object is placed at the centre of causing the vibration

curvature of a concave mirror, its image is D. vibrates with an irregular frequency

formed at?

A. the focus 39. A dry plastic comb used in combing hair was

B. infinity found to attract pieces of paper and dust.

C. the centre of curvature The most probable explanation for this

D. a distance twice the radius of curvature phenomenon is that the comb has been

given

34. A rectangular glass prism of thickness d and A. magnetization by induction

absolute retractive index n is placed on a B. electric charges by induction

point object, which is viewed vertically C. electric charges by conduction

downward from above the prism. Which of D. electric charges by friction

the following expressions correctly defines

the apparent upward displacement of the 40. Which of the following components is used

object? for storing electric charges?

A. d

/n A. Inductor

B. dn B. Resistor

C. d

/n-2 C. Capacitor

D. d(n – l) D. Electrometer

n

41. Which of the following operations does not

35. Which of the following factors can affect the represent an action of a force field?

speed of sound in air? A. Falling of a mango fruit from the tree

I. The temperature of the surrounding B. Picking of nails using a bar magnet

II. The direction of wind C. Repulsion of two like charges

III. The pitch of the sound D. Pushing of a wheel-barrow on a level ground

A. I and II only 42.

B. II and III only

C. I and III only

D. I, II and III

III. Potential energy of the target atoms

IV. Heat energy of the emitted electrons

A. IV, III, II, I

B. IV, II, III, I

Calculate the effective resistance between P C. II, IV, III, I

and Q in the diagram shown above. D. III, IV, II, I

A. 0.75 Ω

B. 4.00 Ω 49. In a nuclear reactor, chain reactions result

C. 5.00 Ω from the release of

D. 7.00 Ω A. electrons

B. photons

43. A bulb marked 240V, 40W is used for 30 C. neutrons

minutes. Calculate the heat generated. D. protons

A. 320 J

B. 400 J

C. 10800 J 50. There is always an uncertainty involved in

D. 72000 J any attempt to measure the position and

momentum of an electron simultaneously.

44. Five 80 – W and three 100 – W lamps are This statement is known as the

run for 8 hours. If the cost of energy is A. de Broglie’s law

N5.00 per unit, calculate the cost of running B. Heisenberg uncertainty principle

the lamps. C. Franck-Hertz experimental law

A. N280.00 D. Wave-particle paradox

B. N28.00

C. N7.20

D. N1.44

wave can be detected by its heating effect?

A. Ultraviolet radiation

B. X-rays

C. Gamma rays

D. Infrared radiation

produce a discharge, and the light is

examined in a spectrometer;

A. an explosion is observed

B. the rainbow colours are seen

C. an emission spectrum is observed

D. dark lines are observed

increased by one after a radioactive decay.

The element must have decayed by

emitting

A. a beta particle

B. an alpha particle

C. a gamma ray

D. a neutron

transformation in the operation of an X-ray

tube is

I. X-rays

II. Kinetic energy of thermo electrons

(a) Tensile stress

(b) Tensile strain

(c) Yield point

extends by 0.25mm when a force of 50N

was used to stretch it from its end.

Calculate the

(a) stress on the wire

(b) strain in the wire [ π = 3,142]

2007 rate of

THEORY SECTION B PART I Diffusion.

(b) State two examples to illustrate the

1. A particle is projected at an angle of 30o to effects of surface tension.

the horizontal with a speed of 250ms-1. 10. State two effects to show

Calculate the (a) the existence of matter waves

(i) total time of flight of the (b) that radiation behaves like particles.

particle

(ii) speed of the particle at its PART II FOR ALL CANDIDATES

maximum height. [g = 10 ms-

1

] 11. (a) State the conditions of equilibrium

for a

2. A stone projected horizontally from the top number of coplanar parallel forces.

of a tower with a speed of 4 ms-1 land on the (b) A metre rule is found to balance

level ground at a horizontal distance 25m horizontally at the 48cm mark. When

from the foot of the tower. Calculate the a body of mass 60g is suspended at

height of the tower. [g = 10ms-1] the 6cm mark, the balance point is

found to be at the 30cm mark.

3. State: Calculate the

(a) the difference between plane (i) mass of the metre rule

polarized light and ordinary light. (ii) distance of the balance point

(b) two uses of polaroids. from

the zero end, if the body were

4. Define: moved to the 13cm mark.

(a) Electrolysis: (c) A man pulls up a box of mass 70kg

(b) Electrolyte; using an inclined plane of effective

(c) electrode: length 5m unto a platform 2.5m high

at a uniform speed. If the frictional

5. Copper of thickness d is plated on the force between the box and the plane

cathode of a copper voltameter. If the total is 100N.

surface area of the cathode is 60cm-2 and a (i) draw a diagram to illustrate

steady current of 5.0 A is maintained in the all the forces acting on the

voltameter for 1 hour, calculate the value of box while in motion.

polaroids. (ii) Calculate the:

[ density of copper = 8.9 x 103 kgm-3] I. minimum effort

[ electro chemical equivalent of copper = applied in pulling up

3.3 x 10-7 kgC-1] box;

II. velocity ratio of the

6. (a) Explain thermionic emission plane if it is included

(b) State two applications of electrical at 30o to the

conduction through gases. horizontal.

III. force ratio of the

7. Define: plane.

from a 4400V a.c. supply. Calculate

12. (a) Define the boiling point of a liquid. the

(b) With the aid of a sketch diagram, (i) ratio of the number of turns in

describe an experiment to determine the primary coil to the

the boiling point of a small quantity number of turns in the

of a liquid. secondary coil of the

(c) A piece of copper of mass 300g at a transformer.

temperature of 950oC is quickly (ii) current taken from the mains

transferred into a vessel of negligible circuit.

thermal capacity containing 250g of

water at 25oC. If the final steady 15. (a) (i) With the aid of a labeled

temperature of the mixture is 100oC, diagram,

calculate the mass of water that will describe the mode of

boil away. operation of a modern X-ray

[specific heat capacity of copper = tube.

4.0 x 10 J kg K] (ii) State the energy

[specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 transformations that take

x 10 J kg K] place during the operation of

[specific latent heat of vaporization the X-ray tube.

of steam = 2.26 x 10 J kg]. (b) Define, as applied to X-rays, the

following terms.

13. (a) (i) What is a wave motion? (i) Hardness

(ii) State two differences (ii) Intensity

between a radio wave and a (c) State:

sound wave. (i) Four uses of X-rays

(b) (i) Given that you are provided (ii) One hazard of over exposure to

with X-rays in a radio-logical

a tuning fork, a burette and laboratory

other necessary apparatus,

describe with the aid of a

diagram, an experiment to

determine the frequency of a

note emitted by a source

sound. [assume the velocity

of sound in air is known]

(ii) State two precautions

necessary to obtain accurate

result in the experiment

described in 13(b)(i) above.

(c) A pipe closed at one end is 100cm

long. If the pipe is set into vibration

and a fundamental note is produced,

calculate the frequency of the note.

[velocity of sound in air = 340 ms-1]

explain

How a step down transformer works.

(b) (i) State three ways by which

energy

is lost in a transformer

(ii) Mention how each of the

losses in (b)(i) above can be

minimized.

(c) A 95% efficient transformer is used

to operate a lamp rated 60 W; 220V

of suspension of the

pendulum.

(iii) Displace the pendulum

through a small angle and

release. Allow the pendulum

to oscillate freely.

(iv) Determine the time t for 20

complete oscillations;

(v) Also, determine the period T

of the oscillations;

(vi) Evaluate T2 and L = l – 30

(vii) Repeat the procedure for

four other values of l = 110,

90, 70 and 50cm

(viii) In each case determine t and

evaluate T, T2 and L. Tabulate

your readings;

(ix) Plot a graph of T2 on the

vertical axis against L on the

horizontal axis, starting both

axes from the origin (0,0)

(x) Determine the slope, s, of the

graph. Also determine the

intercept, C of the graph on

the T2 axis.

(xi) Evaluate:

I. k1 = 4 π 3

s

II. k2 = F/s [Take π =

22

/7]

(xii) State two precautions taken

2007

to ensure accurate results.

PAPER I PRACTICAL

(b) (i) What is meant by the period

1. (a)

of

oscillations of an oscillating

body?

(ii) Explain acceleration of free

fall due to gravity.

2. (a)

and boss, a pendulum bob, a piece of thread

and other necessary apparatus. Carry out

the following experiment:

(i) set up the apparatus as

shown in the diagram above.

(ii) Measure and record the

Using the above diagram as a guide, carry

distance l=130cm from the

out the following experiment:

centre of the bob to the point

(i) place the equilateral

triangular glass prism on the

drawing paper. Trace the

outline ABC of the prism.

(ii) Remove the prism. Draw line

NO such that it makes an

angle i=25o with the normal

at point O on side AB.

(iii) Fix two pins R1 and R2

vertically on line no. Replace You have been provided with an

the prism on its outline: accumulator E, a standard resistor R3, two

resistance boxes RB1 and RB2, two keys K1

(iv) Place the reflecting surface of

and K2 and other necessary apparatus.

the plane mirror in contact

(i) Measure and record the e.m.f. of

with face AC of the prism.

the accumulator.

(v) Looking through face BC of (ii) Connect a circuit as shown

the prism, fix two other pins above.

at R3 and R4 such that the (iii) Set the resistance R, in the

pins appear to be in a straight

resistance boxes such that R in

line with the images of the

RB1 = R in RB2 = 1Ω

pins at R1 and R2;

(iv) With K open and K2 closed,

(vi) Remove the prism, the mirror

measure and record the potential

and the pins. Draw a line to

difference Vo across the standard

join points R3 and R4.

resistor Rx.

(vii) Produce R4R3 to meet line NO

(v) Close K1 and K2. Read and record

produced at T.

the potential difference V1 across

(viii) Measure and record the Rx

angles θ at T and e at D. (vi) Evaluate V1-1

(ix) Repeat the procedure for (vii) Repeat procedure (v) for four

four other values of i=30o, other values of R = 2, 3, 4 and

35o, 40o and 45o. In each case, 5Ω respectively. In each case,

measure and record the ensure that the value of R in RB1

corresponding values of θ and is equal to the value of R in RB2.

e. Tabulate your readings; (viii) Evaluate V1-1 in each case.

(x) Plot a graph of e on the Tabulate your readings.

vertical axis and θ on the

horizontal axis, starting both (ix) Plot a graph of V1-1 on the vertical

axes from the origin (0,0) axis against R on the horizontal

(xi) Determine the slope s, of the axis starting both axes from the

graph and the intercept on origin (0,0).

the horizontal axis.

(xii) Evaluate k = s-1. (x) Determine the slope, s, of the

(xiii) State two precautions taken graph and the intercept I on the

to ensure accurate results. vertical axis.

[Attach your traces to your

answer booklet]. (xi) Evaluate y = ¼.

(b) (i) State four characteristics of

the (xii) State two precautions taken to

image of an object formed by ensure accurate results.

a plane mirror.

(ii) State two conditions (b) (i) Explain what is meant by the

necessary for total internal potential

reflection to occur in a

medium. difference between two points in an

electric circuit.

3. (a)

(ii) A cell has an e.m.f. of 3V. When it is 2. Which of the following sets of quantities is

connected across a resistor of fundamental?

resistance 4Ω, a current of 0.5A A. Length, mass and time

passes through the circuit. Calculate B. Speed, length and time

the internal resistance of the cell. C. Speed, mass and distance

D. Distance, speed and time

3.

apparatus, e1,e2 represent densities and

h1, h2 heights of column of liquids. Which of

the following equations is correct?

A. h1 = h2 l 1

l 2

B. h1 = h2 l 2

l 2

C. h1 = l 1l 2

D. h1 = l 1

H2 l 2

principle is correct? The upthrust on a body

is a measure of the

A. mass of fluid displaced

B. weight of the body

C. volume of the body

D. weight of the fluid displaced

2008 5. Which of the following is/are in random

SSCE PHYSICS motion?

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE I. Pollen grains in water

II. The molecules of hydrogen gas

1. If the air inside a rigid box is heated, the III. Fine chalk particles floating in air.

I. average speed of the molecules increases A. I and II only

II. pressure of the air increases B. I and III only

III. average separation of the molecules C. II and III only

increases D. I, II and III

Which of the statements above are correct?

A. I and II only 6. A car traveling with a uniform velocity of

B. II and III only 30ms-1 along a horizontal road overcomes a

C. I and III only constant frictional force of 600N. Calculate

D. I, II and III the power of the engine of the car

A. 18kW

B. 20kW

C. 180kW

D. 200kW

11. F3 F2

7. A rectangular block of dimensions 2.0m x

1.0m x 0.5m weighs 200N. Calculate the

maximum pressure exerted by the block on

a horizontal floor. A B

A. 100Nm-2

B. 200Nm-2

C. 300Nm-2

D. 400Nm-2 F1

and F3 which keep the bar AB in horizontal

equilibrium. Which of the following

equations is correct?

A. F3 = F1 + F2

B. F2 = F1 + F3

t/s C. F1 = F2 – F3

D. F1 = F2 + F3

The diagram above represents the 12. A mass attached to a string is moving in a

displacement – time graph of the motion of circular path. If the speed is doubled, the

an object thrown upwards. The velocity of tension in the string will be

the object at the point P is A. doubled

A. maximum B. halved

B. uniform C. four times as great

C. zero D. one-fourth as much

D. terminal

13. An object of mass 2kg moving with a

9. A very sensitive spring balance was used to velocity of 3cm-1 collides head-on with

determine the weight of an object at the another object of mass 1kg moving in the

north pole. When the same spring balance opposite direction with a velocity 4ms-1. If

was used to measure the weight of the the objects stick together after collision,

same object at the equator, it was found to calculate their common speed.

reduce. The explanation for this observation A. 0.60ms-1

is that B. 0.67ms-1

A. it is very hot at the equator C. 2.00ms-1

B. the spring balance has expanded D. 3.33ms-1

C. the acceleration of free fall due to gravity

varies with location 14. Which of the following devices converts

D. the mass of the body is reduce heat energy to electrical energy?

A. Transformer

10. A ship moving northward with speed VS is B. Dynamo

acted upon by a wind blowing the due west C. thermocouple

at a speed VW. Which of the following D. Thermostat

diagrams correctly indicates the velocity VR

of the wind relative to the ship? 15. A ball is dropped and it hits the floor at a

A. B. B. point A. It rebounds upwards to a point B.

While moving from A to B its

A. kinetic energy is increasing

B. potential energy is increasing

C. potential energy is decreasing

D. D. kinetic energy remains constant

h above the ground with a speed of 4cm-1. If

its mechanical energy at this height is 12 J, A. 4.57 minutes

determine the value of h. [g = 10ms-1] B. 5.02 minutes

A. 0.8m C. 7.30 minutes

B. 4.0m D. 10.04 minutes

C. 4.8m

D. 5.6m 22. The working principle of a pressure cooker

is based on the

17. Which of the following equations for the A. increase in the volume of steam inside it

efficiency of a machine is correct? B. complete trapping of heat inside it

A. Efficiency = Velocity Ratio ___ x 100% C. increase in the pressure of the pot

Mechanical Advantage D. decrease in the pressure of the pot

B. Efficiency = Input__ x 100% 23. It takes a shorter time for a liquid to boil at

Output the top of a mountain than at the base

because at the top, the

C. Efficiency = Load distance__ x 100% A. temperature is higher

Effort distance B. pressure is lower

C. humidity is higher

D. Efficiency = Mechanical Advantage x D. temperature is constant

100%

Velocity Ratio 24. Light is considered as a transverse wave

because it travels

18. the design of the thermostat of an electric A. through materials without causing

iron is based on the disturbance of the medium

A. emission of electrons from metals when B. through space with constant speed

heated C. in a direction parallel to the plane

B. increase in size of metals when heated containing the electric and magnetic fields

C. increase in the density of metals when D. in a direction perpendicular to the plane

heated containing the electric and magnetic fields

D. change in the mass of metals when heated

25.

19. A metal rod of length 50cm is heated from

40oC to 80oC. If the linear expansivity of the

material is α , calculate the increase in

length of the rod (in metres) in terms of α

A. 20 α

B. 200 α

C. 2000 α The diagram above illustrates the sun,

D. 20000 α moon and earth in the same straight line

20. The cubic expansivity of a certain gas at during an eclipse. An observer at the point P

constant pressure is 1 K-1. If a given mass on earth observes

of the gas is A. annular eclipse

273 B. partial eclipse

Held at constant pressure and its volume at C. total eclipse

0oC is 273m3, determine the volume of the D. no eclipse

gas at 273oC.

A. 273m3 26. The letter F is placed in front of a plane

B. 546m3 mirror as illustrated in the diagram beside

C. 819m3

D. 1092m3

80oC using an electric kettle which is rated Which of the following represents the image

5A, 230V. Calculate the time taken to reach observed?

the final temperature. [Specific heat

capacity of water = 4200 Jkg-1 K-1] A.

B. 33. A sound wave is produced from a source

and an echo is heard t seconds afterwards.

C. If d is the distance of the reflecting surface

from the source, v the speed, λ the

D. wavelength and T the period of the wave,

then

shady areas such as under a tree, because λ

light has undergone

A. internal reflection

B. refraction

B. d= λt

C. diffraction 2T

D. diffuse reflection

C. d=2T

28. The distance between a concave mirror and λt

a object placed in front of it is 1.0m. If the

radius of curvature of the mirror is 4.0m, D. d= λ T;

the image formed will be 2t

A. 2.00m behind the mirror

B. 2.00m in front of the mirror 34. A negatively charged rod is held close to an

C. 1.25m in front of the mirror uncharged metal ball on an insulating stand.

D. 1.25m behind the mirror The ball will

A. be negatively charged

29. The image of an object formed by a convex B. be positively charged

mirror is C. have an excess of negative charges on the

A. real, erect and enlarged side nearest the rod

B. real, inverted and enlarged D. have an excess of positive charges on the

C. virtual, erect and diminished side nearest the rod

D. virtual, erect and enlarged

35. Two bodies each carrying a charge of 2.00

30. When viewed straight down, a fish in a pond x10-10C are 5cm apart. Calculate the

is magnitude of the force between the

A. farther below than it appears to be charges.

B. nearer than it appears to be [ 1_ = 9.00 x 109Nm2C-2]

C. found at exactly the same point it is seen 4π ε o

D. seen beside its image

A. 1.44 x 10-7 N

31. A converging lens and a screen are placed B. 7.20 x 10-9 N

20cm and 80cm respectively from an object C. 7.20 x 10-11 N

in a straight line so that a sharp image of D. 1.44 x 10-11 N

the object is formed on the screen. If the

object is 3cm high, calculate the height of 36. If the charge on an object is measured as

the image formed. 4.0 x 10-18C, how many excess electrons

A. 1cm does the object posses, given that the

B. 9cm charge of an electron is 1.6 x 10-19C?

C. 12cm A. 18

D. 15cm B. 19

C. 25

32. Which of the following defects of vision is as D. 37

a result of the eye ball being too long?

A. Long sight 37. Which of the following is a unit of the time

B. Astigmatism rate of flow of electric charges?

C. Short sight A. Coulomb

D. Loss of accommodation B. Ampere

C. Volt

D. Watt

area 2.0 x 10-7m2 has a resistance of 0.1Ω. The diagram above illustrates a bar magnet

Calculate the electrical conductivity of the near a coil connected to a galvanometer.

wire When the magnet is rapidly moved towards

A. 2.0 x 107Ω-1m-1 the coil

B. 5.0 x 107Ω-1m-1 I. an e.m.f. is induced in the coil

C. 2.0 x 108Ω-1m-1 II. the galvanometer needle deflects

D. 5.0 x 108Ω-1m-1 III. the magnet is attracted by the coil

Which of the statements above are correct?

39. Three capacitors each of capacitance 1.5µF A. I and II only

are connected in series. The total B. II and III only

capacitance in the circuit is C. I and III only

A. 2.0µF D. I, II and III

B. 1.5µF

C. 0.6µF 45. A direct current of 5A flows through a 0.2H

D. 0.5µF inductor. Calculate the energy stored in the

inductor.

40. A voltmeter is a device that A. 0.5J

A. draws high current B. 1.0J

B. has a very low resistance C. 2.5J

C. has a very high resistance D. 5.0J

D. is able to measure both voltage and current

46. Both rays and X-rays

41. Which of the following actions will not I. can be produced by thermionic emission

increase the sensitivity of a moving coil II. have low frequencies

galvanometer? III. have short wavelengths

A. Using a strong temporary magnet Which of the statements above is/are

B. Increasing the area and umber of turns of correct?

the coil A. I only

C. Using a weak hair spring B. II only

D. Using a light pointer C. III only

D. I and III only

42. Fleming’s right hand rule is also called the

A. motor rule 47. When a radioactive substance undergoes a

B. dynamo rule beta decay, its

C. screw rule A. mass number decreases by 1

D. thumb rule B. atomic number decreases by 1

C. mass number increases by 1

43. A transformer is required to supply 12VFMS to D. atomic number increases by 1

operate a toy train set from a 240VFMS. If the

number of turns in the secondary coil is 48. Nuclear fission is preferred to nuclear fusion

100, calculate the number of turns required in the generation of energy because

in the primary coil. A. very high temperatures are required for

A. 5 fusion

B. 12 B. the raw materials for fusion are easily

C. 2000 obtained

D. 2400 C. energy obtained from fusion is relatively

smaller

44. D. the by-products of fusion are very

dangerous

49. Control in nuclear reactors is effected with

boron rods because the rods have the 2. In an electrolysis experiment, the ammeter

ability to records a steady current of 1A. The mass of

A. absorb electrons copper deposited in 30 minutes is 0.66g.

B. absorb neutrons Calculate the error in the ammeter reading.

C. accelerate electrons [Electrochemical equivalent of copper =

D. slow down neutrons 0.00033gC-1]

50. A radioactive element has a decay constant 3. The horizontal component of the initial

of 0.077s-1. Calculate its half-life. speed of a particle projected at 30o to the

A. 13.0s horizontal is

B. 9.0s 50ms-1. If the acceleration of free fall due to

C. 5.1s gravity is 10ms-2, determine its

D. 0.5s (a) initial speed;

(b) speed at the maximum height

reached.

(a) Using a labeled diagram of a tall

vessel, show all the forces acting on

it.

(b) When will it attain terminal velocity?

6.

interacts with water reducing the surface

tension where it is put. Explain why the toy

boat illustrated above would move forward

with the camphor placed at the back of it

but would be stationary before the

placement of the camphor.

2008 accelerated under a potential difference of

PAPER 2 THEORY SECTION B 1.0 x 105V. Calculate the energy of the

PART I electron in joules.

until it snaps. fluorescent tube operate?

(a) Sketch a load-extension graph for (b) State two factors which determine

the wire. the colour of light produced in a

(b) Indicate on the graph the fluorescent tube.

(i) elastic limit (E);

(ii) yield point (Y); 9. (a) Define electrolysis.

(iii) breaking point (B).

(b) Classify each of the following

substances as an electrolyte or a

non-electrolyte: 13. (a) The equation y = a sin (wt – kx)

(i) sugar solution; represents a plane wave traveling in

(ii) kerosene; a medium along the x-direction, y

(iii) alkaline solution; being the displacement at the point

(iv) lemon fruit juice. x at time t.

(i) Given that x is in metres and

10. (a) State Heisenberg’s Uncertainty t is in seconds, state the units

Principle. of k and w.

(b) State one phenomenon that can only (ii) What physical quantity does

be explained in terms of the wave w

/k represent? Justify your

nature of light. answer.

(iii) State whether the wave is

PART II traveling in the positive or

negative x-direction.

11. (a) A particle moves on a straight path (b) (i) What are beats

with (ii) A sonometer wire has a

An initial speed u and final speed v frequency of 259Hz. It is

in time t, Show that the total sounded alongside a tuning

distance x covered by the particle is fork of frequency 256Hz.

given by = ut + ½ at2 where a is Calculate the beat frequency.

the magnitude of acceleration. (iii) The sonometer wire in 13(b)

(b) State: (ii) above is under a tension

(i) Newton s second law of of 1200N. If a metre of the

motion; wire has a mass of 0.03kg,

(ii) the principle of conservation calculate the length l of the

of wire when it is vibrating in the

energy; fundamental mode.

(iii) the law of floatation. (c) List two similarities between the

human eye and the photographic

12. (a) State two differences between camera.

boiling and

evaporation. 14. (a) What is a magnetic field?

(b) A closed inexpansible vessel contains (b) With the aid of a labeled diagram

air saturated with water vapour at describe an experiment to show that

77oC. The total pressure in the vessel a magnetic field exists around a

is 1007 mmHg. Calculate the new straight wire carrying current.

pressure in the vessel if the (c) A 40µF capacitor in series with a 40Ω

temperature is reduced to 27oC. resistor is connected to a 100V, 50Hz

[The s.v.p. of water at 77oC and a.c. supply.

27oC respectively are 314mmHg and (i) Draw a circuit diagram of the

27mmHg. Treat the air in the vessel arrangement.

as an ideal gas]. (ii) Calculate the:

(c) The length of a zinc rod at 23oC is (I) impedance in the

200m. Calculate the increase in circuit;

length of the rod when its (II) current in the circuit;

temperature rises to 33oC (III) potential difference

[Linear expansivity of zinc = 2.6 x10- across the capacitor.

5

K-1]

(d) Explain why there is no temperature 15. (a) (i) State Einstein’s equation of

change when a solid being heated photoelectric effect.

changes into liquid at its melting (ii) What conservation principle

point. does the equation represent?

(b) List three applications of photocells.

(c) A photo emissive surface has a

threshold frequency of 4.02 x 1014Hz.

If the surface is illuminated by light

of frequency 5.0 x 1015Hz, calculate 2008

the: PAPER I PRACTICAL

(i) threshold wavelength;

(ii) work function; 1. (a) 0cm 15cm G Y 100cm

(iii) kinetic energy of the emitted

photoelectrons.

[c = 3.0 x 108 ms-1, h = 6.63 x

D L

10-34Js]

W M

a knife edge, masses and other necessary

apparatus.

(i) Suspend the metre rule

horizontally on the knife

edge. Read and record the

point of balance G of the

metre rule. Keep the knife

edge at this point throughout

the experiment.

(ii) Using the thread provided,

suspend the object labeled W

at the 15cm mark of the

metre rule.

(iii) Suspend a mass M = 20g on

the other side of G. Adjust the

position of the mass until the

metre rule balances

horizontally again.

(iv) Read and record the position

Y of the mass M on the metre

rule.

(v) Determine and record the

distance L between the mass

and G. Also determine and

record the distance D

between W and G.

(vi) Repeat the procedure for

four other values of M = 30,

40, 50, and 60g. In each case,

ensure that W is kept

constant at the 15cm mark

and the knife edge at G.

(vii) Evaluate L-1 in each case.

Tabulate your readings.

(viii) Plot a graph of M on the

vertical axis against L-1 on the

horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope, s, of the (x) Plot a graph of D on the

graph. vertical axis against d on the

(x) Evaluate s horizontal axis.

D (xi) Determine the slope, s, of the

(xi) State two precautions taken graph.

to obtain accurate results. (xii) Evaluate k = 8/4.

(b) (i) State the principle of (xiii) State two precautions taken

moments. to obtain accurate results.

(ii) Define centre of gravity. (b) (i) Explain the statement the focal

length of a

2. (a) converging lens is 15cm.

(ii) Distinguish between a real image

and a virtual image.

3. (a)

out the following instructions.

(i) Fix a metre rule on the bench

with its graduated side facing

up.

(ii) Place the illuminated object at You are provide d with two resistance wires

the 0cm end and the screen labeled A and B, a 1Ω standard resistor RX

at the 100cm end of the rule and other necessary apparatus.

such that the distance d (i) Connect RX in the left hand

between the illuminated gap of the metre bridge, a

object and screen is 100cm. length L = 100cm of wire A in

(iii) Record the distance d. also the right hand gap and the

evaluate and record d2. other apparatus as shown in

(iv) Place and move the the diagram above.

converging lens between the (ii) Determine and record the

illuminated object and the balance point P on the bridge

screen until a sharp wire NQ.

diminished image of the

object is formed on the

(iii) Measure and record lx = NP

screen. and ly = PQ.

(v) Read and record the position (iv) Evaluate R1 = ly RX.

l1 of the lens. lX

(vi) Now move the lens towards (v) Repeat the procedure for

the object until another sharp four other values of L = 95,

image of the object is formed 85, 75 and 65cm. In each

on the screen. case, determine and record

the balance point P and the

(vii) Read and record the new lengths lx and ly. Also

position l2 of the lens. evaluate R1.

(viii) Evaluate and record L = (l1 – (vi) Repeat the experiment with

l2) also evaluate L2 and D = the second wire B. Obtain the

d1 – L2. balance points P and the

(ix) Repeat the procedure for values of lx and ly.

four values of d = 85, 75, 65 (vii) Evaluate R2 = ly RX.

and 55cm. Tabulate your lX

readings.

(viii) Plot a graph of R2 on the

vertical axis against R1 on the

horizontal axis.

(ix) Determine the slope, s of the

graph.

(x) Evaluate k = S

(xi) State two advantages of

using a potentiometer over a

voltmeter for measuring

potential difference.

using a

Potentiometer over a

voltmeter for measuring

potential difference.

(ii) Define internal resistance of a

cell.

2009

SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

the molecules vibrate about their mean

positions?

A. Liquids only

B. Solids only

C. Liquids and gases only

D. Solids, liquids and gases

bar can be measured in terms of the

dimension of length only?

A. Weight

B. Density

C. Pressure

D. Volume

applied to the smaller piston of area 10cm2.

If the area of the larger piston is 200cm2,

calculate the force obtained.

A. 800 N

B. 500 N

C. 80 N

D. 50 N

liquid of density 980kgm-3 with ¾ of its

volume submerged. Calculate the upthrust

on the body. [g = 10ms-2]

A. 11.27 N

B. 33.81 N

C. 112.70 N

D. 338.10 N

be produced when a pair of equal and

opposite non-collinear parallel forces acts 11. Two forces 6 N and 8 N, act eastwards and

on a body. northwards respectively on a body. Calculate

A. Vibrational motion

B. Random motion

the magnitude of their equilibrant.

A. 2N

C. Translational motion

B. 7N

D. Rotational motion

C. 10 N

D. 14 N

6. A body moving in a circle at constant speed

has

12. The period of a simple pendulum of length

I. a velocity tangential of the circle

80.0cm was found to have doubled when

II. a constant kinetic energy

the length of the pendulum was increased

III. an acceleration directed towards the

by X. Calculate X.

circumference of the circle

A. 26.7 cm

Which of the statements above are correct?

B. 40.0 cm

A. I and II only

C. 160.0 cm

B. II and III only

D. 240.0 cm

C. I and III only

13. A body of mass 5kg moving with a velocity

D. I, II and III

of 30ms-1 due east is suddenly hit by

another body and changes its velocity to

7. A car moves with a speed of 20ms-1.

50ms-1 in the same direction. Calculate the

Calculate the distance traveled in 30s.

magnitude of the impulse received.

A. 30 m

A. 100 Ns

B. 60 m

B. 150 Ns

C. 450 m

C. 250 Ns

D. 900 m

D. 400 Ns

8. A moving body accelerates when it

14. Electrical energy is measured in

A. changes its direction at constant speed

A. ampere

B. maintains a constant linear speed

B. coulomb

C. covers equal distances in equal times in a

C. kilowatt - hour

straight line

D. kilowatt

D. is acted upon by balanced forces

15. A stone of mass 0.5kg is dropped from a

9. the following properties of a solid are

height of 12m, calculate its maximum

measured on earth:

kinetic energy. [g = 10ms-2]

I. weight

A. 3.0 J

II. Specific heat capacity

B. 6.0 J

III. Density

C. 30.0 J

A. I and II only

D. 60.0 J

B. II and III only

C. I and III only

16. A machine of efficiency 80% is used to lift a

D. II, I, and III

box. If the effort applied by the machine is

twice the weight of the box, calculate the

10. Which of the vector diagram below

velocity ratio of the machine.

represents the following position vectors?

A. 0.50

B. 0.63

A. B.

C. 0.80

D. 1.60

100oC. If the thermometer has no zero error,

C. D.

what will it register at 55oC?

A. 54.6oC B. Barometer

B. 55.0oC C. Hypsometer

C. 56.0oC D. Hygrometer

D. 56.4oC

24. The maxim displacement of a vibrating

18. A rod of initial length 2m at a temperature tuning fork is its

of 25oC is heated to 80oC. Calculate the A. amplitude

increase in length of the rod if its linear B. frequency

expansivity is 4.0 x 10-3K-1. C. period

A. 0.26 m D. wavelength

B. 0.44 m

C. 0.53 m 25. A boat is rocked by waves of speed 30ms-1

D. 0.84 m whose successive crests are 10m apart.

Calculate the rate at which the boat

19. As a bicycle tyre was being pumped up, it receives the waves.

was noticed that contrary to Boyle’s law the A. 30 s-1

volume increased as the pressure B. 10 s-1

increased. The best explanation of this is C. 3 s-1

that Boyle’s law is only true for D. 1 s-1

A. ideal gases 26. Which of the following waves is not

B. a fixed mass of gases transverse?

C. a mixture of gases A. Light waves

D. a gas at variable temperature B. Sound waves

C. Sea waves

20. It takes 4 minutes to boil a quantity of water D. Radio waves

using an electrical heating coil. How long

will it take to boil the same quantity of 27. Light traveling through a small pinhole

water using the same heating coil if the usually does not make a shadow with a

current is doubled? [Neglect any external distinct sharp edge because of

heat losses] A. diffraction

A. 8 minutes B. interference

B. 4 minutes C. reflection

C. 2 minutes D. refraction

D. 1 minute

28. The angle of incidence of a ray of light on a

21. When table salt is added to ice, the melting plane mirror is 55o. Determine the angle

point of the ice between the reflected ray and the mirror.

A. is raised A. 35o

B. is lowered B. 45o

C. remains unchanged C. 55o

D. is first raised, then lowered D. 110o

22. Which of the following factors affect the rate 29. A concave mirror forms a magnified and

of evaporation of a liquid? erect image only when the object is placed

I. Exposed surface area A. at the centre of curvature

II. Temperature of the surroundings B. at the focus

III. Thermal capacity of the liquid C. between the focus and the pole of the

IV. Relative humidity of the surrounding mirror

A. II and III only D. beyond the radius of curvature

B. II, III and IV only

C. I, III and IV only 30. A thin lens is placed 50cm from an

D. I, II and IV only illuminated object. The image produced has

linear magnification of ¼. Calculate the

23. Which of the following instruments is used power of the lens in dioptres.

to measure relative humidity? A. 2.5 D

A. Hydrometer B. 5.0 D

C. 10.0 D 4π ε 0 ε rR

D. 25.0 D

37. The magnitude of the electric field intensity

31. Which of the following characteristics of at P is given by the expression

light determines its colour?

A. Velocity A. Q___

B. Wavelength 4π ε 0 ε rr2

C. Amplitude

D. Intensity B. Q______

4π ε 0 ε r(R + r)2

32. Which of the following is not a part of

electromagnetic-spectrum? C. Q_______

A. X-rays 4π ε 0 ε r(R – r)2

B. Microwaves

C. Infrared radiation D. Q___

D. Alpha rays 4π ε 0 ε rR2

38. A resistor of resistance R is connected to a

33. Sound interference is necessary to produce battery of negligible internal resistance. If a

the phenomenon of similar resistor is connected in series with it

A. beats the

B. Droppler effect A. effective resistance of the circuit is halved

C. acoustic resonance B. total power dissipated is doubled

D. echo C. total current in the circuit is halved

D. terminal voltage halfed

34. A satellite in circular motion around the

earth does not have 39. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5V is connected in series

A. a gravitational forces acting on it with a resistor of resistance 3.0A voltmeter

B. a uniform velocity connected across the cell registers 0.9V.

C. an acceleration Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.

D. a centripetal force acting on it A. 2.0Ω

B. 3.0Ω

35. When a conductor mounted on an insulating C. 5.0Ω

stand is charged and left for sometime, the D. 6.0Ω

conductor eventually loses all its charges.

This is because the 40. A wire of resistivity 4.40 x 10-5Ω cm has a

A. electric charges evaporate from the surface cross sectional area of 7.50 x 10-4cm-2.

of the conductor Calculate the length of this wire that will be

B. charges are conducted to earth required to make a 4.0Ω resistor

C. charges on the conductor are neutralized by A. 82.50 cm

opposite charges from the surrounding air B. 68.18cmΩ

D. charges ionize the surrounding air C. 15.90cm

D. 11.94cm

36. The electric potential at P is given by the

expression 41. A battery of e.m.f. 12.0V and internal

resistance 0.5Ω and 4.0 series resistors.

A. Q___ Calculate the terminal voltage of the

4π ε 0 ε rr battery?

A. 13.0 V

B. Q______ B. 11.0 V

4π ε 0 ε r(R + r) C. 3.0 V

D. 1.0 V

C. Q_______

4π ε 0 ε r(R – r) 42. If the direction of the current in a straight

wire is reversed, the magnetic field

D. Q___ A. remains the same

B. becomes parallel to the wire 48. Two isotopes of uranium are designated as

C. ceases to exist 238U and 235U. The numbers 238 and 235

D. is oppositely directed represent their

A. atomic numbers

43. An ideal step-down transformer steps up B. nucleon numbers

A. power C. proton numbers

B. energy D. neutron numbers

C. current

D. voltage 49. The main difference between x-rays and y-

rays lies in their

44. An inductor of inductance 1.0H is connected A. ionizing ability

in series with a capacitor of capacitance B. absorption rate

2.0µF in an a.c. circuit. Calculate the value C. mode of production

of frequency that will make the circuit to D. mode of propagation

resonate.

A. 112.5Hz 50. An electron of mass 9.1 x 10-31kg moves

B. 225.0Hz with a speed of 107ms-1. Calculate the

C. 353.5 Hz wavelength of the associated wave [h = 6.6

D. 707.21 Hz x 1034 Js]

A. 9.10 x 10-24m

45. an ammeter connected to an a.c. circult B. 4.55 x 10-17m

records 5.5A, the peak current in the circuit C. 7.25 x 10-11m

is D. 6.20 x 10-8m

A. 7.8 A 2009

B. 7.1 A PAPER 2 THEORY

C. 3.9 A SECTION B PART I

D. 3.5 A

1. A particle is dropped from a vertical height

The table below shows the energy h and falls freely for a time t. With the aid

distribution for various levels of an atom. of a sketch, explain how h varies with:

Use it to answer 46 and 47. (a) t; (b) t2

Energy level 1 2 3 4

(n) 2. A particle is projected horizontally at 15 ms-1

Energy (eV) – –3.39 – – from a height of 20m. Calculate the

13.6 1.51 0.85 horizontal distance covered by the particle

just before hitting the ground. [g = 10 ms-2]

[h = 6.6 x 10-34 Js, e = 1.6 x 10-19C; c = 3.0 x

108 ms-1]

3. Explain why mercury does not wet glass

46. Calculate the first excitation energy of the while water does.

atom.

A. 1.60 x 10-19 J 4. (a) Explain what is meant by cations

B. 1.02 x 10-18 J (b) Draw and label an electrolytic cell

C. 1.60 x 10-18 J

D. 1.02 x 10 J 5. State three methods of polarizing and

unpolarized light.

47. If the atom de-excites from n = 2,

wavelength of the emitted radiation is 6. (a) State faraday’s second law of

A. 2.4 x 10-7 m electrolysis

B. 1.2 x 10-7 m (b) An electric charge of 9.6 x 104C

C. 2.4 x 10-9 m liberates 1 mole of a substance

D. 1.2 x 10-9 m containing 6.0 x 1023 atoms.

Determine the value of the electronic

charge.

7. Explain the following terms: (b) State the effect of an increase in

(a) tensile stress; (b) Young’s pressure on the (i) boiling point; and

modulus (ii) melting point of water.

(c) S.V.P (mmHg)

8. (a) Define diffusion

(b) State two applications of electrical S.V.P. (mmHg)

conduction through gases.

760

(b) Explain how the intensity and energy 500

of cathode rays may be increased.

Broglie’s assumption that moving particles 50 100 Temp(oC)

behave like waves.

The graph shown above is that of the

11. (a) Give a retort stand and clamp, a saturated vapour pressure (svp) of water

stout pin, against temperature. Pure water is known to

a simple pendulum and a pencil, boil at 100oC and at an atmospheric

describe how you would use thee pressure of 760mmHg. What general

apparatus to determine the centre of conclusion can be drawn form the

gravity of an irregularly shaped piece information given above and from the

of cardboard of a moderate size. graph?

obtain accurate results. is used to trap some air in a

capilalary tube with uniform cross-

(b) Using a suitable diagram, explain sectional area and closed at one end.

how the following can be obtained With the tube vertical and the open

form a velocity-time graph: end uppermost, the length of the

(i) acceleration trapped air column is 15cm.

(ii) total distance covered Calculate the length of the air

(c) A body at rest is given an initial column when the tube is held

unform acceleration of 6.0ms-2 for (i) horizontally;

20s after which the acceleration is (ii) vertically with the open end

reduced to 4.0ms-2 for the next 10s. underneath. [Atmospheric

The body maintains the speed pressure = 76 cm Hg].

attained for 30s.

Draw the velocity-time graph of the 13. (a) State two differences between a

motion using the information given sound

above. From the graph, calculate wave and a radio wave.

the: (b) Explain why a vibrating tuning fork

(i) maximum speed attained sounds louder when its stem is

during the motion; pressed against a table top than

(ii) total distance traveled during when held in air.

the first 20s; (c) State two conditions necessary for

(iii) average speed during the the:

same time interval as in (ii) (i) production of stationary wave

above. in a medium;

(ii) formation of interference

12. (a) Explain why is not advisable to wave patterns;

sterilize a (iii) occurrence of total internal

Clinical thermometer in boiling water reflection of wave.

at normal atmosphere pressure. (d) A ray of light is incident on one face

of an equilateral glass prism.

(i) Draw a ray diagram to show

the path of the ray through

the prism.

(ii) Calculate the refractive index

of the glass if the angle of

minimum deviation is 41o.

between a

moving coil galvanometer and a.d.c

generator.

(b) Explain the term eddy currents and

state two devices in which the

current are applied.

(c) State the principle on which the

potentiometer is based when it is

functioning.

(d) A source of e.m.f. 110V and

frequency 60 Hz is connected to a

resistor, an inductor and a capacitor

in series. When the current in the

capacitor 2Λ, the potential

difference across the resistor is 80V

and that across the inductor is 40V.

Draw the vector diagram of the

potential differences across the

inductor, the capacitor and the

resistor. Calculate the:

(i) potential difference across

the capacitor;

(ii) capacitance of the capacitor;

(iii) inductance of the inductor.

[ π = 3.1114]

(i) emission line spectra;

(ii) line absorption spectra 2009

(b) Draw a labeled diagram showing the PAPER I PRACTICAL

structure of a simple type of

photocell and explain its mode of 1. (a)

operation.

(c) State tow

(i) reasons to show that x-rays

are waves;

(ii) uses of x-rays other than in

medicine.

(d) An electron jumps from an energy

level of –1.6eV to one of –10,4 eV in

an atom. Calculate the energy and (i) You are provided with two

wavelength of the emitted radiation. metre rules and other

[h = 6.6 x 10-31Js; c = 3.00 x 108ms-1, necessary apparatus.

eV = 1.6 x 10-19J] (ii) Place one of the rules on a

knife edge and determine its

centre of gravity C. Mark this

position with a piece of chalk.

(iii) Read and record the mass MR thermometer and other

of the metre rule written on necessary materials.

the reverse side of it. (ii) Use the measuring cylinder

(iv) Attach the mass M = 100g provided to measure 100cm3

firmly to the rule AB at C of water and point it into the

using sellotape. tin labeled C.

(v) Suspend the metre rule by (iii) Heat the water in the tin

two parallel threads of length almost to boiling (90oC).

h = 40cm each at the 10cm (iv) Remove the tin and place it

and 90cm marks. Ensure that on a cork or wooden stand.

the graduated face of the

metre rule is facing upwards.

(v) Insert the thermometer into

the tin and record the

(vi) Set the rule AB into a small

temperature of water every

angular oscillation about the

minute starting from 85oC

vertical axis through its

until the temperature falls to

centre of gravity.

60oC.

(vii) Determine the time t for 20

complete oscillations.

(vi) Repeat the experiment with

the tin labeled D using

Evaluate the period T and T2.

exactly the same volume of

(viii) Read and record the value of

water and temperature range.

d in metres.

Tabulate your readings.

(ix) Keeping d constant

throughout the experiment,

(vii) On the same graph sheet and

using the same axes and

repeat the procedure for

scales, plot two graphs of

other values of h = 50, 60, 70

temperature on the vertical

and 80cm. In each case

axis and time on the

determine the corresponding

horizontal axis from the

values of t, T and T2. Tabulate

readings obtained using tins

your readings.

C and D.

(x) Plot a graph of T2 on the

vertical axis and h on the

(viii) Label the graph appropriated

as C and D to correspond with

horizontal axis.

the tins used.

(xi) Determine the slope s, of the

graph. (ix) From each graph, read off the

Evaluate k = s/Q; where Q = time taken to cool from 85oC

2/25d2 to 65oC.

(xi) State two precautions taken (x) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results. to ensure accurate results.

(b) Define the term couple as it relates

to rotational or oscillatory system. (b) (i) Explain how heat losses by

(ii) Give two practical radiation and convection are

applications of a couple in minimized in a vacuum flask.

everyday life. (ii) State four factors which

affect the rate of evaporation

2. (a) of a liquid in an open

container.

3. (a)

measuring cylinder, two

different tins labeled C and D,

(i) Connect the circuit as shown

in the diagram above. PQ is a

potentiometer wire 100cm

long and R is a standard

resistor of 5Ω.

(ii) With the jockey J not making

contact with PQ, close the

switch. Read and record the

ammeter reading I. Open the

switch.

(iii) Use the jockey to make

contact with PQ at the 20cm

mark such that PJ=I=20cm.

Close the switch, read and

record the value 11 of the

ammeter. Evaluate 1-1.

(iv) Repeat the procedure for

other values of l=35, 50, 65

and 80cm. In each case

determine the corresponding

values of Ii and l-1. Tabulate

your readings.

(v) Plot a graph of 1-1 on the

vertical axis and Ii on the

horizontal axis starting both

axes from the origin (0,0).

(vi) From your graph deduce the

value Io of I1 when I-1 = 0.z.

(vii) Evaluate 1o/I

(viii) State two precautions taken

to ensure accurate results.

(b) (i) Define the e.m.f. of a battery.

(ii) A cell X of e.m.f. 1.00V is

balance by a length of 40.0cm

on a potentiometer wire.

Another cell Y is balanced by

a length of 60.0cm on the

same wire. Calculate the

e.m.f. of Y.

2010

SSCE PHYSICS

PAPER 2 OBJECTIVE

steel bar would alter if the bar were melted,

recast into a cube and allowed to cool to its

original temperature?

A. Density

B. Volume

C. Specific heat capacity

D. Electrical resistance

2. Which of the following instruments is the 8. The average speed of an object is

best for measuring the diameter of a thin determined by dividing the sum of its initial

constantan wire? and final speeds by two only when the

A. Callipers acceleration is

B. Metre rule A. changing

C. Micrometer screw gauge B. uniform

D. Venier callipers C. increasing

D. decreasing

3. What is the density of a fuel relative density

0.72? [Density of water = 1000kg m-3] 9. A body is projected horizontally from the top

A. 72kg m-3 of a cliff 45m above the ground. If the body

B. 720kg m-3 lands at a distance 30m from the foot of the

C. 7200kg m-3 cliff, calculate the speed of projection. [g =

D. 72000kg m-3 10ms-2]

A. 10ms-1

4. The types of motion which a cylindrical B. 15ms-1

drum rolling down an inclined plane C. 20ms-1

undergoes are D. 30ms-1

A. circular and translational

B. rotational and translational 10. Which of the following statements best

C. rotational and circular describes a rigid body? A body which

D. rectilinear and circular A. is not easily deformed

B. when deformed remains its shape

5. Which of the following statements about a C. is brittle

moving particle is correct? D. when deformed remains deformed

A. If the resultant force acting on the particle is

zero, then it is dynamic equilibrium 11. A simple harmonic oscillator has a period of

B. If the resultant force acting on the particle is 0.02s and amplitude of 0.25m. Calculate the

greater than zero, then it is moving with a speed in ms-1 at the centre of the oscillation.

uniform velocity A. 1.2 π

C. The rate of change of its momentum with B. 25.0 π

time takes place in a direction opposite to C. 100.0 π

that of its motion D. 400.0 π

D. The particle failing freely covers equal

distances in equal time intervals. 12. A vertical string, suspended from a fixed

point and having a small mass attached to

6. Which of the following statements about the free end is set into oscillations. Which of

static friction is correct? It the following statements about the system

A. is independent of the nature of surfaces in are correct?

contact I. The potential energy of the mass is a

B. depends on the area of surfaces in contact minimum at the middle of the swing

C. depends on the relative motion between the II. Its kinetic energy is a maximum at the

surfaces in contact middle of the swing

D. depends on the weight of the moving body III. The sum of the potential and kinetic

7. Two cars X and Y traveling in opposite energies is constant throughout the swing

directions along the same highway at A. I, II and III

uniform velocities 110kmh-1 and 90kmh-1 B. I and II only

respectively pass each other at a certain C. II and III only

point. The velocity of X relative to Y at the D. I and III only

time they pass each other is

A. 200kmh-1 13. A moving body of mass 25.0kg undergoes a

B. 100kmh-1 uniform retardation of 20.0ms-2. Calculate

C. 40kmh-1 the magnitude of the retaining force.

D. 20kmh-1 A. 1.25 N

B. 8.00N

C. 45.00 N

D. 500.00 N

D. i_ = constant

14. Which of the following sources of energy T PV

is/are exhaustible?

I. Solar 20. Specific heat capacity 26.4J kg-1k-1 of a

II. Fossil fuel body means that when 26.4 J of heat energy

III. Tidal power is supplied to a body of

A. II only A. mass 1000 kg, the temperature rises by 1K

B. III only B. mass 1kg, the temperature rises by 1000 K

C. I and II only C. mass 1kg, the temperature rises by 1K

D. II and III only D. mass 1000kg, the temperature rises by

1000K

15. A machine is said to be a third class lever

when the 21. In electric drill rated 400 W is used to drill a

A. load is between the fulcrum and effort hole in copper of mass 400g in 20s.

B. fulcrum is between the effort and load Calculate the rise in temperature if all the

C. effort is between the fulcrum and load heat produced is absorbed by the copper.

D. fulcrum is directly below the load [Specific heat capacity of copper =400 J kg-

1 -1

k ]

16. A thermometer records 690mmHg at steam A. 100oC

point and 440mm at ice point. The B. 75oC

temperature it records at 380mmHg is C. 50oC

A. –25oC D. 45oC

B. –20oC

C. 20oC 22. A solid of mass 0.5kg initially at 50oC melts

D. 25oC at 60oC. Calculate the quantity of heat

required to melt it completely.

17. The advantages of the thermoelectric [Specific heat capacity of the solid =1.0 kJ

thermometer include the following kg-1k-1]

characteristics except that it [Specific latent heat of fusion of solid =

A. can measure rapidly changing temperatures 2.0kJ kg-1]

B. can measure high and low temperatures A. 1500J

C. can measure temperature almost at a point B. 10000J

D. is fairly sensitive C. 10500J

D. 15000J

18. In a thermos flask, heat loss by radiation is

minimized by the 23. Dew point is not affected by

A. silvered surfaces A. temperature

B. vacuum within the double walls B. wind

C. plastic stopper C. the amount of water vapour in the

D. cork support atmosphere

D. atmospheric pressure

19. The press P, volume V and absolute

temperature T of a given mass of an ideal 24. A certain wave has a speed of 20ms-1. If the

gas, change simultaneously. Which of the frequency of the wave is 0.25Hz, calculate

following equations is correct about the the distance between successive crests of

gas? the wave.

A. 5.0m

A. PV = constant B. 40.0m

T C. 50.0m

D. 80.0m

B. P_ = constant

T 25. The ability of a wave to spread around

corners is called

C. P_ = constant A. polarisation

V T B. dispersion

C. diffraction 30. A lens that is thinner at the middle and

D. reflection thicker at the edges is

A. diverging

26. The following devices use plane mirrors in B. converging

their operations, except C. plano-convex

A. periscope D. converging meniscus

B. sextant

C. kaleidoscope 31. Which of the following electromagnetic

D. binoculars waves has the longest wavelength?

A. Radio wves

27. When an object is placed at the principal B. Gamma rays

focus of a concave mirror, the location of C. Infrared waves

the image formed is D. Ultraviolet rays

A. between principal focus and pole

B. between principal focus and centre of 32. The amplitude of a sound wave determines

curvature its

C. at infinity A. frequency

D. at centre of curvature B. quality

C. loudness

28. D. pitch

decreases, the frequency of the stationary

wave emitted.

A. decreases

B. increases

C. varies as L2

D. varies as L

From the diagram above, the correct

equation for the refractive index n of the

34. A positively charged glass rod is placed near

medium is

the cap of a positively charged

A. n = tan i

electroscope. The divergence of the leaf is

observed to

B. n = sin i__

A. decrease

Sin 90o

B. increase

C. remain the same

C. n= sin i____

D. increase and collapse immediately

Cos (90o–i)

35. Capacitors are used in the following devices,

D. n = sin 90o

except

A. water pumping machines

29. A ray of light travels from air to water. The

B. ceiling fans

refractive index of water is given by the

C. electric irons

expression.

D. television sets

A. velocity in water

velocity in air

Sine of angle of incidence

C. apparent depth

Uses the diagram below to answer question

real depth

36 and 37.

D. wavelength in air

wavelength in water

C. unlike poles facing each other and the

keepers placed at their ends

D. unlike poles facing each other and the

36. Calculate the current, I. keepers placed between them

A. 0.60A

B. 0.97A 43. The resonant frequency of an a.c. circuit is

C. 1.03A 1000kHz. If each of the capacitance and

D. 5.00A inductance in the circuit is reduced by 50%

and no other changes are made, the

37. Determine the potential difference, V across resonant frequency will become

the parallel resistors A. 250kHz

A. 2.0V B. 750kHz

B. 2.3V C. 1000kHz

C. 3.0V D. 2000kHz

D. 9.7V

44. The energy, E stored in an inductor of

38. A galvanometer of internal resistance 50Ω inductance L when current I passes through

and full scale deflection of 20mA is it is given by the equation

converted into a voltmeter by connecting a A. E = ½ Ll2

resistor of resistance 1950Ω in series to it. B. E = Ll2

Calculate the maximum voltage that can be C. E = 1/2 Li

read by the voltmeter. D. E = ½ L 2l

A. 20V

B. 30V 45. Eddy currents can be reduced by

C. 38V A. using coil of high resistance

D. 40V B. winding the coil on a soft iron core

C. creating holes in the metal plates

39. In the wiring of houses, the fuse is D. using coil of low resistance

connected to the wire coloured

A. blue 46. An electron moves with a speed of 2.0 x

B. brown 106ms-1 in a straight line. Calculate the

C. yellow wavelength of the electron wave.

D. yellow and green [mass of an electron = 9.1 x 10-31 kg]

[Planck’s constant = 6.6 x 10-34 Js]

40. Which of the following factors does not A. 3.63 x 10-10m

affect the electric resistance of a wire? B. 6.51 x 10-9m

A. Length C. 4.24 x 10-8m

B. Mass D. 7.25 x 10-8m

C. Temperature

D. Cross-sectional area 47. Oxidation of the filament in a light bulb is

prevented by the introduction of

41. Which of the following factors will increase A. hydrogen

the sensitivity of a moving coil meter? B. oxygen

A. Strong spring C. argon

B. Low number of turns D. mercury vapour

C. Small area of coil

D. Soft iron core 48. In a cathode ray tube, the function of the X-

plates is to

42. In other to prevent bar magnets from losing A. deflect the electron beam horizontally

their strength, they are stored with keepers B. deflect the electron beam vertically

such that the two bars are placed with C. reflect the electron beam

A. like poles facing each other and the keepers D. generate sinusoidal waves

placed at their ends

B. like poles facing each other and the keepers 49. A nuclide represented as 70X has a neutron

placed between them 32

proton ratio of

A. 0.5

B. 0.8

C. 1.2

D. 1.5

radioactivity because they

A. are energetic

B. have to charge

C. have no mass

D. are ionizing

2010

PAPER 2 THEORY

SECTION B PART I

speed of 30ms-1 from the top of a tower of

height 50m. Neglecting air resistance,

determine the maximum height it reached

from the ground. [g = 10ms-2]

wire fixed at one end to produce an

extension of 0.24mm. If the original length

and diameter of the wire are 3m and 2.0mm (b) The product of the uncertainties in

respectively, calculate the: Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle is

(a) stress on the wire equal to or greater than a constant.

(b) strain in the wire State the mathematical expression

for this constant.

3. When a lead – acid accumulator is fully

charged, evolution of gases occurs at the PART II

electrodes, Name these gases and the

respective electrodes at which they are 11. (a) Distinguish between perfectly elastic

given off. collision and perfectly inelastic

collision.

4. (a) State two factors which affect the (b) Sketch a distance – time graph for a

mass particle moving in a straight line

of elements deposited during with:

electrolysis. (i) uniform speed

(b) List two non-electrolytes. (ii) variable speed

(c) A body start from rest and travels

5. (a) Differentiate between plane distance of 120, 300 and 180m in

polarization successive equal time intervals of

and interference as applied to 12s. During each interval the body is

waves. uniformly accelerated.

(b) List two uses of polariods. (i) Calculate the velocity of the

body at the of each

6. (a) List two examples each of successive time interval.

substances (ii) Sketch a velocity – time graph

with: for the motion.

(i) low viscosity

(ii) high viscosity 12. (a) Explain the terms:

(b) When is a liquid said to be (i) inertia

viscositatic? (ii) inertial mass

(b) List three factors which affect the

7. State one reach each why cathode rays: rate of evaporation of water in a

(a) are not electromagnetic waves pond

(b) cast sharp shadows of objects in (c) Two ice cubes pressed together for

their some time were found to stick

Path. together when the pressure was

(c) can rotate a light paddle wheel removed. Explain this observation.

inside a discharge tube (d) Two vertical capillary tubes of the

same diameter are lowered into

8. An X-ray tube operates at a potential of beakers situated at the same level,

2500V. If the power of the tube is 750W. containing liquids A and B of

calculate the speed of the electron striking densities 9.2 x 103kgm-3 and 1.30 x

the target. 103kgm-3 respectively. A suction

[e = 1.6 x 10-19C; mass of electron = 9.1x10- pump is used to withdraw air from

31

kg] the top of the liquid columns in the

tubes by means of a T – piece

9. (a) Write down the names of two arrangement until the liquid in A

particles rises to a height of 26.0cm. Calculate

used in explaining the wave nature the height of the liquid in tube B.

of matter.

(b) State the wave characteristics which 13. (a) State two factors which affect the

are exhibited by the particles named angle

in (a) above. of deviation of a ray of light through

10. (a) State the Heisenberg Uncertainty a triangular glass prism.

Principle (b) Seven virtual images of an object are

formed when two plane mirrors are

inclined at an angle θ to each other. n1 -5.7eV

(c) By means of a ripple tank, a student n0 12.0eV

was able to generate series of The diagram above illustrates the energy

transverse waves by varying the levels of an electron in an atom. If an

frequency of the dipper and all the excited electron moves from n2 to n0

waves so generated covered a calculate the:

distance of 0.80m in 0.2s. (i) frequency

(i) Determine the speed, v, of (ii) wavelength of the emitted

the waves. Radiation.

[6.6 x 10-34Js; lev = 1.6 x 10-

f/Hz λ /m λ -1/m-1 19

J; C = 3.0 x 108 ms-1]

2.0 (c) The following nuclear equations

4.0 represent two types of radioactivity.

6.0

226

Ra → 222Rn + 4 α (Equation A)

88 86 2

8.0

10.0

14

N+4 α → 17

O+ 1

P (Equation B)

7 2 8 1

(ii) Copy and complete the table Identify each type and explain

given above in your answer briefly the difference between them.

booklet.

(iii) Plot a graph with f on the

vertical axis and λ -1 on the

horizontal axis.

(iv) What does the slope of the

graph represent?

14. (a)

of internal resistance 0.5Ω connected to two

resistors of values 2.0Ω and R. A1, D2 and A3

are ammeters of negligible internal

resistances. If A1 reads 4.0A, calculate the:

(i) equivalent resistance of the

combined resistors 2.0Ω and

RΩ.

(ii) current through A2 and A3

(iii) value of R.

drawn from Rutherford’s experiment

on the scattering of alpha particles

by a thin metal foil in relation to the

structure of the atom.

(b) n3 0.0eV

n2 -2.0eV

(xv) Plot a graph with G on the

vertical axis and h on the

2010 horizontal axis, starting both

PAPER 1 PRACTICAL axes from the origin (0,0).

ALTERNATIVE A (xvi) Determine the intercept I on

the horizontal axis.

1. (a) (xvii) Evaluate A = 1___

19.772

(xviii) State two precautions taken

to obtain accurate results.

(b) (i) Distinguish between the

period

and frequency of oscillation of

a simple pendulum.

(ii) Differentiate between

oscillatory and rotational

(i) fix the drawing paper on the motions.

drawing board and hold the

board with two clamps such 2. (a)

that it is vertical.

(ii) Suspend the pendulum bob

such that it hangs freely in

front of the drawing paper.

(iii) Draw a line RP Representing

the rest position of the

pendulum string and mark

the position P of the

pendulum bob at rest.

(iv) Displace the pendulum bob to (i) Place the glass block on a

one side in a plane parallel to drawing sheet and trace its

the drawing board. outline ABCD as shown in the

(v) Mark the new position P1 of diagram above.

the centre of the bob. (ii) Remove the block, measure

(vi) Measure and record the and record the width W of the

perpendicular distance, d of block.

P1 from the line RP. (iii) Draw a normal ON to DC at a

(vii) Evaluate and record d2. point about one-quarter the

(viii) Measure and record the length of DC.

vertical height h of P1 above (iv) Draw a line making an angle

P. i= 10o with the normal.

(ix) Evaluate G = d2_ (v) Replace the block on its

h outline and mount the plan e

(x) Repeat the procedure for mirror vertically behind the

four other positions of P1. block such that it makes good

(xi) Tabulate your readings. contact with the face AB.

(xii) Remove the drawing board so (vi) Stick two points P1 and P2 on

that the pendulum bob can the line MO.

swing freely. (vii) Looking through the face CD,

(xiii) Set the pendulum bob stick two other pins P3 P4

oscillating through a small such that they appear to be in

amplitude and determine the a straight line with the

time t for 20 oscillations. images of pin P1 and P2 seen

(xiv) Determine and record the through the block.

period, T.

(viii) Join P3 and P4 with a straight (iii) Make contact with the

line and extend it to touch the potentiometer wire AB using

face CD at Ol. the jockey at a point C such

(ix) Draw a perpendicular line that AC = x = 20cm.

from the midpoint of OOl to (iv) Read and record the

meet AB at Q. voltmeter reading, V.

(x) Draw lines OQl, OlQ and (v) Evaluate x-1 and V-1.

normal Ol, Nl produced. (vi) Repeat the procedure for

(xi) Measure and record 0, e and other values of x=30, 40, 50,

d. 60 and 80cm.

(xii) Evaluate m = sin e and n = (vii) Tabulate your readings.

cos ( θ /2). (viii) Plot a graph with V-1 on the

(xiii) Repeat the procedure for i = vertical axis and x-1 on the

20o, 30o, 40o and 50o. horizontal axis, starting both

(xiv) Tabulate your readings. axes from the origin (0,0).

(xv) Plot a graph with m on the (ix) Determine the:

vertical axis and n on the (A) slope, s, of the graph

horizontal axis. (B) intercept, c, on the

(xvi) Determine the slope, s of the vertical axis

graph and evaluate θ = (x) State two precautions taken

2Ws. to ensure accurate results.

(xvii) State two precautions taken (b) (i) State two devices in which

to ensure accurate results. Ohm’s

law does not apply.

(b) (i) Explain the term refractive (ii) A current of 1A is supplied to

index two resistors of resistances

and give a mathematical 2Ω and 3Ω connected in

expression for it in terms of parallel. Calculate the current

wavelength. in each resistor.

(ii) State the conditions

necessary for total internal

reflection to occur for a given

pair of media.

3. (a)

chemical cell/battery E two standard

resistors R1 and R2; a potentiometer AB; a

key K; a jockey and other necessary

materials.

(i) Set up a circuit as shown in

the diagram above.

(ii) Close the key K.

- electron_charge_and_mass.pdfUploaded byehagar60
- A Glossary of Nondestructive Testing TerminologyUploaded byJohn Smith
- STRUKTURA ATOMAUploaded byJovana93Macinko
- Geas Module 35Uploaded byJomar Dador
- 02_10Nuclear physics_263-279_Uploaded byeamcetmaterials
- Physics Assgnment for Holiday Home Work PHYSICAL WORLD and MEASURMENTUploaded byRKS708
- grephyUploaded bydgraghav
- 5181_7Uploaded byManu Prakash
- Physics Question Bank for HighschoolUploaded bybansalcomics
- Experimental Evidence for Scalar Fields Impulse EngineUploaded byjgokey
- Newton's+Laws+study+materialUploaded byapi-3728411
- Baylor Physics Prelabs and Labs SampleUploaded byandy_rafie
- 100 MCQ of PhysicsUploaded byFarah Anjum
- Chapetr 27 Charged ParticlesUploaded byWaseem Ahmed
- PHYS1131 Solutions Tut 6 11Uploaded byJason Tan
- VCLWorkbookUploaded byNadofatul Riyanti
- 10.1039@c8cp07307dUploaded byCygne Noir
- 16Uploaded byapi-356951570
- Physics II Problems (12)Uploaded byBOSS BOSS
- RadioactivityUploaded byMS
- Koopmans_2005Uploaded bygmask100
- Quantifying BiologyUploaded byNamkay Tenzyn
- 0902.4361v1Uploaded byClint Muscat
- MIT3_091SCF09_lec2Uploaded byJesús Martínez
- CoronaUploaded bySebastian Langkah
- PGEC 12 Laboratory I-1 exerciseUploaded bymasdipo
- 2017_12_sample_paper_physics_04_ans_bmjsbj.pdfUploaded byteren
- Green Tech 10 PlasmaUploaded byAldo Rahmad
- New Energy Technologies Issue 09Uploaded byblameitontherain9877
- 2008 Jun Questionn Paper of Edexcel Chemistry A2Uploaded bymedja2233

- Socio Cultural Changes in Potohar Rejion a Case Study of Village Noor Pur SyedanUploaded bySyed Arslan Ahmed
- Director of Academic AffairsUploaded byaswsuv
- Giles v. Frey - Document No. 42Uploaded byJustia.com
- sap-integrated-business-planning.pdfUploaded byBudi Ristanto
- Test 1 SpectrumUploaded byElisabeth Acosta Rodríguez
- Steven Jewell v. Ridley Township, 3rd Cir. (2012)Uploaded byScribd Government Docs
- Third partiesUploaded byRohit Bhattacharya
- Teach.yourself.romanianUploaded byToine Zxy
- FWLAN Assignment12 From Mohammed AbdoUploaded byShavin Avin
- (18.12_.2015)_Trial_marriage_BO_hoaictt_update_2_.pdfUploaded byNguyen Duc Cuong
- Mrs Wong's Chinese Kitchen MenuUploaded byMrs Wong
- 1. Tiberius GracchusUploaded byGayatri Gogoi
- IJET-V3I3P12Uploaded byInternational Journal of Engineering and Techniques
- Senior Recital- Shelby Jones BassoonUploaded byKoko Joni Federer
- MyProCert Certification TracksUploaded byCeleste Lim
- jay short storyUploaded byapi-300103989
- Orbital TraumaUploaded byJezreel Ortiz Ascención
- Vertudes vs Bureau of ImmigrationUploaded byAssyla Zurc
- Guru Pandit Ashes Sengupta Web BiodataUploaded byAshes Sengupta
- ITE 407_WORKSHEET_3_03142017.pdfUploaded byDalia Asti
- Negroponte, N. Being Digital.pdfUploaded byMaurice Bar
- Lab Report DilutionUploaded byAbdulRahim059
- Mithraism IntroUploaded bymezghoon
- 1 FriendlyEnglishGrammar FoundationsUploaded bykhaleelinnovator
- Fatigue in Multiple SclerosisUploaded byDildip Khanal
- Inglês - Pré-Vestibular IIIUploaded byFrankilson Silva
- EHR8Uploaded byElizalde Husband
- Apple in China PDFUploaded byderek4well
- 61870 M01 Getting Started StudentUploaded byArturo Aduna
- AskUploaded byRajkumar Jain